Skip to main content

Full text of "Climbs and exploration in the Canadian Rockies"

See other formats


to 


of 


terstt    of  Toronto 


Herbert  Otto  Frind,  Esq 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 
IN  THE  CANADIAN  ROCKIES 


BUSH  RIVER  AND  PEAK 


CLIMBS  &  EXPLORATION 

IN   THE 

CANADIAN  ROCKIES 


kBYr 

HUGH   E^  Mix  STUTFIELD 

AUTHOR  OP  "EL  MAGHREB:  1200  MILES' 
RIDE  THROUGH  MOROCCO" 


AND 


JNORMAN    COLLIE,   F.R.S. 

AUTHOR  OP  "CLIMBING  ON  THE  HIMALAYA 
AND  OTHER  MOUNTAIN  RANGES" 


WITH  MAPS  AND  ILLUSTRATIONS 


LONGMANS,   GREEN    AND   CO. 

39   PATERNOSTER  ROW,   LONDON 

NEW  YORK  AND  BOMBAY 

1903 

AH   rights   reserved 


F 

502,5" 


780623 


PREFATORY    NOTE 

The  authors'  thanks  are  due  to  the  Council  of 
the  Royal  Geographical  Society  for  permission 
to  reproduce  Professor  Collie's  map  of  the 
Canadian  Rockies  from  the  Geographical 
Journal ;  to  Messrs.  William  Blackwood  and 
Sons  for  leave  to  make  excerpts  from  an  article 
by  Mr.  Stutfield  that  appeared  in  Blackwood 8 
Magazine ;  and  to  Mr.  Hermann  Woolley  and 
Mr.  Sydney  Spencer  for  the  use  of  their  ad- 
mirable photographs. 


CONTENTS 

CHAP.  PAGE 

I.   HISTORICAL       .......  1 

II.  ASCENT    OF    LEFROY    AND    VICTORIA  ;    AND  THE 

WAPUTEHK  ICE-FIELD  .         .         .         .         .16 

III.  IN  SEARCH  OF  MOUNT  MURCHISON    ...  39 

IV.  THROUGH   THE    PIPESTONE  AND    SIFFLEUR  VAL- 

LEYS    ........  67 

V.   UP  THE  NORTH  FORK  OF  THE  SASKATCHEWAN  .  90 

VI.  ATHABASCA    PEAK;     A    BIGHORN    HUNT;    AND 

DISCOVERY  OF  THE  COLUMBIA  ICE-FIELD         .  105 

VII.  To  THE  VALLEY  OF    THE   ATHABASCA,  AND  AS- 
CENT OF  DIADEM  PEAK          .         .         .         .123 

VIII.  THOMPSON  PEAK  AND  THE  SELKIRKS          .         .140 

IX.  THE  BUSH  RIVER 155 

X.  To  THE  HEAD  OF  THE  BUSH  VALLEY        .         .  181 

XI.  OUR  CAMP  ON  GOAT  PEAK       ....  200 

XII.  SUNDRY  MOUNTAIN  ASCENTS     ,  215 

XIII.  To  BEAR  CREEK  ONCE  MORE  ....  233 

XIV.  MOUNT  MURCHISON  AND  MOUNT  FRESHFIELD    .  251 

vii 


CONTENTS 

CHAP.  PAGE 

XV.   MOUNT  FORBES  AND  HOWSE  PEAK    .         .         .  273 

XVI.  GLACIER  LAKE  AND  THE  LYELL  ICE-FIELD         .  290 

XVII.  MORAINE  LAKE  AND  THE  TEN  PEAKS        .         .  307 

XVIII.  A   NOTE   ON   SPORT  AND    GAME   IN   THE  CANA- 
DIAN ROCKIES        ......  323 

INDEX  339 


Vlll 


LIST    OF    ILLUSTRATIONS 

FULL-PAGE   ILLUSTRATIONS 

BUSH  RIVER  AND  PEAK  (Photograph  by  Sydney  Spencer) 

Frontispiece 
THE    HOWSE    PASS  FROM    NEAR    GLACIER  LAKE 

(J.  N.  Collie) To  face  p.     8 

THE  Bow  GLACIER  (H.  Woolley)        .         .         .  „          28 
THE  LOWER  Bow  LAKE  (showing  Mounts  Bal- 

four  and  Gordon)  (J.  N.  Collie)  34* 
STONE  BLOCKS  ON  FRESHFIELD  GLACIER  (Woolley)  „  62 
IN  THE  VALLEY  OF  THE  SASKATCHEWAN  (Woolley)  „  70 
BEAR  CREEK  CAMPING-GROUND  (Woolley)  .  „  88 
THE  NORTH  FORK  VALLEY  (Woolley)  .  .  ,,100 
CAMP  AT  THE  HEADWATERS  OF  THE  SASKAT- 
CHEWAN AND  THE  ATHABASCA  ( Woolley)  .  ,,  104 
ATHABASCA  PEAK  (looking  West)  (Woolley)  .  „  110 
A  DAY  OFF  WITH  PEYTO  AT  BEAR  CREEK 

(Woolley) ,,136 

THE  SELKIRKS  (from  Peak  Swanzy)  (Spencer)    .  „        150 

CLOUD  EFFECTS  IN  THE  BUSH  VALLEY  (Spencer)  „        158 
AN    AWKWARD    CORNER    ON   THE    BUSH    RIVER 

(Spencer) ,,182 

AT  THE  HEAD  OF  BUSH  VALLEY  (Spencer)        .  „        190 
SPENCER    RANGE    FROM    CAMP    ON    GOAT    PEAK 

(Spencer)  .......  „        206 

PEAK  SWANZY  (Spencer)    .         .         .         .          .  „        21 6 

MOUNT  SIR  DONALD  (Spencer)  ....  ,,        226 

ix 


LIST   OF   ILLUSTRATIONS 

GORGE  OF  BEAR  CREEK  (Woolley)     .         .           To  face  p.  234 
BEAR    CREEK,  WITH   PYRAMID,  MOUNT  WILSON, 

AND  MURCHISON  (Woolley)  „  242 

MOUNT  MURCHISON  (Woolley)  .  „  250 

MOUNT  FORBES  ( Woolley)  .         .         .  ,,272 

HOWSE  PEAK  AND  WATERFOWL  LAKE  ( Woolley)  „  304 

AFTER  THE  BIGHORN  HUNT  (Woolley)      .         .  „  324 

HALF-PAGE    ILLUSTRATIONS 

(From  Photographs  by  the  Authors) 

MOUNT  LEFROY  AND  VICTORIA           .         .         .  „  18 

GORGE  BELOW  THE  Bow  ICE-FALL     .                   .  „  18 

NEAR  THE  SUMMIT  OF  THE  Bow   PASS  ,,  42 

WATERFOWL  LAKE    ......  „  42 

FRESHFIELD  GROUP  FROM  PEAK  SARBACH            .  „  48 

THE  MIDDLE  FORK  OF  THE  SASKATCHEWAN        .  „  48 
LOOKING  NORTH   FROM  THE  SLOPES  OF  MOUNT 

FRESHFIELD        ......  „  54 

THE  FRESHFIELD  GLACIER  (looking  South)       .  „  54 

A  "SMUDGE" „  76 

COLLIE  ON  "  THE  GREY  "          .         .         .         .  „  76 

THE  SIFFLEUR  CREEK       .....  „  80 

FALLEN  TIMBER  IN  THE  SIFFLEUR  VALLEY         .  „  80 

BEAR  CREEK  (low  water)  .....  „  92 

A  BACKWATER  OF  THE  NORTH  FORK         .         .  „  92 

WOOLLEY  ON  "Jos"         .....  „  96 

"THE  PINTO" „  96 

MOUNT  COLUMBIA     .         .         .         .         .         .  ,,118 

DIADEM  PEAKS  FROM  WILD  SHEEP  HILLS          .  „  118 

GORGE  IN  SUN  WAPTA  VALLEY         .         .         .  ,,126 
FROM    THE    SLOPES  OF  DIADEM    PEAK    (looking 

South)      ...  126 


LIST   OF   ILLUSTRATIONS 

FOSSIL  FOREST  .         .         .         .         .  To  face  p.  142 

THOMPSON  PEAK        .          .         .          .          .          .  ,,142 

A  BRITISH  COLUMBIA  FOREST  SCENE          .          .  „        166 

EVENING  IN  THE  BUSH  VALLEY         .         .         .  „        166 

THE  BUSH  VALLEY ,,174 

FORDING  A  BRANCH  STREAM     .         .         .         .  ,,174 

A   MUSKEG  IN  THE  BUSH  VALLEY     .          .          .  ,,196 

THE  HOME  OF  THE  WILD  GOAT  „        196 

MOUNT  BRYCE  FROM  GOAT  PEAK  „        202 

BUSH  PEAK  FROM  GOAT  PEAK  „        202 
COLLIE  SURVEYING  ;  FRED  STEPHENS,  AND  SPENCER    ,,        210 

LYELL  RANGE  AND  ALEXANDRA  PEAK        .         .  ,,        210 

MOUNT  EDITH           .          .         .          .          .         .  „        220 

THE  BUSH  PASS „        220 

THE  TOP  OF  MOUNT  MURCHISON  „        254 

MOUNT  PILKINGTON ,,254 

LOOKING  DOWN  COULOIR  ON  MURCHISON    .         .  „        258 

MOUNT  FORBES  FROM  THE  SASKATCHEWAN  VALLEY  „        258 

BREAKFAST-PLACE  AT  THE  FOOT  OF  FRESHFIELD  „        266 

SUMMIT  OF  MOUNT  FRESHFIELD  „        266 

MOUNT  FORBES  FROM  THE  EAST  „        280 
VIEW     NORTHWARDS     FROM    THE     SUMMIT     OF 

MOUNT  FORBES „        280 

VALLEY  OF  THE  SASKATCHEWAN         .  „        288 

FORDING  THE  SASKATCHEWAN    ....  „        288 

AN  IDEAL  CAMPING-GROUND      ....  „        292 

GLACIER  LAKE „        292 

FIRE  AT  GLACIER  LAKE    .....  „        296 

RAFTING  ON  GLACIER  LAKE      ....  „        296 

FORBES  FROM  THE  LYELL  ICE-FIELD  „        300 

HOWSE  PEAK  FROM  THE  WEST  „        300 

xi 


LIST   OF   ILLUSTRATIONS 

LAGGAN  GROUP  OF  MOUNTAINS  FROM  THE  Bow 

VALLEY To  face  p.  310 

HUNGABEE,  VICTORIA,  AND   LEFROY  FROM  NEP- 

TUAK „  310 

CLIMBING  NEPTUAK  .          .          .          .          .         .          „  316 

MOUNT  DELTAFORM  .          .          .          .         .  „  316 

"  THE  GOAT  HANGS  HIGH  "  .         .          .  „  330 

PTARMIGAN  330 


MAPS 

SKETCH  MAP  SHOWING  ALL  THAT  WAS  KNOWN  IN  1896 
OF  THE  MAIN  ROCKY  MOUNTAIN  RANGE  NORTHWARDS 
OF  MOUNT  BALFOUR  TO  THE  ATHABASCA  PASS  .  page  66 

SKETCH  MAP  OF  THE  CANADIAN  ROCKY  MOUNTAINS  BY 

J.  NORMAN  COLLIE  .  at  end 


Xll 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 
IN  THE  CANADIAN  ROCKIES 

CHAPTER  I 

HISTORICAL 

"  An'  it  was  a  game  worth  playin'  !      Alone  —  at  the  heart  of 

the  world, 
Where  the  mighty  snow-slides  thundered,  and  the  long  grey 

vapours  curled  : 

When  we  mere  pigmies  ventured  to  storm  Creation's  hold, 
Staked  our  lives  on  the  highest  bluff,  and  played  the  world 

for  her  gold. 
We  had  Great  Things  then  for  our  comrades,  and  Forces  of 

Earth  for  foes  ; 
There's  one  goes  down  in  the  battle,  and  another  don't  care 

when  he  goes."  _CLIVE 


ONE  hundred  years  ago  the  Dominion  of 
Canada,  stretching  as  it  does  over  thousands  of 
miles,  covered  with  dense  forests,  watered  by 
unnumbered  rivers,  and  dotted  over  with  count- 
less lakes,  was  a  land  in  many  places  as  difficult 
of  access  as  Siberia  ;  and  its  Rocky  Mountains, 
the  back-bone  of  the  continent,  were  almost  un- 
known. Now  even,  although  a  trans-continental 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

railway  connects  the  Atlantic  with  the  Pacific 
Ocean,  many  parts  still  remain  unexplored.  For 
instance,  only  as  far  back  as  1898,  a  vast  snow- 
field  and  some  of  the  highest  mountains  in  the 
Rocky  Mountain  system  were  discovered  at  the 
head-waters  of  three  of  the  largest  rivers  of 
Canada,  the  Athabasca,  the  Saskatchewan,  and 
the  Columbia;  whilst  even  now,  further  north, 
in  those  regions  where  rise  the  Peace  River,  the 
Liard,  and  the  Pelly,  large  areas  are  probably 
to  be  found  covered  with  perpetual  snow  and 
glaciers,  which  feed  turbulent  streams  flowing 
seawards  through  deep  valleys  filled  with  almost 
impenetrable  pine-woods.  No  human  beings  live 
there,  with  the  exception  of  a  few  prospectors 
and  trappers ;  Indians  seldom  if  ever  hunt 
amongst  these  mountain  fastnesses,  and  the  land 
is  desolate  and  deserted. 

The  history  of  this  "  Great  Lone  Land," 
this  north-western  and  western  part  of  the 
Dominion,  is  soon  told.  Its  history  is  practi- 
cally that  of  the  fur  trade.  It  is  the  tale  of 
the  hunters  and  trappers,  the  tale  of  those  who 
left  all  to  wander  in  strange  places,  hoping 
often  against  hope  that  some  day  they  would 
be  rich  in  the  goods  of  men ;  but  although 
this  seldom  happened  and  they  came  back 


HISTORICAL 

poor,  yet  they  had  gained  what  such  life  alone 
can  give  : — 

"  The  lore  of  men  that  ha'  dealt  with  men, 
In  the  new  and  naked  lands." 

Even  now  the  only  names  one  sees  on  the  map  in 
a  great  part  of  this  country  are  those  of  Forts : 
Fort  Reliance,  Fort  Good  Hope,  Fort  Enter- 
prise, and  so  on — centres  where  the  furs  were 
collected. 

As  far  back  as  1670  a  charter  was  granted  to 
Prince  Rupert,  and  a  coalition  of  traders  was 
formed  to  exploit  the  riches  of  this  country.  The 
Company  possessed  the  right  to  all  the  commerce 
and  trade  of  that  portion  which  drained  into 
Hudson's  Bay.  Towards  the  end  of  the  eigh- 
teenth century  Captain  Cook,  in  his  "  Voyages 
Round  the  World,"  first  drew  attention  to  the 
great  value  of  the  fur  trade  on  the  western  coast 
of  North  America,  with  the  result  that  many 
ships  were  fitted  out  for  carrying  it  on,  both  by 
the  English,  the  Americans,  and  the  Russians. 

About  the  same  time,  1783,  a  rival  under- 
taking to  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company  came  into 
existence,  namely,  the  North- West  Company. 
Many  were  the  conflicts  between  these  two,  and 
their  mutual  animosity  and  jealousy  not  in- 
frequently caused  bloodshed.  In  1821  the 

3 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

North- West  Company  ceased  to  exist,  being 
merged  in  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company. 

In  the  meantime,  at  the  end  of  the  eighteenth 
century,  Mr.  John  Jacob  Astor  founded  the 
American  Fur  Company,  whose  headquarters 
were  at  Astoria,  near  the  mouth  of  the  Columbia 
River.  But  after  a  stormy  existence  this  com- 
pany was  extinguished  during  the  war  of  1812, 
by  Astoria  falling  into  the  hands  of  the  English. 
The  furs  when  collected  were  taken  to  various 
markets ;  some  were  shipped  to  China  and 
Japan  and  bartered  for  tea,  silks,  and  other 
goods,  whilst  some  were  with  great  toil  and 
difficulty  transported  over  the  mountains  and 
taken  down  in  canoes  to  the  Great  Lakes,  and 
so  to  eastern  Canada.  This  journey  usually 
occupied  the  best  part  of  a  year,  and  a  graphic 
description  of  crossing  the  mountains  is  to  be 
found  in  Ross  Cox's  "Adventures  on  the 
Columbia  River,  1817." 

The  first  man,  however,  who  actually  crossed 
the  continent  in  these  high  latitudes  was  Sir 
Alexander  Mackenzie  in  1793.  Several  ex- 
plorers before  this  had  penetrated  as  far  west 
as  the  Rocky  Mountains,  but  there  is  no  record 
of  any  one  having  been  successful  in  proceeding 
further.  Mackenzie's  route  across  the  continent, 

4 


HISTORICAL 

after  the  mountains  had  been  reached,  lay  up 
the  Peace  River,  in  canoes.  From  its  source  a 
portage  was  made  to  the  head-waters  of  the 
Fraser  River,  and  finally,  after  endless  dangers 
and  misfortunes  had  been  overcome,  the  Pacific 
Ocean  was  reached  at  latitude  52°  20'  48".  It 
was  before  this,  in  1789,  that  Mackenzie  had 
penetrated  as  far  north  as  the  Arctic  Ocean, 
down  the  great  river  that  now  bears  his  name. 

A  few  years  later  Alexander  Henry,  one  of 
the  hunters  of  the  North- West  Company,  kept  a 
journal  in  which  he  wrote  down  from  day  to  day 
(1799-1814)  a  description  of  his  life  amidst  the 
woods  and  wild  places  of  that  part  of  Canada 
that  lies  between  the  great  Lakes  and  the 
Pacific  Ocean.  This  journal  has  only  recently 
been  published,1  but  it  contains  endless  interest- 
ing information  of  the  wild  life  of  the  pioneers 
of  those  days ;  moreover,  the  Editor  has  incor- 
porated with  it,  in  the  form  of  notes,  the  history 
of  another  pioneer,  David  Thompson,  the  cele- 
brated explorer,  geographer,  astronomer,  and 
scientist.  David  Thompson  was  constantly 
travelling  in  every  direction  through  the  same 

1  "The  Manuscript  Journals  of  Alexander  Henry,  Fur-Trader 
of  the  North-West  Company,  and  of  David  Thompson,  Official 
Geographer  and  Explorer  of  the  same  Company/'  Edited  by 
Elliott  Coues.  3  vols.  1897. 

5 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

country  as  Henry,  and  during  the  same  period 
(1789-1812).  Probably  amongst  the  early  wan- 
derers in  Western  Canada  there  were  none  whose 
record  equals  that  of  Thompson.  It  was  he  who 
discovered  the  sources  of  the  Columbia  River ; 
and  he  was  the  first  white  man  to  explore  its  upper 
waters  and  tributaries,  and  also  to  cross  the  Rocky 
Mountains  by  means  of  more  than  one  pass,  from 
the  head- waters  of  the  Athabasca  to  those  of  the 
Columbia.  His  greatest  achievement,  however, 
was  undoubtedly  his  "Map  of  the  North- West 
Territory  of  the  Province  of  Canada."  This 
was  compiled  from  a  survey  extending  over 
many  years  (1792-1812),  and,  considering  the 
immense  area  it  covers,  it  is  a  marvel  of  accuracy. 

The  Eraser  River  was  explored  to  its  mouth 
in  1809  by  Jules  Quesnel,  Simon  Eraser,  and 
John  Stuart,  under  the  impression  that  it  was 
the  Columbia. 

Some  years  later  Alexander  Ross,  in  his  book 
entitled  "  The  Eur-Hunters  of  the  Far  West : 
a  Narrative  of  Adventures  in  the  Oregon  and 
Rocky  Mountains,"  describes  the  life  of  the  first 
settlers  on  the  Columbia  River ;  and  he  writes 
of  that  region  as  the  "  farthest  of  the  far  west," 
whilst  the  Red  River  Settlement,1  where  he 

1  Now  known  as  Winnipeg  and  Manitoba. 
6 


HISTORICAL 

spent  the  remainder  of  his  life,  he  pictures  as 
"a  spot  more  effectually  cut  off  from  the 
rest  of  the  world  than  any  other  colony  of  the 
empire." 

From  the  early  part  of  last  century  till  1858 
few  people  penetrated  into  these  western  valleys. 
Sir  George  Simpson,  on  his  journey  round  the 
world,  crossed  the  Rocky  Mountains  by  the 
Simpson  Pass  in  1841,  and  then  descended 
the  Kootenay  River  to  the  Columbia.  Towards 
the  end  of  the  fifties,  however,  miners  who  had 
pushed  north  from  California  began  to  con- 
gregate in  considerable  numbers  near  the  head- 
waters of  the  Fraser  River,  as  gold  had  been 
found  then  in  the  Cariboo  country. 

A  road  was  built,  called  the  "  Cariboo  Road," 
up  the  canyon  of  the  Fraser,  to  connect  the 
mining  district  with  the  Pacific  coast.  A  mar- 
vellous piece  of  engineering  skill  it  still  remains, 
resembling  some  of  those  that  exist  in  the 
terrific  gorges  of  the  Himalaya.  Although 
abandoned  now  for  many  years,  parts  of  it  can 
yet  be  seen  from  the  cars  of  the  Canadian 
Pacific  Railway,  clinging  to  the  precipitous 
sides  of  that  vast  canyon  through  which  the 
Fraser  flows. 

By  far  the  most  exhaustive  account  of  these 
7 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

western  districts  of  Canada  is  that  by  Captain 
J.  Palliser,  published  as  a  report  to  the  Houses 
of  Parliament.  Palliser  had  been  sent  out  in 
1857  by  the  Government  to  explore  "that 
portion  of  British  North  America  which  lies 
between  the  northern  branch  of  the  River 
Saskatchewan  and  the  frontier  of  the  United 
States,  and  between  the  Red  River  and  the 
Rocky  Mountains."  In  addition  to  this  the 
Government  "  wished  to  ascertain  whether  any 
practical  pass  or  passes,  available  for  horses, 
existed  across  the  Rocky  Mountains  within 
British  territory,  and  south  of  that  known  to 
exist  between  Mount  Brown  and  Mount 
Hooker  in  latitude  54°  10"'  (the  Athabasca 
Pass). 

During  his  explorations  in  conjunction  with 
Dr.  Hector  and  others,  the  Kananaskis  Pass, 
the  Vermilion  Pass,  and  the  British  Kootanie 
Pass  were  discovered  and  mapped,  whilst  Dr. 
Hector  by  himself  discovered  the  Kicking  Horse 
Pass,  and  also  traversed  the  Howse  Pass  (or 
Howe's  Pass).  This  pass  had  at  that  time, 
1859,  been  abandoned  for  such  a  long  period 
that  he  hardly  found  any  trace  of  the  trail  that 
had  once  existed,  when  the  North- Western  Fur 

Company  used    the    route    for   communicating 

8 


HISTORICAL 

with  their  posts  on  the  Pacific  at  the  beginning 
of  the  century. 

Although  Palliser  and  his  party  had  explored 
all  these  passes  through  the  Rocky  Mountains, 
yet  that  immense  area  which  lies  between  the 
Rocky  Mountains  and  the  Pacific  coast  and 
comprises  the  Selkirk  Mountains  and  the  Cas- 
cade Range,  formed  an  impassable  barrier,  and 
a  road  through  it  was  never  made.  To  quote 
Palliser's  report :  "  The  connection,  therefore, 
of  the  Saskatchewan  Plains,  east  of  the  Rocky 
Mountains,  with  a  known  route  through  British 
Columbia  has  been  effected  by  the  expedition 
under  my  command,  without  our  having  been 
under  the  necessity  of  passing  through  any 
portion  of  United  States  territory.  Still,  the 
knowledge  of  the  country  on  the  whole  would 
never  lead  me  to  advocate  a  line  of  communi- 
cation from  Canada  across  the  continent  to  the 
Pacific  exclusively  through  British  territory. 
The  time  has  now  for  ever  gone  by  for  effecting 
such  an  object,  and  the  unfortunate  choice  of 
an  astronomical  boundary  line  has  completely 
isolated  the  Central  American  possessions  of 
Britain  from  Canada  in  the  east,  and  almost 
debarred  them  from  any  eligible  access  from  the 
Pacific  coast  on  the  west." 

9 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

This  report  of  Palliser's,  in  the  light  of  our 
present  knowledge,  does  not  seem  justifiable ; 
yet  it  was  a  perfectly  fair  deduction  from  the 
facts  available  at  the  time.  The  immense  diffi- 
culties which  all  but  wrecked  the  completion  of 
a  trans- continental  Canadian  railway  line  over 
twenty  years  later  would  in  those  days  have 
been  quite  insurmountable. 

Between  the  time  of  Palliser's  expedition  and 
the  present  era,  which  began  with  the  opening 
of  the  Canadian  Pacific  Railway,  there  was  one 
more  expedition  worthy  of  mention  to  the  Rocky 
Mountains — that  of  Viscount  Milton  and  Dr. 
Cheadle  in  1863.  They  crossed  the  mountains 
from  the  head-waters  of  the  Athabasca  to  those 
of  the  Fraser  River  over  the  Yellow  Head  Pass, 
emerging  at  Kamloops.  A  most  vivid  descrip- 
tion of  this  journey  is  given  in  that  delightful 
volume,  "  The  North-West  Passage  by  Land." 

In  1871  British  Columbia  entered  the  Do- 
minion of  Canada,  and  at  once  a  Government 
survey  for  the  Canadian  Pacific  Railway  was 
started.  It  was  amongst  the  Rocky  Mountains 
that  the  difficulty  of  selecting  a  route  was  most 
evident.  No  less  than  eleven  different  ways 
across  the  mountains  were  surveyed  from  the 

Peace  River  in  the  north  to  the  Crow's  Nest 

10 


HISTORICAL 

Pass  in  the  south.  But  at  last,  almost  regard- 
less of  expense,  a  railway  was  built — a  railway 
that  for  hundreds  of  miles  passes  through 
thickly-wooded  valleys,  over  lofty  mountain 
ranges,  across  raging  torrents  hundreds  of  feet 
below,  till  finally  it  reaches  the  Pacific  coast  at 
Vancouver.  The  survey  alone  is  said  to  have 
cost  between  three  and  four  million  dollars  ;  but 
eventually  the  Canadian  Pacific  Railway  was 
opened  in  1886,  after  nearly  one  hundred  and 
fifty  million  dollars  had  been  expended  on  its 
construction. 

The  facilities  afforded  by  the  railway  of 
necessity  largely  stopped  the  use  of  the  old 
passes,  but  at  the  same  time  gave  much  greater 
facilities  to  those  who  wished  to  travel  in  the 
mountains  in  search  of  game  or  amusement. 
For,  prior  to  the  building  of  the  railway,  any 
one  wishing  to  visit  these  Rocky  Mountains  of 
Canada  would  have  had  to  spend  at  least  three 
months'  time  in  getting  there.  In  spite,  how- 
ever, of  the  extra  facility  offered,  very  little 
advantage  seems  to  have  been  taken  of  this  easy 
road  to  the  actual  edge  of  the  unexplored. 

The  first  to  make  use  of  it  was  the  Canadian 
Survey  —  Dr.  George  M.  Dawson  spending 

several  summers  on  the  watershed  of  the  con- 

1 1 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

tinent.  The  results  were  published  in  a  "Report 
on  the  Physical  and  Geological  Features  of  that 
Portion  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  between  Lati- 
tudes 49°  and  51°  30'"  (1886),  which  begins  with 
a  history  of  all  previous  explorations  in  that 
district.  No  less  than  nine  passes  across  the 
Divide  were  explored  by  Dr.  Dawson  or  his 
subordinates.  In  1886,  also,  a  detailed  examina- 
tion of  the  Bow  River  Pass  and  the  vicinity  was 
made  by  Mr.  R.  G.  M'Connell. 

Most  of  the  survey  work  amongst  the  moun- 
tains has  been  done  by  the  Geological  section ; 
it  not  being  worth  the  while  of  the  ordinary 
survey  to  send  men  into  this  uninhabited  land, 
whilst  so  much  country  of  a  far  more  important 
nature  had  not  yet  been  mapped  out.  In  1898 
another  member  of  the  Geological  Survey,  Mr. 
M'Evoy,  during  a  summer  spent  in  the  vicinity 
of  the  Yellow  Head  Pass,  measured  a  mountain 
called  Robson  Peak,  and  found  it  to  be  13,500 
feet  high.  This  peak  for  the  present,  therefore, 
is  the  highest  that  has  been  accurately  surveyed 
in  the  Rocky  Mountains  of  Canada.  It  is  only 
within  recent  years,  however,  that  many  sport- 
ing or  mountaineering  expeditions  have  made 
use  of  the  opportunities  offered  by  the  railway. 

Members  of  the  Appalachian  Club  of  Boston 

12 


HISTORICAL 

were  the  first,  and  several  seasons  were  spent 
by  them  amongst  the  peaks  and  glaciers  near 
Laggan  and  Field  (stations  on  the  Canadian 
Pacific  Railway).  In  1893  Professor  Coleman 
of  Toronto  undertook  a  journey  from  Morley 
to  the  sources  of  the  Athabasca  River,  in  order 
to  search  for  the  two  peaks  Brown  and  Hooker, 
of  which  little  else  was  known  except  that  they 
had  been  discovered  about  sixty  years  pre- 
viously, and  were  supposed  to  be  16,000  and 
15,700  feet  in  height. 

Mr,  W.  D.  Wilcox  in  the  meantime  had 
explored  the  valleys  of  the  mountainous  country 
south  of  the  Canadian  Pacific  Railway  as  far  as 
Mount  Assiniboine  (1894-1895),  and  north  of 
the  railway  to  the  Saskatchewan  and  the  Atha- 
basca (1896).  His  experiences  have  been  pub- 
lished in  a  delightful  work,  "The  Rockies  of 
Canada." 

Most  of  our  knowledge,  therefore,  up  to  that 
time  (1897)  of  the  mountain  districts  lying  one 
hundred  miles  to  the  north  or  to  the  south  of 
the  railway,  as  it  passes  through  the  Rocky 
Mountains,  was  either  knowledge  gained  in  the 
early  part  of  the  century  by  traders  in  the 
employ  of  the  fur-trading  companies,  or  from 
Palliser's  journals,  Wilcox's  book,  or  the  reports 

13 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

of  the  Canadian  survey  by  the  late  Dr.  Dawson. 
For  the  most  part  these  explorations  have  been 
restricted  to  the  valleys  and  low  passes ;  very 
few  attempts  have  been  made  to  locate  or 
explore  the  great  snow-fields  and  the  surround- 
ing peaks  that  form  the  great  backbone  of  the 
continent.  To  take  the  Alps  as  an  example,  it 
would  be  a  parallel  case  if  a  few  parties  had 
started  from  Geneva,  explored  the  St.  Bernard 
Pass,  pushed  up  the  Rhone  Valley  over  the 
Furka  Pass  and  the  St.  Gothard,  without 
troubling  themselves  about  either  the  snow- 
fields  of  the  Oberland,  or  the  side  valleys  and 
the  great  peaks  on  the  main  Pennine  chain 
with  their  attendant  glaciers. 

A  brief  record,  however,  of  the  mountaineer- 
ing expeditions  that  were  undertaken  during  the 
year  from  1887  to  1897  may  not  be  out  of  place.1 
From  1887  to  1892  Mr.  J.  J.  M'Arthur  climbed 
numerous  peaks  near  Canmore,  Banff,  Laggan, 
and  Field,  the  highest  being  Mount  Stephen, 
10,428  feet. 

In  1894  Mount  Aberdeen,  10,450  feet,  and 
Mount  Temple,  11,607  feet,  were  climbed  by 
Messrs.  W.  D.  Wilcox,  S.  E.  S.  Allen,  and 
L.  F.  Frissell. 

1  Cf.   W.  D.  Wilcox,  "The  Rockies  of  Canada,"  p.  301. 


HISTORICAL 

In  1896  Mount  Hector  was  ascended  by 
Messrs  P.  S.  Abbot,  C.  E.  Fay,  and  C.  S. 
Thompson.  It  was  during  an  attempt  on 
Mount  Lefroy  by  the  same  party,  somewhat 
later,  at  the  beginning  of  August,  that  Mr. 
Abbot  was  killed,  and  the  Canadian  Rockies 
claimed  their  first  victim  to  the  now  rapidly 
growing  passion  for  mountaineering  as  a  sport. 


CHAPTER   II 

ASCENT  OF   LEFROY  AND  VICTORIA ;    AND  THE 
WAPUTEHK  ICE-FIELD 

TOWARDS  the  end  of  July,  1897,  a  strong 
mountaineering  party  was  assembled  at  Glacier 
House,  in  the  Selkirk  range,  west  of  the  Rocky 
Mountains.  The  party  consisted  of  Messrs.  C. 
E.  Fay,  A.  Michael,  Rev.  C.  L.  Noyes,  H.  B. 
Dixon,  H.  C.  Parker,  J.  R.  Vanderlip,  J.  N. 
Collie,  and  Peter  Sarbach  (a  Swiss  guide). 
Several  peaks  in  the  Selkirk  range  had  been 
ascended,  but  a  wish  to  conquer  the  higher 
summits  of  the  main  chain  drew  them  east- 
wards to  Laggan,  where  they  were  joined  by 
C.  S.  Thompson,  one  of  the  most  enthusiastic 
of  the  pioneers  of  mountaineering  amongst  the 
ranges  of  both  the  Selkirks  and  the  Rockies. 
Most  of  the  party  belonged  to  the  Appalachian 
Club  of  Boston ;  and  it  is  due  to  members  of 
this  club  and  to  other  Americans  from  the 
States  that  mountaineering  as  a  recreation  was 
first  undertaken  amongst  the  Canadian  Rocky 

Mountains. 

16 


THE  ASCENT   OF  LEFROY 

It  was  on  August  3rd,  the  anniversary  of 
Abbot's  death,  that  we  started  from  the  chalet 
at  Lake  Louise,  to  climb  Mount  Lefroy.  This 
chalet  has  been  built  by  the  Canadian  Pacific 
Railway  for  the  convenience  of  those  who  wish 
to  see  Lake  Louise,  one  of  the  most  beautiful 
mountain  tarns  in  the  world. 

As  we  step  out  of  the  chalet  into  the  brilliant 
starlight,  at  that  early  hour  which  is  necessary 
when  a  long  day's  climb  is  before  one,  it  would 
be  impossible  to  find  in  the  Alps,  or  elsewhere, 
a  more  peaceful  scene.  The  stars  above  shine 
with  a  clear  steady  light",  and  the  entire  absence 
of  twinkling  foreshadows  fine  weather.  A  few 
yards  away  lies  the  lake,  reflecting  perfectly  the 
luminous  snows  of  Mounts  Lefroy  and  Victoria 
amongst  the  black  shadows  of  the  pine-trees 
and  the  mirrored  stars.  Across  its  placid  waters 
we  are  carried  by  a  rowing-boat  through  the 
dark  chasm  in  the  hills  :  the  silence  is  unbroken  ; 
one  seems  to  be  travelling  through  some  for- 
gotten land,  a  land  of  old  romance,  where  high 
above,  perched  on  the  almost  inaccessible  crags, 
is  the  castle  of  the  lord  of  the  valley,  a  land 
where  knights  in  armour  rescue  fair  ladies  from 
imprisonment,  and  roam  abroad  in  search  of 

perilous  adventures. 

17  B 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

But  after  disembarking  in  the  darkness  that 
heralds  the  dawn,  one  is  soon  disillusioned,  and 
swamps,  tangled  thickets  of  alder,  fallen  trees, 
and  huge  stones  dispel  any  poetic  fancies. 
Just  as  the  dawn  was  breaking  the  end  of 
the  glacier  was  reached.  The  route  lay  straight 
up  the  ice  towards  a  great  gateway  of  the  hills 
that  lies  between  Mounts  Victoria  and  Lefroy. 
This  narrow  passage  has  been  called  "The 
Death -Trap,"  for  during  the  early  summer, 
and  in  years  when  much  snow  lies  on  the 
mountains,  it  is  a  dangerous  place  to  venture 
into,  on  account  of  the  avalanches  that  fall 
from  Lefroy  on  one  side  and  Victoria  on  the 
other.  The  description  of  the  remainder  of  the 
expedition  is  given  in  Professor  H.  B.  Dixon's 
words : 1— 

"Passing  the  two  snow  couloirs  which 
descend  from  chimneys  in  the  north-west  cliff, 
we  entered  the  so-called  '  Death-Trap ' — a  wide 
slope  of  snow  leading  up  at  an  easy  angle  to 
Abbot  Pass.  As  we  breasted  the  slope  we 
were  met  by  several  small  erratic  pieces  from 
the  upper  rocks  of  Lefroy,  which  came  skipping 
down  the  snow  with  unpleasant  velocity,  giving 
us  an  early  warning  of  the  unstable  state  of  the 

1  "Alpine  Journal"  (Harold  B.  Dixon),  vol.  xix.  p.  103. 

18 


THE   ASCENT   OF  LEFROY 

limestone  ledges  above.  After  five  hours' 
steady  going  we  stepped  on  to  the  narrow 
ridge  which  joins  Lefroy  with  Victoria,  and 
caught  our  first  view  of  the  precipices  of 
Hungabee  and  Goodsi$  to  the  south.  The 
aneroid  gave  our  height  as  4200  feet  above 
Lake  Louise,  9800  feet  above  sea-level. 

"  From  the  col  our  route  upwards  was  in 
plain  view.  The  steep  slope  was  snow- 
covered,  except  where  the  limestone  ledges 
cropped  out,  roughly  marking  off  the  ascent  into 
three  sections.  The  slope  is  best  seen  from 
opposite  on  Mount  Victoria.  Having  breakfasted, 
we  roped  up  in  three  parties  and  struck  straight 
up  the  snow  to  the  first  patch  of  rocks.  The 
slope  gradually  steepened  as  we  rose,  but  the 
snow  was  good,  and  we  could  kick  firm  steps 
in  it.  After  a  steady  grind  we  reached  the 
rocks,  which  proved  to  be  both  steep  and  rotten. 
For  a  few  minutes  we  enjoyed  the  variation  of 
wriggling  our  bodies  over  the  ledges,  though  it 
would  have  been  quicker  to  go  round.  The 
buttress  of  rock  held  up  the  snow  above  it  at 
a  more  favourable  angle  for  a  little  distance,  but 
the  slope  soon  became  severer  than  before.  As 
we  approached  the  second  patch  of  rocks  great 
care  became  necessary.  A  bad  slip  would  have 

19 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

been  difficult  to  check,  and  our  path  now  lay 
above  the  south-western  precipices.  On  reaching 
the  second  rocks  we  passed  up  a  snow  couloir 
near  their  right  extremity,  and  found  ourselves 
on  the  steepest  part  of  the  face,  lying  at  an  angle 
of  60°.  Above  us  to  the  right  frowned  the  cliff* 
which  Abbot  had  tried  to  scale.  Between  us 
and  that  cliff  the  snow  no  longer  gave  a  foothold. 
It  loosely  plastered  the  steep  ice-slope,  and  the 
rocks  showed  in  patches  through  the  surface. 
But  against  the  outcrop  of  rock,  which  formed 
an  overhanging  cliff  on  our  left,  the  snow  still 
clung  firmly,  filling  the  angle  between  rock  and 
ice.  We  crept  round  a  ledge  of  snow  beneath 
the  overhanging  rock,  and  then  kicked  a  ladder 
up  the  snow  till  the  top  of  the  cliff  was  gained. 
The  steps  held,  but  we  had  a  distinctly  uneasy 
feeling  that  we  might  not  find  them  so  firm  on 
our  return,  after  the  sun  had  been  on  them  for 
a  few  hours.  From  the  top  of  the  cliff  a  little 
arete  of  snow  led  upwards  at  a  gentler  slope  to  the 
corniced  ridge  of  the  mountain,  and  at  11  A.M. 
we  clambered  on  to  one  of  the  two  rocky  pro- 
minences (some  fifty  yards  apart)  which  form  the 
highest  points  of  Mount  Lefroy.  The  aneroid  gave 
the  height  as  11,600  feet  above  the  sea,  but  the 

mercury  barometer  brought  it  down  to  11,420  feet. 

20 


THE   ASCENT   OF  LEFROY 

"  The  air  was  beautifully  clear — for  the  forests 
to  the  west  had  been  singularly  free  from  fires 
during  the  summer.  Two  mushroom-like  patches 
were  visible  on  the  northern  horizon ;  the  stem 
produced  by  the  heated  column  of  smoke  which 
flattens  out  as  it  cools.  Of  the  mountains  near 
at  hand  the  most  striking  is  Hungabee,  which 
offers  a  first-rate  problem  to  climbers.  Looking 
at  it  from  the  commanding  height  of  Lefroy, 
none  of  us  could  suggest  an  even  probable  line 
of  attack.  Away  to  the  south-east  the  black 
precipices  of  Mount  Assiniboine  were  distinctly 
visible.  To  the  north  Mount  Balfour,  rising 
from  the  great  Waputekh  snow-field  attracted 
greater  interest,  for  we  hoped  to  conquer  it  in 
the  next  few  days.  The  thought  of  our  snow- 
ladder  gradually  melting  in  the  sun  cut  short 
our  enjoyment  of  the  summit. 

"  We  descended  easily  to  the  end  of  the  arete, 
where,  planting  an  axe  firmly  in  the  snow,  we 
paid  out  an  extra  rope  (with  a  turn  round  the 
axe)  attached  to  each  man  as  he  stepped 
cautiously  down  the  ladder. 

"  Sitting  on  the  arete,  I  had  leisure  to  study 
the  broken  cliff  opposite,  where  Abbot  fell,  and 
to  fit  together  the  accounts  of  the  accident  with 

the  configuration   of  the  rock.      The  chimney 

21 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

which  he  climbed  up  is  near  the  profile  of  the 
cliff.  At  the  top  of  the  first  part  of  the  chimney 
a  snow-covered  ledge  bears  to  the  left ;  on  this 
Professor  Little  stood.  Abbot  continued  the 
climb  up  the  chimney,  now  seen  slightly  to 
the  left  of  the  line  of  the  lower  portion.  The 
chimney  ends  at  a  ledge  cut  off  by  a  few  feet  of 
steep  rock  from  the  snow-slope  above.  Abbot 
must  either  have  attempted  to  climb  this  rock 
or  to  work  round  on  the  ledge.  Neither  course 
would  appear  to  present  any  difficulty  to  a  man 
who  could  climb  the  long  chimney  below,  had 
the  rock  been  firm.  But  the  limestone  rock 
which  crops  out  on  this  face  is  extremely  rotten. 
I  can  feel  no  doubt  that  a  rock  gave  way  sud- 
denly with  his  weight,  just  as  he  was  pulling 
himself  to  the  top  of  the  cliff.  He  had  taken  to 
the  rocks  to  avoid  slip-cutting  in  the  ice. 

"  From  the  top  rocks  downwards  we  were 
mighty  polite  to  the  snow  on  Mount  Lefroy. 
I  cannot  speak  for  all  the  party,  but  I  know 
that  three  men,  including  Sarbach,  came  down 
1500  feet  with  their  faces  to  the  mountain.  A 
final  glissade  down  the  lower  slope  landed 
us  on  the  col  at  3  P.M.  Thence  a  rapid  descent 
of  two  and  a  half  hours  brought  us  to  Lake 
Louise." 

22 


THE   BOW  VALLEY 

Two  days  later  a  small  party,  consisting  of 
Fay,  Michael,  Collie,  and  Sarbach,  again  under 
the  brilliant  stars,  rowed  across  the  lake,  this 
time  to  attack  Mount  Victoria.  Much  better 
progress  was  made  than  before,  for  the  best 
route  to  take  was  known.  Following  the  glacier 
up  through  the  huge  gateway  between  Lefroy 
and  Victoria,  Abbot's  Pass  was  soon  reached. 
Here,  turning  to  the  right  instead  of  to  the  left, 
as  had  been  done  on  the  ascent  of  Lefroy,  height 
was  rapidly  gained  by  climbing  a  series  of  small 
terraces  of  excessively  rotten  rocks.  During 
occasional  halts,  the  snow-slope  of  Lefroy,  up 
which  the  larger  party  had  so  laboriously  toiled 
forty-eight  hours  previously,  could  be  seen,  now 
converted  by  the  two  days'  fine  weather  into 
an  ice  -  slope,  which,  further  off  to  the  right, 
fell  away  with  great  steepness  to  the  head  of 
the  O'Hara  Valley.  The  long  arete  of  Mount 
Victoria,  that  can  be  seen  against  the  sky  from 
the  chalet  at  Lake  Louise,  was  soon  reached. 
The  climbing  along  the  arete  was  not  difficult 
but  required  care,  and  it  was  only  the  last  five 
hundred  feet  that  were  at  all  narrow.  About 
midday,  after  breaking  many  steps  in  soft  snow, 
the  summit  was  finally  reached — a  small  pinnacle 
of  snow,  11,500  feet  above  sea-level. 

23 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

From  there  all  sorts  of  signals  were  made  to 
inform  the  visitors  at  the  chalet  that  Mount 
Victoria  had  been  conquered.  However,  it 
turned  out  that  not  only  had  they  missed  all 
the  signals,  but  had  failed  even  with  a  good 
telescope  to  see  any  one  on  the  summit  of  the 
mountain.  This  failure  on  their  part  naturally 
suggests  the  extremely  uncertain  nature  of 
danger-signals  on  mountains ;  for,  supposing 
that  an  accident  had  overtaken  the  party,  and 
reliance  been  placed  on  the  signals  produced  by 
the  sun  and  an  empty  sardine-box  as  a  mirror 
for  conveying  the  message  to  the  bottom  of 
the  mountain,  succour  would  doubtless  have 
been  a  long  time  in  arriving.  The  view  to  the 
south  and  west  is  across  a  sea  of  jagged  rock- 
peaks,  the  most  prominent  being  Hungabee, 
Goodsir,  and  Ball,  whilst  further  away  to  the 
south-east  rises  the  black  rock -pyramid  of 
Assiniboine. 

On  August  7th  G.  P.  Baker  joined  the  party, 
and  with  men,  horses,  and  an  outfit  we  made  a 
start  up  the  Bow  Valley  with  the  intention  of 
climbing  Mount  Balfour.  From  the  Bow  Valley, 
however,  Balfour  is  invisible ;  therefore  it  was 
impossible  to  know  how  far  up  the  valley  it  was 
necessary  to  go  before  striking  into  the  moun- 

24 


THE   BOW  VALLEY 

tains.  But,  before  telling  how  we  entirely 
missed  Mount  Balfour  and  climbed  Mount 
Gordon  instead,  the  experiences  of  our  first 
afternoon  in  a  Canadian  forest  with  horses  are 
worth  narrating.  As  one  looks  back  one 
blushes  for  the  utter  incompetence  shown.  But 
in  those  days  we  were  unacquainted  with 
many  mysterious  things  that  afterwards  be- 
came obvious;  in  those  days  we  were  "raw 
hands." 

Peyto  (our  head-man),  with  the  rest  of  the 
men  and  most  of  the  ponies,  had  started  early 
in  the  morning,  and  had  gone  ahead  up  what 
was,  for  convenience  of  speech,  called  "  the 
trail."  Later  in  the  day  we  came  down  to 
Laggan  from  the  chalet  with  the  remainder  of 
the  baggage,  finding  three  ponies  that  Peyto 
had  left.  If  it  had  not  been  for  the  help  of  a 
man  at  Laggan  railway  station  we  could  never 
have  satisfactorily  tied  on  all  the  impedimenta 
that  we  wished  to  take  with  us.  To  pack  an 
Indian  pony  and  finish  off  all  neatly  with  a 
good  tight  diamond  hitch  is  an  accomplishment 
possessed  by  few ;  it  is  only  after  long  experience 
that  the  art  is  acquired.  Although  one  thinks 
that  the  rope  has  been  thrown,  twisted,  and 
looped  properly,  the  moment  the  tightening-up 

25 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

process  begins  the  knots  carefully  undo  them- 
selves, and  another  trial  is  necessary. 

The  ponies  having  been  packed  a  start  was 
made,  and  soon  we  were  in  the  midst  of  miles 
of  fallen  timber  that  lay  heaped  in  every  direc- 
tion. In  one  place  we  could  count  more  than 
a  dozen  trees  piled  like  spillikins  one  above  the 
other.  Peyto  had  carefully  "  blazed  "  the  trail, 
and,  as  the  party  was  large,  comparatively  rapid 
progress  was  made,  for,  should  one  of  us  miss 
the  way,  another  at  once  found  it.  But  it 
necessitated  an  enormous  amount  of  jumping 
for  both  the  over-laden  ponies  and  ourselves. 
Gradually  we  worked  ourselves  free  from  this 
belt  of  fallen  timber,  getting  into  more  open 
ground  ;  but  it  was  only  a  change  of  troubles, 
for  now  endless  swamps  or  "  muskegs "  filled 
the  flat  open  spaces  of  the  valley.  Here  the 
"  blazes  "  stopped,  and,  following  some  upright 
sticks  of  wood  (that  we  afterwards  found  had  to 
do  with  the  railway  survey  up  the  valley),  the 
tracks  of  the  other  animals  were  soon  missed, 
and  we  got  lost,  floundering  about  help- 
lessly trying  to  find  a  way  through.  Several 
times  the  luckless  ponies,  dead  tired  and  over- 
laden, had  sunk  up  to  their  bellies  in  the  soft 

marshy   ground,   but   with   much   kicking    and 

26 


THE   BOW  VALLEY 

plunging  had  just  managed  to  get  out  again.  At 
last  the  sun  went  down,  then  the  daylight  dis- 
appeared, and  finally  the  moon  came  out,  and 
the  whole  party  and  the  horses  were  still  in  that 
muskeg. 

So  an  attempt  was  made  to  get  to  the  forest 
at  the  side  of  the  valley,  but  one  of  the  ponies 
at  last  got  so  deep  into  a  hole  that  only  with 
difficulty  was  he  prevented  from  vanishing  alto- 
gether. The  situation  was  apparently  quite 
hopeless.  The  pack  with  difficulty  was  rescued 
from  his  back  by  cutting  the  ropes  ;  then,  by  the 
help  of  an  Alpine  rope  and  much  pulling,  finally 
he  also  was  rescued.  Professor  Fay  in  the 
meantime  had  pushed  on  up  the  valley,  and 
reached  the  camp  at  about  eleven  o'clock.  Just 
when  we  thought  we  should  have  to  sit  in  the 
water  all  night  we  were  found  by  Peyto  and  his 
dog.  The  ponies  had  to  be  left  where  they  were 
for  the  night  with  the  dog  to  take  care  of  them  ; 
and  we,  under  Peyto's  guidance,  wading  through 
everything,  got  safely  into  camp  a  little  after 
midnight. 

On  the  morrow  the  ponies  and  baggage  were 
fetched.  We  also  had  a  long  discussion  whether 
we  should  try  and  find  Mount  Balfour  at  the 

head  of  the  Upper,  or  the  Lower,  Bow  Lake. 

27 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

We  decided  in  the  end  for  the  Upper  Bow 
Lake,  and,  as  so  often  is  the  case  when  it  is 
merely  a  toss-up,  the  decision  was  wrong.  Next 
evening  found  us  camped  by  the  Upper  Bow 
Lake  in  a  beautiful  open  country,  and  sur- 
rounded by  fine  hills  and  glaciers.  Our  attempt 
to  ascend  Mount  Balfour  from  this  camp,  al- 
though a  failure,  furnished  a  most  delightful 
day — at  least  up  to  the  time  when  Thompson 
sought  to  investigate  the  lower  layers  of  the 
ice-sheet  that  covers  Mount  Gordon,  by  falling 
head-first  down  a  deep  crevasse.  Early  in  the 
expedition  great  battle  was  done  with  the  ice- 
fall  that  descends  from  the  higher  snow-fields 
towards  the  Upper  Bow  Lake.  One  party  with 
fine,  if  unnecessary,  courage,  cut  its  way  through 
the  centre  of  the  ice-fall,  whilst  the  other,  under 
the  guidance  of  Sarbach,  basely  refused  the  en- 
counter and  fled  along  sideways  to  where  they 
could  ignominiously  skirt  round  the  end  and, 
with  the  minimum  expenditure  of  energy,  flank 
the  foe.  Coming  out  on  to  this  upper  snow- 
field,  a  charming  snow- clad  peak  was  seen  to 
the  south,  apparently  not  difficult  of  ascent ; 
obviously  Mount  Balfour !  Accordingly  off 
the  whole  party  started  across  the  nearly  level 

snows   for  the   lower   slopes   of  the   mountain. 

28 


THE   WAPUTEHK   SNOW-FIELD 

The  summit  was  reached  by  climbing  up  the 
eastern  arete ;  but  alas !  four  miles  away  to 
the  south  was  the  real  Mount  Balfour,  and 
between  lay  a  deep  gulf.  Still  it  had  been  a 
most  delightful  climb  over  a  hitherto  untrodden 
piece  of  ice-field  ;  and  certainly  no  one  had 
been  to  the  summit  of  Mount  Gordon  before. 
The  height  was  10,600  feet.  As  usual,  in  every 
direction  lay  a  perfect  sea  of  snow-clad  peaks, 
with  hardly  a  name  to  any  of  them.  Professor 
Fay,  however,  suggested  that  there  was  a 
mountain,  supposed  to  be  very  high  and  named 
Murchison,  somewhere  towards  the  north.  It 
had  been  seen  by  Dr.  Hector  forty  years  before. 
So  a  splendid  pyramid-shaped  peak,  obviously 
higher  than  the  rest,  was  picked  out,  and  it  was 
concluded  that  this  was  Mount  Murchison. 
More  to  the  west  a  flatter-topped  mountain, 
somewhat  nearer,  was  given  the  name  Mount 
Mummery. 

Some  time  was  spent  on  the  top,  but,  as 
there  was  another  summit  about  a  third  of  a 
mile  to  the  westward,  several  of  the  party 
started  off  for  it.  It  was  dome-shaped  and 
covered  with  snow,  the  first  peak  consisting  of 
an  out-crop  of  limestone  rocks.  It  was  near 

the  top  of  the  second  peak  that  Thompson  very 

29 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

nearly  ended  his  mountaineering  experiences. 
Not  far  from  this  second  summit  a  huge  crevasse 
partially  covered  with  snow  had  to  be  crossed. 
All  the  party  had  passed  over  but  Thompson, 
who  unfortunately  broke  through  and  at  once 
disappeared  headlong  into  the  great  crack  that 
ran  perpendicularly  down  into  the  depths  of 
the  glacier.  Those  of  the  party  who  were 
still  on  the  first  peak  saw  their  friends 
gesticulating  in  the  far  distance,  but  did  not 
take  much  notice  until  Sarbach  drew  their 
attention  to  the  fact  that  there  were  only  four 
people  instead  of  five  to  be  seen :  some  one 
therefore,  must  have  fallen  down  a  crevasse. 
A  race  across  the  almost  level  snow  then  took 
place,  Sarbach  being  easily  first.  Although 
Thompson  was  too  far  down  to  be  seen,  yet 
he  could  be  heard  calling  for  help  and  saying 
that,  although  he  was  not  hurt,  he  would  be 
extremely  grateful  to  us  if  we  would  make 
haste  and  extricate  him  from  the  awkward 
position  he  was  in,  for  he  could  not  move  and 
was  almost  upside  down,  jammed  between  the 
two  opposing  sides  of  the  crevasse. 

It  was  obvious  that  every  second  was  of 
importance ;  a  stirrup  was  made  in  a  rope,  and 
Collie,  being  the  lightest  member  of  the  party— 

30 


THE   ASCENT   OF   GORDON 

and,  withal,  unmarried — was  told  to  put  his  foot 
into  it,  whilst  he  was  also  carefully  roped  round 
the  waist  as  well.  Then  he  was  pushed  over  the 
edge  of  the  abyss,  and  swung  in  mid-air.  To 
quote  his  description :  "I  was  then  lowered  into 
the  gaping  hole.  On  one  side  the  ice  fell  sheer, 
on  the  other  it  was  rather  undercut,  but  again 
bulged  outwards  about  eighteen  feet  below  the 
surface,  making  the  crevasse  at  that  point  not 
much  more  than  two  feet  wide.  Then  it 
widened  again,  and  went  down  into  dim  twi- 
light. It  was  not  till  I  had  descended  sixty 
feet,  almost  the  whole  available  length  of  an 
eighty  foot  rope,  that  at  last  I  became  tightly 
wedged  between  the  two  walls  of  the  crevasse, 
and  was  absolutely  incapable  of  moving  my 
body.  My  feet  were  close  to  Thompson's,  but 
his  head  was  further  away,  and  about  three  feet 
lower  than  his  heels.  Face  downwards,  and 
covered  with  fallen  snow,  he  could  not  see  me. 
But,  after  he  had  explained  that  it  was  entirely 
his  own  fault  that  he  was  there,  I  told  him 
we  would  have  him  out  in  no  time.  At  the 
moment  I  must  say  I  hardly  expected  to  be 
able  to  accomplish  anything.  For,  jammed 
between  two  slippery  walls  of  ice,  and  only 
able  to  move  my  arms,  cudgel  my  brains  as  I 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

would,  I  could  not  think  what  was  to  be  done. 
I  shouted  for  another  rope.  When  it  came 
down  I  managed  to  throw  one  end  to  Thomp- 
son's left  hand,  which  was  waved  about,  till  he 
caught  it.  But,  when  pulled,  it  merely  dragged 
out  of  his  hand.  Then  with  some  difficulty  I 
managed  to  tie  a  noose  on  the  rope  by  putting 
both  my  hands  above  my  head.  With  this  I 
lassoed  that  poor  pathetic  arm  which  was  the 
only  part  of  Thompson  that  could  be  seen. 
Then  came  the  tug-of-war.  If  he  refused  to 
move,  I  could  do  nothing  more  to  help  him ; 
moreover  I  was  afraid  that  at  any  moment  he 
might  faint.  If  that  had  occurred  I  do  not 
believe  he  could  have  been  got  out  at  all,  for 
the  force  of  the  fall  had  jammed  him  further 
down  than  it  was  possible  to  follow.  Slowly 
the  rope  tightened,  as  it  was  cautiously  pulled 
by  those  above.  I  could  hear  my  heart  thump- 
ing in  the  ghastly  stillness  of  the  place,  but  at 
last  Thompson  began  to  shift,  and  after  some 
short  time  he  was  pulled  into  an  upright  posi- 
tion by  rny  side.  To  get  a  rope  round  his  body 
was  of  course  hopeless.  Partly  by  wriggling 
and  pulling  on  my  own  rope  I  so  shifted  that 
by  straining  one  arm  over  my  head  I  could  get 
my  two  hands  together,  and  then  tied  the  best 

32 


THE  ASCENT   OF   GORDON 

and  tightest  jamming  knot  I  could  think  of 
round  his  arm,  just  above  the  elbow.  A  shout 
to  the  rest  of  the  party,  and  Thompson  went 
rapidly  upwards  till  he  disappeared  round  the 
bulge  of  ice  forty  feet  or  more  above.  I  can 
well  remember  the  feeling  of  dread  that  came 
over  me  lest  the  rope  should  slip  or  his  arm 
give  way  under  the  strain,  and  he  should  come 
thundering  down  on  the  top  of  me ;  but  he  got 
out  all  right,  and  a  moment  later  I  followed. 
Most  marvellously  no  bones  had  been  broken,  but 
how  any  one  could  have  fallen  as  he  did  without 
being  instantaneously  killed  will  always  remain 
a  mystery.  He  must  have  partially  jammed 
some  considerable  distance  higher  up  than  the 
point  where  I  found  him,  for  he  had  a  ruck-sack 
on  his  back,  and  this  perhaps  acted  as  a  brake, 
as  the  walls  of  the  crevasse  closed  in  lower 
down.  We  were  both  of  us  nearly  frozen  and 
wet  to  the  skin,  for  ice-cold  water  was  slowly 
dripping  the  whole  time  on  to  us;  and  in 
my  desire  to  be  as  little  encumbered  as  possible, 
I  had  gone  down  into  the  crevasse  very  scantily 
clad  in  a  flannel  shirt  and  knickerbockers." 

A  rapid  descent  to  the  head  of  the  ice-fall 
quickly  restored  circulation,  and  that  night  over 
the  camp  fire  the  whole  experience  was  gone 

33  c 


CLIMBS   AND   EXPLORATION 

over  again,  Thompson  emphatically  giving  it  as 
his  opinion  that,  whatever  scientific  exploration 
or  observation  in  future  might  be  necessary  on 
the  summits  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  investiga- 
tions made  alone,  sixty  feet  below  the  surface 
of  the  ice,  in  an  inverted  position,  were  extremely 
dangerous  and  even  unworthy  of  record. 

Next  day  the  party  returned  to  the  lower 
Bow  Lake.  Here  Dixon  left  for  Banff  and  the 
British  Association  meeting  at  Toronto,  Sarbach 
remaining  with  Baker  and  Collie. 

An  unsuccessful  attempt  to  climb  Mount 
Balfour  in  unsatisfactory  weather  was  made  up 
the  glacier  that  flows  towards  the  lower  Bow 
Lake,  the  party  returning  by  a  new  route  past 
two  exquisitely  beautiful  mountain  tarns,  one, 
the  highest,  being  the  colour  of  turquoise,  the 
lower  being  sapphire  blue. 

After  this  the  party  went  back  to  Banff,  and 
it  was  not  till  the  next  year,  1898,  that  Messrs. 
Thompson,  Noyes,  and  G.  M.  Weed  succeeded 
in  climbing  Mount  Balfour,  the  highest  peak  in 
the  Waputehk  district  of  the  Rocky  Mountains. 
The  account  of  the  ascent  is  delightfully  written 
by  the  Rev.  Charles  L.  Noyes  in  "  Appalachia," 
vol.  ix.,  No.  1,  p.  29  :— 

"  By  rising  at  three  we  had  time  to  prepare 
34 


THE  ASCENT   OF   BALFOUR 

and  eat  a  comfortable  breakfast,  and  get  off  by 
four.  A  diagonal  course,  stabbing  up  over  the 
ridge  intervening  between  the  bottom  of  the 
Lower  Bow  Lake  and  the  outlet  of  Margaret 
brought  us  to  that  lake  by  the  easiest  route. 

"  The  sun  had  not  yet  touched  its  waters  into 
beauty,  and  they  lay  a  cold  sombre  blue.  It 
may  have  been  six  o'clock  when  we  were  climb- 
ing the  screes  at  the  head  of  the  lake,  and  after 
seven,  when,  by  the  one  rock  ladder  we  scaled 
the  wall  above,  and  came  over  the  outer  rim 
of  Lake  Turquoise — '  a  joy  for  ever.'  It  was 
not  far  from  eight  when  we  stopped  for  food  at 
the  foot  of  the  glacier  above.  Mr.  Nichols  had 
left  us  at  Turquoise.  He  was  feeling  the  effects 
of  a  blow  on  the  spine,  got  in  a  fall  on  a  slippery 
rock  whilst  bathing  in  Lake  Katherine.  It  did 
not  seem  to  him  wise  to  risk  the  strain  of  a 
longer  climb ;  and  there  was  so  much  to  charm 
and  occupy  in  the  beauties  of  Turquoise  Lake 
and  its  setting  that  he  proposed  to  spend  the 
day  about  there,  and  bade  us  God-speed,  with 
a  solemn  injunction  that  we  should  meet  him 
at  six  o'clock  above  the  verge  of  the  lake  to  go 
down  the  ladder  together.  The  passage  of  the 
glacier  was  this  year  a  delicate  operation,  taking 
some  ingenious  warping  among  crevasses,  and 

35 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

light  stepping  over  bridges,  which  needed  but  to 
melt  a  little  more  to  almost  cut  off  access  to  the 
neve  above.  This  gained,  full  in  view  beyond 
it,  broadside  to  us,  rose  the  magnificent  mass  of 
Balfour.  The  difficulties  of  approach,  which  we 
had  foreseen  looking  down  from  Vulture  Col,  by 
no  means  vanished.  The  final  ridge,  however, 
looked  hopeful,  promising  us,  if  once  on  it,  a 
clear  way  to  the  summit ;  but  how  to  reach  the 
ridge  ?  Well  to  the  south  was  the  most  en- 
couraging route  in  view.  Rising  almost  to  the 
crest  was  a  tongue  of  snow,  but  it  was  suspi- 
ciously gashed,  and  once  upon  the  ridge,  there 
was  no  surety  that  the  way  would  not  be  barred 
by  cornices  or  precipitous  breaks.  The  prospect 
was  too  doubtful  to  waste  time  in  considering, 
and  without  slackening  our  steps  we  pressed  on 
over  the  neve  to  the  gateway  at  the  south,  which 
would  let  us  through  to  the  western  side,  where 
we  had  reason  to  hope  we  might  find  more  level 
and  stable  snow,  giving  access  to  the  final  ridge. 
It  was  eleven  o'clock  when  we  broke  over  the 
divide,  and  the  change  of  worlds  of  vision,  always 
thrilling  in  such  a  crossing,  was  grandly  so  in 
this  case.  To  the  south  rose,  near  and  imposing, 
Niles  and  Daly,  like  mammoth  walruses,  lifting 
their  black  heads  above  the  ice,  and  thrusting 

36 


THE  ASCENT   OF  BALFOUR 

their  great  snouts  towards  us;    between  them 
the  neve  sloped  down  to  some  glaciers,  and  by 
them  to  the  west  rolled  a  vast  snow-field  toward 
the  ravine  of  the  Wapta,  that  enormous  rent 
between  the  mountains,  gathering  into  its  bosom 
the  immense  volume  of  melted   snow  poured 
down  from  all  the  neves  streaming  off  the  western 
side  of  Balfour  and  Gordon,  Collie,  and  Habel, 
to  the  north ;  and  over  beyond  from  the  hither 
slopes  of  another  system  of  mountains  that  filled 
the  prospect  to  the  horizon  west  and  south.    For 
all  this  we  hardly  had  eyes  at  first ;  they  were 
turned    instantly  toward   our   goal;    and   then 
they  ran  over  a  clear  reach  of  snow  leading  to  a 
ridge  curving  off  from  the  main  arete  to  the  left, 
above  which,  fore-shortened,  could  be  seen  the 
summit.     As  it  seemed  readily  attainable,  only 
the  nonchalance  of  our  tones  betrayed  our  excite- 
ment as  we  remarked,  '  We're  going  to  make  it ! ' 
We  did  make  it,  but  it  took  four  hours.     The 
offshoot  ridge  once  gained,  there  was  along  its 
curve  an  even,  almost  level,  way  to  the  backbone 
of  the  mountain.     On  this  main  arete  there  was 
more  difficulty  ;    a  V-shaped  cleft  promised  to 
block  the  passage  altogether,  but   we   circum- 
vented it  by  stabbing  down  to  the  screes  and 
snow  below,  and  diagonally  up  again,  over  un- 

37  ' 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

stable  and  tricky  footing,  and  with  unreliable 
hand-holds  on  friable  rock,  all  done  without  slip 
or  danger,  up  to  a  depression  in  the  ridge,  where 
greeted  us  a  reviving  view  Hector-ward,  and  a 
pool  of  water  made  by  the  snow-shelf  on  the 
eastern  side,  melting  against  the  warm  rocks. 
This  invited  to  a  final  lunch,  refreshed  by  which 
we  rose  for  our  last  hour's  climb  to  a  height 
much  greater  than  Balfour — the  summit  of  our 
summer's  adventure  and  success. 

"  Any  one  who  has  walked  the  ridge  of  the 
Presidential  Range  will  know  the  thrilling  sensa- 
tion of  such  a  passage,  as  though  one  were  moving 
on  the  backbone  of  the  world.  Suppose  it  is 
really  a  bit  of  the  coping  of  the  continent,  lifted 
toward  eleven  thousand  feet,  thinned  down  till 
it  is  no  more  than  the  fine  edge  of  a  wedge 
protruding  through  slopes  of  snow  that  cling  to 
its  sides  high  as  the  steepness  will  allow,  flanked 
beyond  stupendous  gorges  on  either  hand  by 
a  wilderness  of  mountains  reaching  everywhere 
to  the  sky-line,  rising  in  great  steps  along  an 
untrodden  way  to  an  untouched  peak — that  is 
what  the  final  climb  in  the  capture  of  Balfour 
meant  to  us." 


CHAPTER    III 

IN  SEARCH  OF  MOUNT  MURCHISON 

IT  was  after  the  accident  to  Thompson,  and 
the  unsuccessful  attempt  on  Mount  Balfour, 
that  Baker  and  Collie,  still  having  four  or  five 
weeks  to  spare,  were  so  fired  with  enthusiasm 
over  the  high  rock -peak  they  had  seen  to  the 
north-west  from  the  summit  of  Gordon,  that 
although  they  had  intended  going  southward 
to  visit  Mount  Assiniboine,  they  changed  their 
plans  and  decided  to  go  north  instead. 

An  "outfit"  was  therefore  hired  from  T. 
Wilson,  of  Banff,  the  party  consisting  of  Baker, 
Collie,  and  Sarbach,  together  with  W.  Peyto, 
head-man,  L.  Richardson,  packer,  and  C.  Black, 
cook.  Although,  several  years  before,  Wilson 
had  been  through  this  country  north  of  the 
Waputehk  snow-fields,  yet  he  did  not  remember 
ever  having  seen  a  very  high  peak  about  the 
spot  where  the  so-called  Mount  Murchison  had 
been  seen  from  Mount  Gordon.  This,  however, 
was  not  taken  as  an  indication  that  we  had  been 
mistaken  in  our  estimate  of  its  size,  for  from 

39 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

the  tops  only  of  mountains,  as  a  rule,  can  any 
accurate  ideas  concerning  their  relative  heights 
be  easily  obtained. 

On  August  17th  the  party  again  started 
from  Laggan  up  the  Bow  Valley.  The  lower 
portion  was  as  bad  as  ever,  for  in  forests  that 
have  been  burnt,  after  a  good  many  years  the 
roots  of  the  blackened  and  still  standing  trunks 
become  rotten ;  thus  every  fresh  gale  brings 
down  large  numbers,  adding  to  the  almost  in- 
extricable tangle  below.  In  this  lower  part  of 
the  Bow  Valley  it  is  quite  possible  to  walk 
for  more  than  a  mile  along  the  fallen  stems, 
never  being  nearer  than  two  feet,  and  some- 
times finding  oneself  as  high  as  ten  feet,  or 
more,  from  the  ground.  Fortunately  since 
1900  a  thoroughly  good  trail  has  been  cut 
through  this  part  of  the  valley  by  the  Canadian 
Pacific  Railway. 

The  first  day  up  the  Bow  Valley  was  ex- 
cessively hot ;  mosquitoes  swarmed  in  countless 
thousands,  making  life  miserable,  and  our 
tempers  suffered  in  consequence.  It  was  early 
in  the  afternoon  when  Peyto  announced  that 
we  should  camp :  to  us  this  seemed  unnecessary, 
so  we  told  him  so,  but  without  any  effect. 

Later,  after   dinner,  he   unburdened  his  mind, 

40 


IN  SEARCH  OF  MOUNT  MURCHISON 

saying  that  he  was  there  to  look  after  the  horses 
and  should  camp  where  he  considered  best ; 
we  might  know,  or  might  think  we  knew,  how 
far  a  "  cayoose "  (Indian  pony)  could  go,  but 
he  was  not  going  to  have  sore  backs  or  lame 
horses  in  his  outfit.  Later,  when  they  were 
hardened  and  less  heavily  laden,  we  should 
be  able  to  put  in  longer  days.  Things  were 
beginning  to  get  strained ;  and  the  mosquitoes 
made  matters  worse :  still,  we  were  out  for  a 
month,  and  it  was  no  use  quarrelling  on  the 
first  day.  Accordingly  we  acquiesced,  coming 
to  the  conclusion  that  the  ways  of  the  "wild 
west"  needed  a  great  deal  of  learning.  That 
Peyto  was  right  was  abundantly  proved  in  the 
sequel ;  for,  owing  to  the  excessively  hot 
weather,  we  soon  had  more  than  one  pony  with 
a  sore  back  and  ill.  This  remedied  itself,  how- 
ever; for  later  the  weather  got  cooler  and  the 
packs  lighter.  Moreover,  it  was  no  vain  boast 
of  Peyto's  that  he  was  there  to  look  after  the 
horses ;  many  a  time  after  arriving  in  camp 
after  a  long  day's  journey,  when  something  to 
eat  and  drink  was  one's  first  thought,  Peyto 
could  be  seen  driving  the  sore-backed  ponies 
down  to  the  stream  where  he  carefully  washed 
them  and  smeared  the  raw  places  with  bacon- 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

grease  to  keep  off  the  flies.  He  also  kept  his 
word  about  long  days,  and  more  than  once  we 
were  only  too  glad  when,  late  in  the  evening, 
he  would  finally  tie  up  his  black  mare,  Pet, 
and  begin  to  unpack. 

On  the  third  day  out  from  Laggan  the  head 
of  the  Bow  Valley  was  reached,  where  a  pass, 
the  Bow  Pass,  leads  over  into  Bear  Creek,  or 
the  Little  Fork  of  the  Saskatchewan.  This 
pass  is  similar  to  many  in  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains ;  the  woods — which,  lower  down  in  the 
valley,  are  usually  so  thick  that  it  is  impossible 
to  see  far  ahead,  and,  owing  to  fallen  trees, 
make  it  most  difficult  to  get  horses  along — on 
the  higher  ground  open  out ;  and  wide  stretches 
of  grass  alternate  with  groves  of  pine-trees  that 
act  as  excellent  shelter  for  tents.  Often 
small  lakes  are  found  as  well,  and  the  views  of 
snow-clad  peaks,  glaciers,  lakes,  and  forests 
make  most  beautiful  pictures. 

The  scenery  at  the  head  of  the  Bow  Valley, 
surrounding  the  upper  Bow  Lake,  is  grand,  and 
will  not  disappoint  any  one  who  should  make 
the  journey  there.  The  lake  is  also  full  of 
trout ;  some  weighing  as  much  as  thirty  pounds, 
or  more,  have  been  caught.  A  day  was  spent 
here  for  two  reasons ;  first,  the  horses  needed  a 

42 


NEAR  THE  SUMMIT  OF  THE  Bow  PASS 


WATERFOWL  LAKE 


IN  SEARCH  OF  MOUNT  MURCHISON 

rest ;  secondly,  Baker  wished  to  pick  up  his 
points  in  a  plane-table  survey  that  had  been 
started  by  Mr.  Herschel  C.  Parker,  of  Brooklyn, 
N.Y.,  during  the  trip  a  week  before  when 
Mount  Gordon  was  climbed.  Mr.  Parker  had 
taken  as  his  base  line  the  distance  between  two 
stations  in  the  Bow  Valley  that  had  been 
trigonometrically  determined  by  the  Canadian 
Government  for  their  photographic  survey  of 
the  district.  These  two  points  were  6*365 
miles  apart.  One,  south  of  Mount  Hector  and 
marked  on  the  Government  survey  sheet  as 
Station  No.  1,  9830  feet,  the  other  a  peak  lying 
on  the  opposite  side  of  the  valley,  north  of  the 
Lower  Bow  Lake,  marked  Station  No.  2,  9178 
feet.  When  Mr.  Parker  returned  to  the  States 
he  kindly  handed  over  his  map  to  Baker  to 
continue  it  towards  the  north. 

On  August  20th  a  rock  and  snow  peak  south- 
west of  the  Bow  Pass  was  climbed  (height  9000 
feet),  from  which  a  splendid  view  to  the  north 
down  Bear  Creek,  and  to  the  south  down  the 
Bow  Valley,  was  obtained ;  thus  enabling  Baker 
to  add  many  new  points  to  his  survey.  A  fine 
specimen  of  a  trilobite  was  also  found,  but 
unfortunately  left  on  the  summit. 

The  height  of  the  Bow  Pass  is  6700  feet. 
43 


CLIMBS  AND   EXPLORATION 

On  the  north  side  the  trail  descends  sharply  for 
about  a  thousand  feet  to  the  head  of  Bear  Creek 
Valley,  down  which  flows  one  of  the  branches 
of  the  Saskatchewan,  that  has  its  source  in  a 
large  glacier  above  Peyto  Lake. 

Half-way  down  the  valley  lies  another  lake 
on  the  western  side,  and  then  two  more  that 
occupy  the  bottom  of  the  valley;  these  were 
named  Waterfowl  Lakes. 

The  western  side  of  Bear  Creek  all  the  way 
down  to  the  main  Saskatchewan  is  exceptionally 
grand,  a  series  of  rocky  escarpments  rising  sheer 
from  the  bottom  of  the  valley  for  four  to  five 
thousand  feet,  and  throwing  gloomy  shadows 
across  the  forest-clad  slopes ;  whilst  high  over- 
head, far  above  the  parallel  terraces  of  the 
precipices  and  the  black  and  torn  ridges  of  the 
mountains,  the  white  clouds  drift  slowly  by— 
or,  what  is  more  often  the  case,  the  valley  is 
shrouded  over  with  mist ;  the  tops  of  the 
mountains  are  far  above  out  of  sight,  and  only 
the  lower  slopes  are  visible.  A  good  deal  of 
the  bad  weather  that  surrounds  Bear  Creek  may 
possibly  be  due  to  its  proximity  to  the  western 
side  of  the  mountains,  and  the  huge  gap  made 
in  the  range  by  the  Blaeberry  Creek :  the  clouds 
can  often  be  seen  driving  through  this  gateway 

44 


IN  SEARCH  OF  MOUNT  MURCHISON 

from  the  Columbia  to  catch  on  the  long  row  of 
peaks  that  overshadow  Bear  Creek  on  the  west, 
with  the  result  that  frequent  rain  and  gloom  are 
the  portion  of  this  most  striking  valley  of  the 
Canadian  Rockies. 

Near  the  Waterfowl  Lakes  a  most  curious 
contrast  of  colours  was  noticed  in  a  wood  that 
had  been  burnt  not  many  years  before.  The 
gaunt  black  stems  of  the  trees  formed  a  weird 
but  fitting  background  for  the  mass  of  brilliant 
golden-yellow  daisies  that  were  in  full  bloom 
amongst  the  stones  at  their  feet.  This  blaze  of 
golden-orange  against  satin-black  tree  trunks, 
with  a  bright  blue  sky  overhead,  formed  a  har- 
mony of  colours  but  rarely  seen  in  a  landscape. 

It  was  not  till  the  23rd,  after  a  long  day 
through  the  splendid  forests  covering  the  lower 
part  of  Bear  Creek  valley,  that  the  main  Saskat- 
chewan was  reached.  For  some  time  past  the 
weather  had  been  exceedingly  hot ;  consequently 
the  rivers  were  in  full  flood  from  the  melting 
snows  and  ice,  and  it  was  with  some  trepidation 
that,  on  the  morrow,  we  watched  Peyto  on  his 
mare  trying  to  ford  the  foaming  torrent  of  Bear 
Creek — first  at  one  place  and  then  at  another. 
This  crossing  is  one  of  the  worst  in  the  moun- 
tains, not  on  account  of  its  depth,  but  because  of 

45 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

the  terribly  bad  bottom  of  boulders  and  large 
stones,  and  the  swiftness  of  the  current.  Indian 
ponies,  as  a  rule,  are  wonderfully  clever  at  this 
kind  of  work,  and  may  usually  be  left  to  find 
their  own  way  across  mountain  torrents.  This, 
however,  one  does  not  find  out  all  at  once ;  and, 
in  the  meantime,  to  see  all  one's  baggage  and 
provisions  for  the  trip  entirely  at  the  mercy  of 
a  self-willed  "  cayoose,"  who  is  expected  to 
follow  his  leader  over  a  difficult  and  dangerous 
crossing,  is,  to  say  the  least  of  it,  anxious  work. 

When  the  river  is  full  the  ford  is  distinctly 
a  dangerous  one,  for,  should  a  horse  stumble 
and  fall,  he  would  have  but  little  chance  of 
escaping  the  numerous  rapids  and  deep  pools 
that  are  below.  Some  of  the  horses  are  much 
more  skilful  at  the  work  than  others ;  and  one, 
especially,  that  Collie  usually  rode — an  old  grey, 
a  bit  gone  at  the  knees,  but  perfectly  sure- 
footed— was  amongst  the  best  in  the  outfit. 
While  threading  the  intricacies  of  the  pine- 
woods,  he  would  never  so  much  as  brush  his 
rider's  legs  against  the  stems  of  the  trees ;  and 
it  was  wonderful  to  see  how  he  could  remember 
a  bad  piece  of  muskeg  that  weeks  before,  on 
the  outward  journey,  he  might  have  got  into. 

When  it  was  necessary  he  would  carry  as  heavy 

46 


IN  SEARCH  OF  MOUNT  MURCHISON 

a  pack  as  any  of  the  other  ponies.  Wilson, 
who  owned  him,  told  us  that  this  old  grey  in 
his  younger  days  had  often  done  his  hundred 
miles  in  the  twenty-four  hours  over  the  prairie. 

Bear  Creek  safely  crossed,  we  pushed  on  up 
the  main  valley  of  the  Saskatchewan  to  the  west- 
ward. On  the  25th  we  climbed  a  peak  10,700 
feet  high,  which  was  named  after  our  guide, 
Sarbach.  The  first  thousand  feet  was  through 
primeval  forest ;  then  up  a  steep  gully  in  a  lime- 
stone escarpment,  and  over  steep  screes  to  the 
foot  of  the  final  peak.  The  mountain,  like  so 
many  others  in  this  district,  is  a  mass  of  crumb- 
ling rock ;  everything  is  loose,  and  the  greatest 
care  is  required  in  order  to  avoid  launching  tons 
of  debris  on  one's  companions,  should  they  be 
below.  The  actual  summit  ridge  of  Sarbach  is, 
however,  in  somewhat  better  condition,  consist- 
ing of  a  dark  and  harder  limestone  rock,  and 
being  very  narrow  and  precipitous  on  both 
sides. 

Unfortunately  for  us  the  clouds  were  drift- 
ing over  the  peaks  nearly  the  whole  day,  and 
anything  over  11,000  feet  was  hidden  :  con- 
sequently we  could  only  guess  which  was  the 
base  of  the  peak  we  were  in  search  of.  To  the 
north-west  there  was  a  good  view  of  the  Lyell 

47 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

ice-field,  first  -discovered  by  Dr.  Hector,  with  a 
snow  and  a  rock  peak  at  its  head.  To  the  right 
of  the  rock  peak  there  appeared  to  be  an  excel- 
lent snow-pass  from  the  snow-field  on  the  south 
to  a  valley  that  went  eastwards  towards  the 
head-waters  of  the  Saskatchewan.  To  the  west- 
ward a  great  glacier  could  be  seen  winding  down 
through  the  hills  towards  us ;  and  we  concluded 
that  the  peak  we  were  in  search  of  was  probably 
near  to  this  glacier,  in  which  case  we  could 
explore  both  together.  Below  stretched  the 
valley  of  the  Saskatchewan,  filled  to  the  foot  of 
the  mountains  on  either  side  with  a  mass  of 
stones,  shingle -flats,  and  sand  bars,  whilst  the 
river  itself  made  tangled  courses  through  all  this 
debris.  These  shingle  "  wash-outs  "  are  common 
amongst  the  Rocky  Mountains,  not  only  at  the 
head-waters  of  the  Saskatchewan,  but,  as  we 
found  later,  of  the  Athabasca  and  the  Bush 
rivers  as  well. 

On  the  morrow  Peak  Sarbach  was  left  behind 
us,  and,  turning  almost  due  south,  the  valley 
was  followed  till  a  wooded  island  lying  in  the 
middle  of  the  "wash-out"  was  reached.  On  the 
western  side  of  the  island  the  river  has  cut  its 
way  through  a  rocky  canyon ;  on  the  eastern 
side  a  particularly  bad  muskeg  barred  the  way. 


FRESHFIELD  GROUP  FROM  PEAK  SARBACH 


THE  MIDDLE  FORK  OF  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 


MOUNT  FORBES 

We  were  therefore  compelled  to  force  our  way 
through  the  thick  timber  of  the  island  knoll,  and 
so  to  the  other  side  ;  consequently  it  was  not  till 
late  that  a  camping-place  was  found  some  dis- 
tance further  up  the  shingle  flat.  To  our  delight, 
however,  the  big  peak  we  were  in  search  of 
could  be  seen  almost  opposite  across  the  valley. 
Although  at  that  time  we  were  under  the  im- 
pression that  it  was  Mount  Murchison,  we  after- 
wards discovered,  on  our  return  to  England, 
from  Palliser's  journals,  that  this  peak  was  in 
reality  Mount  Forbes,  and  not  Murchison. 

The  weather,  that  had  been  almost  perfect 
since  the  9th,  now  began  to  get  steadily  worse, 
snow  showers  falling  and  powdering  the  tre- 
mendous precipices  of  our  mountain — one  of  the 
finest  rock  peaks  amongst  the  Rockies.  It  is 
a  combination  of  the  Weisshorn  and  the  Dent 
Blanche,  and,  as  it  rises  straight  from  its  base, 
which  is  only  4600  feet  above  sea-level,  the 
precipices  on  its  eastern  face  are  exceptionally 
grand.  In  the  condition  it  was  then  in  it 
would  have  been  folly  to  attempt  an  ascent. 
As  far  as  could  be  seen  the  only  feasible  route 
to  the  top  lay  up  the  south-western  ridge  to  a 
very  sharp  arete  with  broken  rock-towers,  whilst 
just  below  the  pointed  snow  summit  the  arete 

49  D 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

was  heavily  snow-corniced ;  and  it  did  not  look 
as  if  the  last  bit  of  climbing  would  be  either  safe 
or  easy.1 

It  was  particularly  disappointing  that  on  the 
very  day  that  the  mountain  had  at  last  been 
found  snow  showers,  the  first  for  weeks,  should 
spoil  the  chance  of  a  successful  assault. 

At  the  head  of  the  shingle  flat,  by  the  side  of 
which  the  camp  had  been  made,  there  were  two 
valleys  ;  one  on  the  north  side  coming  from 
under  Forbes,  and  the  other  more  to  the  south, 
that  ran  westward  towards  the  great  glacier  that 
had  been  seen  from  the  summit  of  Sarbach. 

An  ascent  was  made  on  the  28th  up  the  ridge 
that  divided  these  two  valleys.  The  height 
reached,  after  a  most  tiring  climb  through  the 
dense  pine  woods,  was  only  8000  feet,  but  from 
it  a  magnificent  view  of  the  great  peak — Mount 
Forbes — across  the  valley  to  the  north  was 
obtained.  From  this  altitude  the  mountain 
was  most  imposing,  and  its  south  ridge  was  seen 
far  more  advantageously  than  from  below ; 
moreover,  it  seemed  more  certain  than  ever 
that  there  was  nothing  to  stop  us  up  to  the 
final  arete. 

Whilst  waiting  for  fine  weather  and  for  the 

1  Mount  Forbes  was  climbed  by  this  arete  in  1902.     See  p.  277. 

5° 


MOUNT  FRESHFIELD 

snow  to  clear  off  the  precipices  and  ridges  of 
the  mountain  a  visit  was  planned  to  the  great 
glacier  up  the  other  valley.  So  a  couple  of 
ponies  were  laden  with  food  and  blankets,  and 
taken  as  far  up  the  valley  as  possible,  a  camp 
being  finally  made  on  the  north  side  of  the 
glacier. 

The  next  day  was  gloriously  fine,  but  it  was 
late  before  we  started,  and  before  the  afternoon 
the  penalty  had  to  be  paid.  The  glacier,  which 
is  remarkably  free  from  crevasses,  was  followed. 
As  the  sun  rose  higher  a  vast  ice-field  was 
reached.  Before  us  rose  three  shapely  peaks ; 
the  one  nearest  to  us  seemed  the  highest. 
During  the  time  spent  over  breakfast  the  best 
route  to  its  summit  was  discussed.  On  its 
north-eastern  face  this  peak  is  precipitous  down 
to  the  glacier,  but  on  the  south-eastern  side  a 
ridge  descended  to  a  glacier  whose  level  was 
about  500  feet  above  the  ice-field  we  were  on. 
To  reach  this  upper  glacier  we  should  have  to 
ascend  a  very  broken  ice-fall ;  but  it  was 
finally  decided  that  it  was  not  safe  to  attempt 
it,  and  eventually  the  steep  rock  precipice  to 
the  north  of  the  ice-fall  was  climbed  instead. 
The  glacier  above  was  crevassed,  and  some  time 
was  taken  in  finding  a  way  through,  and  also 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

in  cutting  a  way  up  an  ice-slope  before  the  ridge 
that  led  to  the  summit  was  finally  reached. 

The  day  was  perfect.  In  every  direction 
except  to  the  west  the  mountain-land  stretched 
away  into  the  far  distance.  Consequently  Baker 
at  once  began  his  plane-table  survey.  Just  to 
the  south  were  two  mountains — the  nearer  one 
a  rock  peak,  the  farther  one  covered  with  snow. 
The  peak  we  were  on  was  christened  Mount 
Freshfield,  whilst  the  other  two  were  named 
Mount  Pilkington  and  Mount  Walker.  This 
method  of  nomenclature,  namely,  calling  peaks 
after  individuals,  has  been  in  vogue  since  the 
early  days  of  discovery  in  the  Rocky  Mountains. 
As  there  are  no  Indian  names  at  present,  and, 
so  far  as  one  can  find  out,  there  never  have 
been — for  the  country  has  never  been  inhabited 
— the  custom  is  justifiable,  as  serving  in  many 
cases  to  perpetuate  the  connection  of  indivi- 
duals with  the  country.  Mount  Hector,  Mount 
Lefroy,  and  several  others  may  be  cited  as 
instances. 

During  the  day  we  were  on  Mount  Fresh- 
field  Baker  was  the  only  energetic  member  of 
the  party.  Sarbach,  who  had  been  carrying 
Baker's  heavy  photographic  apparatus,  went  to 
sleep  in  the  sunshine — presumably  as  a  protest ; 

52 


MOUNT   FRESHFIELD 

for  during  our  ascent  of  the  rocks  below,  when 
Collie  had  suggested  that  the  party  should  move 
a  little  faster,  he  had  called  attention  to  the 
camera,  and  was  heard  to  mutter  something 
that  sounded  like  "  Furchtbar  schwer  und  ganz 
gefahrlich."  As  both  Sarbach  and  Baker  seemed 
to  be  enjoying  themselves,  Collie  basely  broached 
the  idea  that  under  the  circumstances  any  one 
could  climb  the  peak,  as  it  looked  moderately 
easy,  but  that  plane-tabling  and  map-making 
were  much  more  difficult  and  useful ;  it  there- 
fore behoved  Baker  to  take  extraordinary  care 
over  the  work  he  was  engaged  upon,  which  was 
of  the  greatest  importance ;  moreover,  that  it 
was  late,  and  that,  as  the  men  and  ponies  had 
returned  to  the  lower  camp,  should  the  ascent 
be  persisted  on  there  was  little  doubt  that  not 
only  would  the  party  not  be  home  to  dinner, 
but  it  would  in  all  probability  spend  the  night 
on  the  glacier  as  well.  Baker  fell  in  with  the 
idea,  and  all  intentions  of  climbing  farther 
were  abandoned,  much  to  Sarbach's  disgust 
when  he  awoke. 

Whilst  the  interesting  operation  of  surveying 
the  country  was  being  proceeded  with  by  Baker, 
Collie  did  not  waste  his  time,  but  went  round  a 
rock  rib  and  across  some  snow  to  find  out  what 
the  view  to  the  north  was  like. 

S3 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

It  is  curious  how  small  things  often  directly 
determine  the  course  of  future  events.  The 
view  that  could  be  seen  far  away  to  the  north 
was  the  means  of  bringing  Collie  out  again  in 
1898,  with  another  party,  to  the  Canadian 
Rockies.  Far  away — perhaps  thirty  miles  to 
the  north-west — a  magnificent  snow-covered 
mountain  was  to  be  seen,  its  western  face  being 
a  precipice ;  from  the  way  it  towered  above  its 
neighbours  it  seemed  to  be  excessively  high. 
Although  the  great  peak,  Mount  Forbes,  from 
this  point  also  overtopped  all  the  surrounding 
peaks  by  many  hundreds  of  feet,  yet  this  other 
giant  far  away  to  the  north-west  was  of  much 
greater  interest,  for  there  were  only  two  peaks 
of  that  size,  and  so  far  north,  marked  on  the 
maps.  These  were  Brown  and  Hooker,  reputed 
to  be  16,000  and  15,700  feet  high. 

When  Sarbach  woke  up  from  his  sleep  he 
was  scandalised  to  find  that  no  attempt  was  to 
be  made  on  the  peak,  but  it  was  now  too  late 
to  think  of  climbing  farther ;  so,  having  packed 
all  our  baggage,  we  proceeded  down  the  moun- 
tain, finding  an  easier  descent  through  the  rock- 
wall  on  to  the  ice-field  below.  On  the  lower 
part  of  the  Freshfield  glacier  were  a  series  of 
large  blocks  of  stone,  some  even  as  much  as 

54 


LOOKING  NORTH  FROM  THE  SLOPES  OF  MOUNT  FRESHFIELD 


THE  FRESHFIELD  GLACIER  (LOOKING  SOUTH) 


THE   FRESHFIELD   GLACIER 

fifteen  to  twenty  feet  cubed.  It  is  a  curious 
fact  that  in  1860  Hector,  who  probably  was  the 
only  other  white  man  that  had  ever  visited  this 
glacier,  noticed  the  same  thing.  He  says,  "  We 
ascended  over  the  moraines,  and  had  a  slippery 
climb  for  a  long  way  to  reach  the  surface  of  the 
ice,  and  then  found  that  it  was  a  more  narrow 
but  longer  glacier  than  the  one  I  visited  the 
previous  summer  (1858).1  The  upper  part  of 
the  valley  which  it  occupies  expands  consider- 
ably, and  is  bounded  to  the  west  by  a  row  of 
high  conical  peaks  that  are  completely  snow- 
clad.  We  walked  over  the  surface  of  the  ice 
for  four  miles,  and  did  not  meet  with  many 
great  fissures.  Its  surface  was  remarkably  pure 
and  clear  from  detritus,  but  a  row  of  large 
angular  blocks  followed  nearly  down  its  centre. 
Its  length  I  estimated  at  seven  miles,  and  its 
width  at  one  and  a  half  to  two  miles."  The  in- 
teresting question  arises,  Can  these  be  the  same 
blocks  ?  Hector  may  have  seen  them  some 
distance  up,  as  he  states  he  went  three  to  four 
miles  over  the  ice ;  we  noticed  them  within  a 
mile  of  the  snout  of  the  glacier,  and  in  1902  when 
the  glacier  was  again  visited  (p.  264)  they  did  not 
seem  to  have  moved  much.  Still  three  to  four 

1  The  Lyell  glacier. 

55 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

miles  in  thirty-eight  years  is  slow  progress. 
We  also  noticed  that  the  snout  of  the  glacier 
was  advancing  and  ploughing  up  the  debris 
before  it. 

After  the  sun  had  set  we  emerged  from  the 
forest  into  the  shingle  flat  within  a  quarter  of 
a  mile  of  our  damp,  but  on  the  wrong  side  of 
the  torrent.  To  cross  it  without  the  help  of 
horses  seemed  impossible,  as,  swollen  with  the 
melting  ice  and  snows  of  the  glacier  during  the 
day,  it  was  rushing  down  rapidly  over  its  bed 
of  stones  and  boulders.  A  fire  was  therefore 
lit,  in  order  to  attract  the  attention  of  those 
in  camp ;  but,  as  the  horses  were  more  than  a 
mile  down  the  valley  feeding,  it  was  a  con- 
siderable time  before  they  arrived.  In  the 
meantime  Collie,  growing  impatient,  had  with 
the  help  of  a  long  and  stout  pole  managed  to 
ford  the  stream  some  distance  further  down. 

On  the  next  day  (September  1)  we  started  up 
the  valley  that  came  down  from  Mount  Forbes, 
taking  the  men  and  a  pony  with  us.  At  first 
some  difficulty  was  experienced  in  making  a 
way  through  the  thick  woods,  past  a  rocky 
canyon ;  but  ultimately  a  camp  was  made 
almost  at  the  foot  of  the  mountain,  just  by  the 
mouth  of  a  small  stream  that  joined  the  larger 

56 


MOUNT   FORBES 

one.  The  weather  was  wretched ;  it  rained 
most  of  the  night,  but  next  morning,  in  the 
hopes  that  it  might  clear,  Collie  and  Sarbach 
pushed  up  almost  to  the  limit  of  the  trees  on 
the  slopes  of  the  mountain,  but  they  were  both 
soon  soaked  to  the  skin  from  the  dripping 
undergrowth,  and  heavy  snow  showers  and  rain 
finally  drove  them  back  down  the  valley  to 
the  lower  camp  on  the  desolate  shingle-flat. 

The  weather  went  from  bad  to  worse,  and 
it  was  nearly  time  to  be  thinking  of  the  return 
journey.  Moreover,  at  the  beginning  of 
September,  heavy  falls  of  snow  often  occur 
before  the  Indian  summer  sets  in,  and  none 
of  us  were  anxious  to  be  snowed  up  amongst 
such  inhospitable  wilds  for  the  best  part  of  a 
week,  so  far  from  provisions  and  civilisation. 

Therefore  on  September  3rd  the  camp  was 
packed  up,  and,  saying  good-bye  to  our 
mountain — or  at  least  to  as  much  of  it  as  we 
could  see — we  made  our  way  south  over  the 
summit  of  the  Howse  Pass.  Who  it  was  that 
this  pass  is  named  after  does  not  seem  clear. 
It  is  mentioned  in  Palliser's  journals  as  "  Howe's 
Pass,  a  route  that  had  at  one  time  been  used 
by  the  North- Western  Fur  Company,  for  com- 
municating with  their  posts  on  the  Pacific." 

57 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

David  Thompson  certainly  discovered  it  in 
1807  ;  and  it  was  visited  in  midwinter,  1811, 
by  Alexander  Henry.  Possibly  the  name  of 
the  pass  has  come  from  one  Jaspar  Hawes 
(spelt  also  by  Thompson  in  his  journals  as 
Hawse,  Howse,  and  Howes)  who  was  for  many 
years  in  charge  of  the  Rocky  Mountain,  or 
Jaspar,  House  on  the  Athabasca.  It  was  on 
February  9th,  1811,  that  Henry  visited  the 
Howse  Pass  from  the  east  side.  He  describes 
the  waters  that  run  westward  as  only  divided 
from  those  that  feed  the  Saskatchewan  by  a 
small  ridge.  He  also  noticed  that  the  pines 
were l  "  surprisingly  loaded  with  caps  of  snow  "  ; 
he  says,  "  I  measured  one — it  was  an  epinette 
blanche  about  twelve  feet  high,  upon  the  top 
of  which  lay  a  cap  of  snow  thirty-six  feet  in 
circumference  at  the  base,  and  six  feet  in 
diameter  in  the  centre;  between  this  cap  of 
snow  and  the  snow  on  the  ground  was  a  dis- 
tance of  two  feet.  It  was  elegantly  shaped  in  the 
form  of  an  inverted  bowl,  as  smooth  as  if  done 
by  art.  I  observed  many  others,  which  I  sup- 
pose were  nearly  of  the  same  size,  but  did  not 
stop  to  measure  them."  He  further  observes 

1  "  The  Manuscript  Journals  of  Alexander  Henry  and  of  David 
Thompson."     Edited  by  Elliott  Coues.     Vol.  ii.  p.  693. 

58 


THE   HOWSE   PASS 

that  this  loading  of  the  trees  with  snow  was 
most  singular;  for  "it  was  evident,  from  the 
loose  state  in  which  the  piles  of  snow  lay  upon 
the  pines,  that  the  wind  never  blows  here  in 
winter  with  any  violence,  though  only  two  hours' 
walk  down  the  Saskatchewan,  where  gales  are 
incessant,  no  snow  is  to  be  seen  on  the  pines." 

In  some  respects  the  Howse  Pass  is  peculiar, 
for  it  is  only  about  4800  feet  above  sea-level,  and, 
again,  although  it  is  surrounded  on  all  sides  by 
high  mountains,  yet  the  ascent  to  it  from  the 
eastern  side  is  very  gradual  indeed.  The  mouth 
of  Bear  Creek,  nearly  twenty  miles  down  the 
Saskatchewan,  is  only  three  hundred  feet  lower 
(4500  feet).  These  low  passes  across  the  main 
chain  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  are  quite  common. 

The  moment  the  Howse  Pass  is  crossed  a 
difference  in  the  woods  is  at  once  noticed. 
They  are  much  denser,  and  the  difficulty  of 
forcing  a  passage  for  the  horses  becomes  greater. 
The  Blaeberry  Creek,  down  which  our  route 
lay,  did  not  belie  its  reputation  for  being  almost 
impassable  for  horses.  Wilson,  in  1887,  who 
had  taken  the  only  party  with  horses  over  the 
Howse  Pass  down  to  the  Columbia  since 
Hector's  time,  had  to  abandon  the  ponies  half- 
way down  the  valley :  he,  however,  returned 

59 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

later  with  extra  men  to  help,  and  finally  cut 
them  out.  •  This  was  due  to  the  fallen  timber, 
which  is  of  much  larger  size  than  on  the  eastern 
side  of  the  mountains,  and  also  the  excessively 
narrow  and  steep  nature  of  the  Blaeberry  Creek. 
Even  in  Henry's  time  the  route  seems  to  have 
been  a  bad  one,  for  he  speaks  of  some  Indians 
who  had  traversed  it  as  having  come  through 
"  a  dreadful  country,  covered  with  thick  woods, 
brules  and  renverses.1  Their  horses'  legs  were 
scratched  and  torn  in  many  places."  The  route 
we  followed  was  more  to  the  left  than  the  one 
described  by  Hector,  who  seems  to  have  fol- 
lowed the  right-hand  side  of  the  Blaeberry 
Creek.  Our  horses  all  day  long  were  scrambling 
over  huge  trunks  of  fallen  trees  too  thick  to  cut 
through,  or  climbing  up  and  down  the  steep 
banks  of  the  stream.  Late  in  the  afternoon  we 
had  to  camp  in  the  forest ;  the  day  had  been  wet 
and  gloomy,  the  hills  hidden,  and  long  trailing 
streamers  of  mist  drifting  about  the  tree-covered 
slopes  of  the  mountains.  Hector's  account  of 
his  first  camp  in  this  valley  is  an  almost  exact 
description  of  our  experiences.  "  At  last,  with 
much  sliding  and  tumbling,  we  reached  the 
river  at  three  o'clock,  having  had  our  horses  a 

1  Trees  burnt  and  overturned  or  swept  down  by  avalanches. 
60 


THE   BLAEBERRY   CREEK 

good  deal  bruised  and  cut  in  the  descent.  Not 
a  vestige  of  grass  or  anything  that  horses  could 
eat  was  to  be  seen,  although  the  vegetation  was 
very  luxuriant.  The  woods  were  formed  of 
large  trees  of  several  kinds,  and  had  a  dense 
under-bush  of  young  cedar  or  blaeberry  bushes. 
We  followed  down  the  stream  as  fast  as  we 
could,  in  search  of  a  more  hospitable  spot,  till 
nightfall,  when  we  were  at  last  obliged  to  camp 
on  a  small  gravel  bar  of  the  river,  on  which 
grew  a  few  shoots  of  goose-grass  (Equisetum], 
which  our  horses  .cropped  in  a  few  minutes,  and 
was  all  they  had  to  eat  that  night.  To  make 
matters  worse,  it  rained  all  night,  and  the  river 
rose  so  that  our  limited  camping-ground  was 
still  further  reduced  in  size,  and  in  the  morning 
some  of  our  horses  had  crossed  to  the  other  side 
of  the  river,  and  the  rest  were  so  cramped  for 
space  that  during  the  night  they  were  stepping 
over  us  as  we  lay  on  the  ground." 

Next  day  we  pushed  on  down  the  valley, 
and  the  difficulty  of  getting  the  horses  back- 
wards, and  forwards  over  the  stream  and  the 
fallen  timber  did  not  decrease,  for  the  stream 
of  course  increased  in  volume  every  mile  down 
the  narrow  valley. 

At  last  the  valley  broadened  a  little,  and  we 
61 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

came  to  a  trapper's  deserted  cabin.  A  single 
man  seemed  to  have  inhabited  it,  and  we  won- 
dered who  it  might  be  that,  for  the  sake  of  a  few 
marten  skins,  had  lived  there  alone  through  a 
whole  winter.  A  more  desolate  spot  could 
hardly  be  found,  hemmed  in  on  all  sides  by 
gloomy  mountains  that  during  the  winter 
months  shut  out  effectually  the  sun's  rays, 
exposed  to  the  full  force  of  the  south-west 
gales  which,  when  they  did  occur,  would  sweep 
with  increased  violence  up  this  narrow  slit 
through  the  main  chain  of  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains. It  was  no  wonder  we  found  it  deserted. 
Just  below  where  this  cabin  had  been  built 
the  valley  opened  out  somewhat,  and,  as  there 
was  food  for  the  horses,  we  camped. 

It  was  just  below  this  part  of  the  valley  that 
Wilson  had  told  us  was  the  canyon  where  the 
greatest  difficulty  was  likely  to  be  found.  Peyto, 
therefore,  went  forward  to  investigate;  late  in 
the  evening  he  returned  with  the  information 
that  at  the  next  bend  of  the  stream,  just  below 
Mount  Mummery,  the  fallen  pine-trees  were  so 
numerous  that  it  would  take  a  week  or  more  to 
clear  even  half  a  mile  for  the  horses ;  he  even 
suggested  that  in  some  places  where  the  ava- 

lanched  trunks  were  lying  piled  many  feet  deep, 

62 


THE   BLAEBERRY   CREEK 

the  only  possibility  was  to  make  a  causeway  over 
the  obstruction.  Moreover  a  forest  fire  had  been 
burning  for  at  least  a  fortnight,  just  below,  the 
smoke  of  which  we  had  first  seen  from  the 
summit  of  Peak  Sarbach ;  and  even  now,  in 
spite  of  all  the  rain  that  had  fallen,  it  was  still 
alight. 

Whilst  Peyto  had  been  exploring  down  the 
valley,  we  had  climbed  a  peak  on  the  west  side 
of  the  valley — about  8000  feet  high.  From  this 
point  we  were  able  to  see  a  depression  in  the 
chain  on  the  opposite  side,  which  we  thought 
might  possibly  lead  to  the  north  branch  of  the 
Kicking  Horse  River,  and  so  to  Field  on  the 
Canadian  Pacific  Railway.  In  it  lay  our  last 
hope,  for  to  go  back  the  way  we  had  come 
would  have  taken  about  ten  days,  and  our  pro- 
visions were  already  nearly  done.  Although, 
however,  this  gap  in  the  mountains  to  the  south 
was  below  the  tree  limit,  yet  we  recognised  that 
great  difficulty  would  probably  be  experienced 
in  finding  a  trail  up  which  horses  could  be  taken. 
Next  day  Peyto  again  explored  down  the  valley, 
whilst  Collie  and  Sarbach  in  the  rain  prospected 
the  ground  that  promised  the  best  route  for  the 
horses  to  follow  towards  the  pass. 

The  sides  of  the  Blaeberry  Creek  were  very 
63 


CLIMBS   AND   EXPLORATION 

steep,  but,  as  our  horses  were  now  in  excellent 
condition,  and  the  loads  light,  when  in  the  even- 
ing Peyto  returned  with  the  intelligence  that  it 
was  hopeless  to  attempt  to  follow  the  Blaeberry 
Creek  further,  we  made  up  our  minds  to  make  a 
final  effort,  and,  if  there  was  any  possible  way  to 
the  new  pass,  to  find  it,  and  so  reach  Field. 

Next  day  we  started  early.  The  route  was 
excessively  steep  in  some  places,  being  merely  a 
covering  of  loose  moss  and  dirt  on  steeply  sloping 
slabs  of  rock ;  but  as  we  climbed  higher  the 
ground  became  easier,  and  after  an  ascent  of 
over  3000  feet  we  camped  at  the  limit  of  the 
pine-trees  at  7500  feet  on  a  ridge.  We  were  wet 
through  ;  there  was  no  water  and  no  feed  for  the 
horses.  On  the  morrow  after  a  couple  of  hours' 
march  the  pass  was  reached,  6800  feet.  There 
we  camped.  During  the  night  a  heavy  fall  of 
snow  occurred,  which  had  the  effect  of  clearing 
away  the  bad  weather  that  we  had  been  experi- 
encing since  the  27th.  We  were  certainly  the 
first  to  cross  this  pass,  which  Collie  christened 
Baker  Pass,  with  horses ;  and  it  seems  to  be  the 
only  route  that  can  be  used  on  the  western  side 
of  the  watershed  for  baggage  animals,  which 
will  connect  with  the  upper  waters  of  the  Blae- 
berry Creek. 


THE   BAKER  PASS 

On  September  7th,  in  brilliantly  fine  weather, 
the  pass  w&s  crossed,  and,  following  down  the 
beautiful  north  branch  of  the  Kicking  Horse 
River,  we  arrived  on  September  9th  at  Field. 
On  the  last  day  Baker  and  Sarbach  made  the 
first  ascent  of  a  fine  rock  peak  called  Mount 
Field,  which  can  be  seen  from  the  railway. 

Thus  successfully  ended  the  expedition.  In 
1897  the  hotel  at  Field  was  by  no  means  the  busy 
place  it  is  now  under  the  admirable  management 
of  Miss  Mollison,  since  the  Canadian  Pacific  Rail- 
way people  have  moved  the  engine-sheds  up 
from  Donald,  and  made  the  station  a  divisional 
point  on  the  railway.  The  only  visitor  there 
was  Dr.  Habel,  who  had  been  exploring  the 
south  side  of  the  Waputehk  snow-field  with 
Fred  Stephens,  our  future  guide,  philosopher, 
and  friend  on  the  expeditions  of  1900  and 
1902. 

On  our  return  to  Banff  we  could  find 
nobody,  except  Tom  Wilson,  who  knew  any- 
thing about  the  country  we  had  visited,  and  his 
information  did  not  date  back  further  than  the 
time  when,  in  1882,  he  had  been  alone  across 
the  Howse  Pass  and  down  the  Blaeberry  Creek 
exploring  for  the  survey  department  of  the 

Canadian  Pacific  Railway.      In  fact,  more  and 

65  E 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

more  remarkable  appeared  the  lack  of  know- 
ledge which  prevailed  concerning  the  mountain 
country  to  the  north ;  so  further  investigation 
was  postponed  until  our  return  to  England  a 
few  weeks  later. 


SKETCH  MAP  (based  on  the  Map  of  Dr.  Hector),  showing  all  that  was 
known  in  1896  of  the  main  Rocky  Mountain  range  northwards  of 
Mount  Balfour  to  the  Athabasca  Pass. 

66 


CHAPTER   IV 

THROUGH   THE   PIPESTONE   AND   SIFFLEUR   VALLEYS 

DURING  the  winter  of  1897-98  Collie  spent  his 
spare  time  in  consulting  all  the  literature  he 
could  find  that  dealt  with  the  Canadian  Rockies. 
He  obtained  a  copy  of  that  rare  blue-book, 
"  Palliser's  Journals,"  which  contains  the  only 
published  record  of  previous  exploration  through 
the  Mount  Forbes  country;  and  from  it  he 
learned  definitely  that  the  great  peak  that  he 
had  been  in  search  of  was  not  Mount  Murchison 
but  Mount  Forbes.  It  was  surprising  to  find 
how  much  of  the  ground  that  he  and  Baker 
had  travelled  over  had  been  carefully  and  accu- 
rately described  by  Dr.  Hector,  as  all  local 
knowledge  of  the  district  at  the  present  day  dates 
from  the  Canadian  Pacific  Railway  survey  :  the 
older  work  seems  to  have  been  entirely  forgotten. 
Even  Dr.  Hector  himself  was  unaware  how  he 
had  been  preceded  on  his  journeys  by  David 
Thompson  and  others,  who  had  continually  used 
the  Howse  Pass  for  crossing  the  range.  Of  the 

mountain  region  at  the  head  of  the  north  fork 

67 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

of  the  Saskatchewan,  and  surrounding  the  vari- 
ous sources  of  the  Athabasca,  people  at  Banff 
and  elsewhere  appeared  to  know  nothing ;  and 
a  glance  at  the  sketch  map  upon  page  66 
reveals  an  almost  complete  blank  northwards  of 
Mount  Forbes  and  Mount  Lyell.  It  was  evi- 
dent, therefore,  that  this  region  offered  a  pretty 
wide  field  for  geographical  investigation. 

From  a  mountaineering  point  of  view,  how- 
ever, by  far  the  most  interesting  problem  that 
presented  itself  to  him  was  whether  the  high 
peak  he  had  seen  from  the  slopes  of  Mount 
Freshfield  might  be  either  Mount  Brown  or 
Mount  Hooker,  the  two  mountains  standing  on 
either  side  of  the  Athabasca  Pass,  and  long 
reputed  to  be  the  loftiest  summits,  not  only 
of  North  America,  but  possibly  of  the  entire 
American  continent.  The  Athabasca  Pass 
forms  the  watershed  between  the  two  great  river 
systems  of  the  Athabasca  and  the  Columbia, 
whose  waters  flow  out  at  either  end  (a  some- 
what rare  and  remarkable  phenomenon)  of  a 
small  mountain  tarn  rejoicing  in  the  name  of 
"The  Committee's  Punch-Bowl."  West  and 
east  of  the  tarn,  forming  the  Titanic  pillars  of 
this  natural  gateway  to  the  north,  were  said  to 

be  the  two  great   peaks,   Mount    Brown   and 

68 


MOUNTS  BROWN  AND  HOOKER 

Mount  Hooker.  These  mountains,  it  appeared, 
were  named  by  one  David  Douglas,  a  botanist, 
and  one  of  the  earliest  pioneers  of  this  region ; 
but  no  record  of  his  journey  could  be  found. 
Their  heights  were  given  as  16,000  and  15,700 
feet  respectively  ;  but  in  later  years  much  doubt 
was  thrown  on  these  measurements.  In  1893 
Professor  Coleman,  of  Toronto,  who  has  done 
much  admirable  surveying  and  exploration  work 
in  the  Rockies,  visited  the  Athabasca  Pass,  after 
a  long  and  arduous  journey  from  the  east ;  and 
some  of  his  party  climbed  the  highest  peak  on 
the  western  side,  corresponding  to  the  position 
of  Mount  Brown  on  the  maps.  This  peak  they 
found  to  be  only  a  little  over  9000  feet  in 
height.  The  professor  further  identified  the 
pass  he  was  on  by  the  small  circular  lake  known 
as  "The  Committee's  Punch-Bowl";  but,  on 
the  other  hand,  he  did  not  succeed  in  locating 
Mount  Hooker. 

Now,  from  the  slopes  of  Mount  Freshfield, 
Collie  had  seen  a  mountain  that  appeared  to  be 
very  high — probably  14,000  or  15,000  feet ;  and 
the  idea  naturally  suggested  itself  that  this 
mountain  might  be  Mount  Brown  or  Mount 
Hooker.  This,  however,  entailed  one  of  two 

suppositions  ;  either  that  Professor  Coleman  had 

69 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

been  mistaken  as  to  the  mountain  climbed  by 
the  members  of  his  party ;  or  else  that  the 
botanist  Douglas,  who  named  the  peaks,  and 
David  Thompson,  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company's 
astronomer,  who  estimated  their  heights1  at 
16,000  and  15,700  feet,  had  traversed  a  different 
Athabasca  pass  from  the  one  that  now  bears 
the  name,  and  which  Professor  Coleman  un- 
doubtedly visited.  The  first  alternative  seemed 
impossible ;  the  second  was  the  less  improbable 
of  the  two,  as  it  was  difficult  to  understand  how 
Douglas  and  Thompson,  scientists  both  of  them, 
could  have  made  such  glaring  errors  as  to  the 
altitude  of  these  mountains.  That  peaks  which 
had  appeared  in  every  map  of  Canada  for  the 
past  sixty  years  as  the  loftiest  in  the  Dominion, 
and  which  most  Canadians  still  believed  in  as  in 
their  Bibles — that  these  peaks  were  not,  after 
all,  so  high  as  thousands  of  others  in  the  main 
range,  seemed  almost  incredible.  As  a  Mani- 
toba paper  observed,  Mount  Brown  and  Mount 
Hooker  had  been  "  attractively  mysterious  to  at 
least  two  generations  "  of  Canadians ;  and  the 
Dominion  could  not  "surrender  without  a 
struggle  its  claim  to  possess  the  highest  crests 

1  "  Memoir,  Historical  and  Political,  on  the  North- West  Coast 
of  North  America  and  the  Adjacent  Territories,  1840/'  by  Robert 
Greenhow. 

70 


MOUNTS  BROWN  AND  HOOKER 

of  the  Rocky  Mountain  system."  It  may  be 
mentioned,  further,  that  some  travellers  from 
Edmonton,  who  visited  the  Athabasca  Pass  in 
the  spring  of  1898,  asserted  that  they  had  seen 
Mount  Brown  and  Mount  Hooker  standing 
there  in  their  old  pride  of  place,  and  they 
scouted  the  idea  of  their  being  frauds. 

Altogether  there  seemed  enough  doubt 
about  the  matter  to  make  further  investigation 
desirable.  There  was,  at  any  rate,  one  lofty 
snow- clad  peak  somewhere  in  that  untrodden 
land  to  the  north ;  and,  if  this  did  not  turn  out 
to  be  either  of  the  missing  giants,  so  much  the 
better,  as  in  that  case  it  must  be  some  new  and 
unknown  mountain.  There  would  certainly  be 
plenty  of  virgin  summits  to  climb,  and  the  plane- 
table  survey  could  also  be  extended  and  finished. 

In  the  spring,  therefore,  Collie,  feeling  drawn 
by  the  fascination  of  those  wild  western  valleys 
irresistibly  back  to  the  Canadian  Rockies,  laid 
his  plans  for  another  trip.  Stutfield,  being 
asked  to  accompany  him,  accepted  the  invitation 
with  alacrity.  To  reach  the  actual  sources  of 
the  vast  river  systems  of  the  Saskatchewan,  the 
Athabasca,  and  the  Columbia ;  to  explore  and 
map  out  the  unknown  mountain  country  where 
they  take  their  rise ;  to  locate,  and  perhaps  to 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

climb,  the  semi-fabulous  peaks  of  that  region; 
to  rehabilitate,  if  the  facts  permitted,  the  out- 
raged majesty  of  Mount  Brown — all  this,  with 
more  besides,  was  a  tempting  enough  pro- 
gramme in  itself;  but  he  also  hoped  to  work 
in  a  little  sport  on  his  own  account  with  moun- 
tain sheep,  or  bear,  or  goat,  so  long  as  such 
frivolities  did  not  interfere  with  the  more  serious 
business  of  map-making  and  mountaineering. 

We  started  from  Liverpool  on  July  the 
14th  on  board  the  Dominion  Line  steamer 
Labrador,  now  at  the  bottom  of  the  sea  off 
Skerryvore,  on  the  west  coast  of  Scotland. 
With  us  came  Mr.  Hermann  Woolley,  of 
Caucasian  and  Alpine  mountaineering  fame, 
who  was  also  destined  to  accompany  us  on 
our  fourth  and  final  trip  in  1902.  We  took  no 
Swiss  guides.  Friday  the  29th  saw  us  housed 
under  Mr.  Mathews'  care  in  the  excellent 
Canadian  Pacific  Railway  hotel  at  Banff.  The 
exquisite  beauties  of  this  delightful  spot  were 
new  to  Woolley  and  Stutfield ;  but  we  had  no 
time  to  spend  there,  as  our  outfit  had  been  got 
ready  for  us  by  Tom  Wilson  by  the  time  we 
arrived.  However,  we  passed  a  very  pleasant 
afternoon  on  the  Saturday,  canoeing  along  the 

smooth  reaches  of  the  Bow,  and  following  the 

72 


THE   PIPESTONE   VALLEY 

sinuosities  of  its  shady  backwaters  up  to  where 
the  Vermilion  Lakes  nestle  among  the  trees  in 
the  shadow  of  tall  mountains,  with  the  tre- 
mendous grey  precipices  of  Mount  Rundle  and 
Cascade  Peak  in  the  background.  From  the  pas- 
tures high  above  us  came  the  sound  of  tinkling 
cow-bells,  familiar  to  all  Swiss  mountaineers; 
while  a  steam  launch  and  sundry  boating  parties 
disporting  themselves  on  the  wooded  reaches 
of  the  river  recalled  memories  of  the  Thames, 
until  we  began  to  fancy  ourselves  in  some  sub- 
Alpine  Maidenhead,  or  Wargrave. 

Early  on  Sunday  morning  we  took  the  train 
to  Laggan,  where  the  outfit  awaited  us.  Bill 
Peyto  was  again  in  charge,  and  under  him  were 
W.  Byers,  cook,  Nigel  Vavasour,  and  Roy 
Douglas.  There  were  thirteen  horses,  an  in- 
sufficient as  well  as  an  unlucky  number ;  three 
dogs,  a  most  undesirable  addition  to  a  travelling 
outfit,  as  the  sequel  will  show;  and  the  usual 
paraphernalia  of  tents,  provisions,  and  baggage. 
Instead  of  following  the  Bow  Valley,  as  Collie 
and  Baker  had  done  the  year  before,  we 
travelled  to  the  Saskatchewan  via  the  Pipe- 
stone  and  Siffleur  creeks,  in  order  to  investigate 
that  other  somewhat  mythical  peak,  Mount 
Murchison,  estimated  by  Dr.  Hector  to  be 

73 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

13,500  feet  high,  and,  according  to  the  same 
authority,  regarded  by  the  Indians  as  the 
loftiest  summit  in  the  Canadian  Rockies.  Some 
other  early  cartographer,  with  a  fine  parade  of 
accuracy,  gave  its  height  as  15,781  feet;  and 
this  latter  measurement,  strange  to  say,  appears 
even  now  in  some  of  the  best  and  most  up- 
to-date  maps.  These  maps  place  the  mountain 
just  at  the  bottom  of  Bear  Creek  valley  on 
the  eastern  side ;  but  no  such  exalted  peak  had 
been  seen  there  by  Baker  and  Collie,  either 
from  Mount  Gordon  or  from  the  summit  they 
climbed  above  the  Bow  Pass,  or  yet  from 
Mount  Sarbach — which  could  not  be  more  than 
ten  miles  off;  so,  as  the  matter  seemed  involved 
in  considerable  doubt,  we  determined  to  en- 
deavour to  clear  it  up. 

By  noon  the  horses  were  packed  and  we 
were  off  into  the  wilds.  The  retrospective 
views  over  the  Laggan  group  of  mountains 
were  magnificent.  Peak  after  peak,  snow-clad 
and  glacier-crowned,  came  into  sight  as  we 
climbed  higher  up  the  thickly- wooded  hillside : 
soon  the  railway  station  and  the  Canadian 
Pacific  Railway  were  lost  to  view,  and  we  were 
alone  with  the  hills  and  the  trees.  For  many 
weeks  it  would  be  good-bye  to  civilisation  and 

74 


THE   PIPESTONE   VALLEY 

its  conventions  and  boredoms ;  its  feather-beds 
and  table-d'hotes ;  its  tall  hats,  frock  coats,  and 
stick-up  collars.  The  wilderness  lay  between 
us  and  dull  Respectability ;  we  could  wear  what 
we  liked,  and  enjoy  the  ineffable  delights  of 
being  as  disreputable  as  we  pleased.  Out  here 
Nature  and  mankind  (only  there  was  no  man- 
kind) were  alike  untamed  :  there  were  no  game- 
laws,  and  trespassers  would  not  be  prosecuted ; 
and,  last  but  not  least,  we  could  burn  as  much 
wood  ("you  can  get  it  for  the  mere  axing," 
some  degraded  member  of  the  outfit  remarked) 
and  chop  down  as  many  trees  as  we  wished 
without  fearing  the  terrors  of  the  law.  To  two 
of  us  the  experience  was  a  novel  one,  for  neither 
Stutfield  nor  Woolley  had  ever  been  in  the 
backwoods  before;  but  their  aesthetic  impres- 
sions were  much  blunted  by  the  constant 
attentions  of  the  mosquitoes,  and  the  necessity 
of  looking  after  the  horses  as  they  blundered 
through  and  over  the  dead  timber  that  choked 
the  trail.  Indeed,  we  had  not  gone  far  before 
our  unlucky  number  of  thirteen  ponies  was 
reduced  to  twelve,  as  one  poor  beast  fell  and 
broke  its  leg  jumping  over  a  log,  and  we  had 
to  shoot  it. 

Our  first  camp  was  in  the  pine- woods  beside 
75 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

the  Pipestone  Creek.  It  was  terrifically  hot; 
the  mosquitoes  were  very  bad ;  and,  taking  one 
thing  with  another,  we  were  not  quite  as  happy 
as  we  ought  to  have  been.  It  must  not  be 
supposed  that  the  delights  of  camp-life  in  the 
Canadian  Rockies  are  always  immediately  ap- 
parent to  the  traveller  fresh  from  Europe.  It 
takes  a  little  time  to  get  accustomed  to  the 
rough  food  and  hard  ground,  and  generally  to 
adapt  oneself  to  one's  new  environment.  For 
a  day  or  two  we  were  all  more  or  less  out  of 
sorts ;  and  that  evening  Stutfield  had  a  serious 
disagreement  with  his  digestive  organs. 

"  Hie  ego  propter  aquam,  quod  erat  deterrima,  ventri 
Indico  bellum." 

Only  it  wasn't  the  water,  he  said,  but  Byers' 
abominably  strong  tea,  the  doughy  bannocks, 
the  fried  onions  and  fat  bacon,  that  disturbed 
him  so.  However,  the  symptoms,  if  severe, 
were  only  temporary ;  and  we  had  all  recovered 
our  usual  health  when,  on  the  third  afternoon, 
we  pitched  the  tents  in  a  pretty  spot  among 
the  trees  an  hour  below  the  Pipestone  Pass. 
A  storm  was  brewing,  and  the  heat  tremen- 
dous. We  tried  to  bathe  in  the  stream,  but 
before  we  were  half  undressed  a  brigade  of 

"  bulldogs  "  (big  horse-flies,  like  over-sized  blue- 

76 


A  "SMUDGE" 


COLLIE  ON  "THE  GREY 


THE   PIPESTONE   VALLEY 

bottles,  with  sharp  nippers  that  draw  blood) 
mustered,  with  clouds  of  mosquitoes  ;  and, 
attacking  us,  "  not  in  single  spies,  but  in  bat- 
talions," fairly  put  us  to  rout  The  "  smudges," 
or  fires  of  damp  grass  and  weeds,  that  we  lit 
to  drive  them  off  proved  of  little  avail.  At 
midnight  the  threatened  thunderstorm  broke, 
and  a  very  severe  one  it  was.  In  less  than 
half-an-hour  a  small  stream  was  flowing  down 
the  centre  of  our  tent  and  making  things  de- 
cidedly uncomfortable.  On  this  trip  we  used 
a  teepee,  or  Indian  tent,  which,  though  excel- 
lent in  many  respects,  has  its  disadvantages. 
It  is  roomy  and  well  ventilated,  having  a 
good-sized  hole  at  the  top  for  letting  out  the 
smoke;  but  this  aperture  lets  in  the  water  as 
well  as  the  air,  and  on  these  hot  summer  days, 
when  you  have  a  thunderstorm  every  other 
evening  or  so,  the  grateful  rain  pours  through 
it  and  cools  you  down  pleasantly.  Another 
little  drawback  is  that  you  have  to  cut  down 
fifteen  young  trees  for  poles  every  time  you 
put  it  up ;  so  it  cannot  be  described  as  a  labour- 
saving  appliance. 

Next  morning,  August  the  3rd,  we  crossed 
the  Pipestone  Pass,  8400  feet  above  the  sea 
— the  highest  we  ever  went  over  with  horses— 

77 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

and  Collie  climbed  a  small  peak  to  the  west 
in  order  to  get  a  better  view  of  the  surround- 
ing country.  The  scenery  about  the  pass  is 
grand,  but  desolate.  Huge  battlemented  crags, 
grotesque  rather  than  beautiful,  with  cliffs  over 
2000  feet  in  height,  guard  the  western  side  of 
the  valley ;  and  the  strata,  tilted  upwards  at 
a  uniform  angle,  with  the  precipices  falling 
always  towards  the  east,  form  a  multitude  of 
mountains  of  the  form  happily  described  by 
Mr.  Leslie  Stephen  as  the  "  writing-desk " 
shape.  A  peak  which,  if  the  maps  were  cor- 
rect, could  be  no  other  than  Murchison,  loomed 
dimly  through  the  mists  to  the  north-west,  but 
it  was  evident  that  its  height  had  been  greatly 
exaggerated.  Clouds  hung  everywhere  about 
the  hills,  but  they  cleared  off  as  the  day  wore 
on,  and  after  this  we  had  fine  weather  for 
nearly  three  weeks.  From  the  pass  we  de- 
scended into  the  valley  of  the  Siffleur,  a  tri- 
butary of  the  Saskatchewan,  at  first  over  alps 
bright  with  red  painter's  brush  and  big  yellow 
daisies ;  lower  down  through  dense  scrub  of 
dwarf  willow,  and  then  once  more  among  the 
everlasting  pine-woods.  The  trail  improved  as 
we  advanced,  and  the  outfit  did  two  good  days' 
march.  On  the  Thursday  we  saw  on  our  left, 

78 


THE   SIFFLEUR  VALLEY 

across  the  river,  a  fine  glacier  descending  from 
the  flanks  of  the  Murchison  group  of  moun- 
tains, and  a  valley  coming  into  that  of  the 
Siffleur  from  the  south-west.  This  valley  was 
explored  a  few  days  later  by  Messrs.  Thompson, 
Noyes,  and  Weed,  who  named  it  Dolomite 
Valley,  from  some  curious  rock  formations  near 
its  head.  They  describe  it  as  fairly  open  at  first, 
with  glaciers  on  the  western  side  and  a  large 
lake  about  five  miles  up ;  but  further  on  there 
are  narrow  canyons,  and  horses  can  only  be 
got  through  with  difficulty. 

The  Siffleur  had  here  grown  to  a  good-sized 
stream  ;  and,  as  our  horses  were  all  required  for 
the  baggage  (we  had  hitherto  done  all  the 
journey  on  foot),  we  were  conveyed  across,  one 
by  one,  on  Peyto's  fine  mare,  Pet.  On  the  other 
side  of  the  river  the  trail  entered  a  thick  forest 
of  tall  pines,  with  bad  patches  of  muskeg.  Here 
and  there  whole  clumps  of  trees  had  been  blown 
down  or  burned ;  and  the  logs,  piled  in  wild 
confusion  one  on  another,  formed  a  tangle  that 
made  our  progress  very  slow.  Of  the  trunks 
that  remained  upright  many  were  rotten  and 
tottering  to  their  fall ;  others,  intercepted  in 
their  descent,  rested  on  the  branches  of  some 
neighbouring  giant  of  the  wood  ;  and  with  every 

79 


CLIMBS  AND   EXPLORATION 

passing  breeze  there  arose  a  great  creaking  and 
groaning  among  them,  like  the  wailing  of  lost 
souls  in  some  arboreal  Hades,  as  the  weary  forest 
Titan,  his  roots  already  starting  from  the  ground, 
laboured  under  his  too  heavy  load.  You  have  to 
keep  a  sharp  look-out  for  these  falling  trees  ;  and 
one  of  the  horses  had  a  narrow  escape  from  a 
trunk  which  he  bumped  against  with  his  pack, 
and  which  fell  right  across  the  trail,  narrowly 
missing  the  animal's  haunches.  In  such  woods 
it  is  not  merely  a  case  of  "  Beware  the  pine-tree's 
withered  branch,"  but  of  dodging  his  charred  or 
rotting  stem  as  it  crashes  to  the  ground.  How- 
ever, our  heavily-laden  team,  though  sinking 
deep  in  the  boggy  ground  at  every  step,  went 
gallantly  on,  headed  by  old  Molly,  the  bell-mare, 
with  her  little  foal  trotting  by  her  side.  Every 
few  minutes  we  had  to  wait  while  the  men  were 
cutting  out  the  trail.  It  was  tedious  work  for 
us,  as  one  could  do  nothing  but  sit  still  on  a  log 
and  scratch  one's  mosquito  bites,  listening  to  the 
tinkling  of  Molly's  bell  and  the  blows  of  Peyto's 
axe  as  they  resounded  through  the  wood.  As  the 
men  said,  it  was  a  very  "mean  trail,"  though 
in  places  it  was  fairly  well  defined,  and  Peyto 
proved  to  us  that 'we  were  on  the  right  one  by 

finding  an  occasional  "blaze,"  or  notch  cut  in 

So 


THE  SIFFLEUR  CREEK 


FALLEN  TIMBER  IN  THE  SIFFLEUR  VALLEY 


THE   SIFFLEUR  VALLEY 

the  bark  of  a  tree.  We  also  picked  up  an  old 
weather-beaten  copy  of  "  Hamlet "  that  had  been 
dropped  by  some  hunter  or  prospector ;  while 
now  and  then  the  teepee  poles  of  old  Indian 
camping-grounds  were  seen.  Travelling  in  the 
Canadian  Rockies  is  far  more  difficult  and 
tedious  now  than  it  was  forty  years  ago,  in  the 
days  of  Hector  and  Palliser,  when  game  was 
more  abundant,  and  the  passing  to  and  fro  of 
Indians  and  trappers  kept  the  trails  open.  In 
these  times  things  are  altogether  different;  the 
woods  are  veritable  wildernesses,  and,  strange  as 
it  may  seem,  we  never  once  met  a  human  being 
— red,  black,  or  white — during  either  of  our 
journeys  up  country  in  1898  or  1900. 

Matters  improved  when  we  emerged  from 
the  Siffleur  canyon  into  a  tract  of  undulating 
country  in  the  main  valley  of  the  North  Saskat- 
chewan. Leaving  the  forest,  the  trail  turned 
abruptly  westwards  across  miles  of  barren  hills 
strewn  with  burnt  timber.  In  the  old  days, 
at  the  beginning  of  the  century,  a  sort  of  fair 
or  annual  meeting  took  place  here  between  the 
Kootenay  Indians  from  the  western  side  of  the 
Rocky  Mountains  and  the  fur-traders  from  the 
east ;  and  in  consequence  this  piece  of  mode- 
rately open  country  hidden  away  among  the 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

hills  was  called  "  The  Kootenay  Plains."  Now 
for  over  half  a  century  it  has  remained  undis- 
turbed, save  for  an  occasional  trapper  or  pros- 
pector wandering  among  the  mountains.  The 
fair,  even  in  Dr.  Hector's  days,  had  been  long 
discontinued;  and  he  tells  how  his  Indian 
hunter,  Nimrod,  pointed  out  to  him  a  large 
tributary  of  the  Saskatchewan  coming  from  the 
north-west,  called  the  Waputehk,  or  White 
Goat  River  (the  Cataract  River  of  Coleman), 
up  which  lay  a  trail  to  Jasper  House  on  the 
Athabasca.  "  This  trail,"  we  read  in  his  journal, 
"was  known  as  'Old  Cline's  trail.'  Cline  was 
a  trader  who  travelled  through  the  mountains 
from  Jasper  House  to  the  Kootenay  plain." 

This  is  now  ancient  history ;  not  only  have 
the  Redskins  and  the  fur-traders  almost  entirely 
deserted  these  upper  waters  of  the  Saskat- 
chewan, but  the  game  has  gone  too.  On  one 
occasion,  while  Hector  was  sitting  on  the  moun- 
tain side  above  the  Kootenay  Plain,  he  says, 
"  a  flock  of  at  least  a  hundred  rams  rushed  close 
past  me,  so  close,  indeed,  that  I  hit  them  with 
stones."  He  also  found  traces  of  buffalo,  but 
these  were  already  becoming  scarce ;  and  now 
the  mountain  sheep  bid  fair  to  follow  the  buffalo 

into  the  limbo  of  the  extinct. 

82 


THE   SASKATCHEWAN   VALLEY 

The  view  up  the  valley  was  closed  by  a  fine 
glacier-covered  mountain,  named  by  Collie  Peak 
Wilson,  after  Tom  Wilson,  of  Banff;  the  fore- 
ground being  filled  in  by  the  picturesque  wind- 
ings of  the  big  river  between  rocky  knolls. 
Down  stream,  where  the  Saskatchewan  turned 
abruptly  to  the  north,  a  lurid  copper- coloured 
haze  hung  over  the  hills,  and  told  of  forest  fires 
raging  in  the  direction  of  the  Athabasca  river. 
This  haze  probably  came  from  vast  tracts  of 
forest  that  had  been  fired  by  the  wretched  folk 
who  were  trying  to  reach  the  Klondike  from 
Edmonton.  Some  thousands  of  these  poor 
people  had  been  despatched  to  their  death  or 
ruin  through  the  lying  reports  spread  about  by 
transport  agents  and  storekeepers,  and  not  one 
out  of  five  hundred  ever  reached  his  destination. 

We  soon  reached  the  Saskatchewan,  which, 
owing  to  the  great  heat  melting  the  glacier 
snows,  was  in  tremendous  flood,  and  tearing 
down  like  a  muddy  mill-race  150  to  300  yards 
in  width. 

Towards  sundown  on  Saturday  the  wind 
changed,  and  the  distant  smoke-clouds  we  had 
observed  in  the  morning  came  rolling  up  the 
valley,  completely  obliterating  the  mountains 
from  view.  The  haze  was  as  thick  as  a  moder- 

83 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

ate  London  fog ;  the  air  grew  suspiciously  hot 
and  heavy ;  and  a  strong  peaty  odour  assailed 
our  nostrils.  Round  the  camp-fire  that  evening 
the  conversation  naturally  was  of  forest  fires  and 
the  chances  of  our  outfit  escaping  if  the  valley 
got  ablaze.  Very  tall  were  the  yarns  that  cir- 
culated as  the  flames  shot  merrily  upwards  from 
the  crackling  logs,  and  the  ruddy  sparks  flew 
aloft  into  the  gloom  to  join  company  with  the 
now  dimly  shining  stars.  Death,  it  was  repre- 
sented to  us,  confronted  the  backwoods  traveller 
in  a  quite  remarkable  variety  of  shapes  ;  and,  even 
if  we  did  not  break  our  necks  on  the  mountains, 
we  gathered  it  would  be  hard  lines  if  some 
member  of  the  outfit  did  not  die  of  sunstroke, 
get  burned  in  his  bed,  starved,  slain  by  falling 
trees,  or  drowned  while  fording  rivers.  Finally, 
Woolley,  remarking  that  it  was  getting  late, 
announced  that  he  was  going  to  bed  in  his 
boots.  This  augmented  Stutfield's  already 
growing  terror,  for  he  slept  with  his  head  near 
Woolley's  feet ;  and  the  latter,  who  was  a  noted 
footballer  in  his  day,  had  a  nasty  way  sometimes 
of  practising  place-kicks  in  his  dreams.  How- 
ever, the  night  passed  without  further  alarms  of 
any  sort,  and  next  morning  the  sun  shone  in  a 
comparatively  clear  sky. 


THE   SASKATCHEWAN   VALLEY 

Sunday  was  always  our  unlucky  day,  and 
the  7th  of  August  proved  no  exception  to  the 
rule.  It  was  tremendously  hot ;  the  Saskat- 
chewan was  tearing  down  in  bigger  flood  than 
ever ;  and  the  trail  along  its  banks  was  in  many 
places  under  water.  The  horses  were  con- 
tinually floundering  about  in  deep  holes,  and 
we  noticed  with  some  misgivings  that  they 
keenly  relished  their  bathes.  These  tiresome 
Indian  ponies  take  to  the  water  like  ducks,  and 
plunge  into  pools  and  torrents  for  the  mere  fun 
of  the  thing.  Suddenly,  as  we  were  rounding  a 
nasty  corner  where  the  bank  dropped  steeply 
into  the  river,  a  bay  pack-horse  called  "  Nitchi " 
slipped  and  fell  in  up  to  his  neck.  Finding  the 
water  nice  and  cool,  and  that  it  lightened  the 
load  on  his  back,  to  our  horror  he  coolly  swam 
out  into  mid-stream,  and,  after  a  desperate 
struggle  with  the  swift  current,  reached  an 
island  separated  from  us  by  a  broad  channel. 
Molly,  the  bell-mare,  who  was  always  up  to 
mischief,  seeing  the  fun,  took  a  header  in  after 
her  companion,  and  her  foal  promptly  followed 
its  dam.  The  little  creature  was  turned  bodily 
over  by  the  force  of  the  current,  and  for  a 
moment  it  seemed  as  though  it  must  be 
drowned ;  but  it  soon  recovered  itself,  and 

85 


CLIMBS   AND   EXPLORATION 

striking  out  pluckily  swam  to  the  island,  where 
it  shook  itself  like  a  dog,  and  trotted  after  its 
dam.  We  should  have  had  the  whole  outfit 
swimming  if  we  had  not  managed  to  grab  hold 
of  all  the  remaining  horses  except  one,  who 
made  a  bolt  for  the  water  before  it  could  be 
secured,  and  swam  across  to  the  other  three 
culprits.  The  language  that  ensued  fairly  beat 
all  records  in  backwoods'  profanity.  The  forest 
glades  rang  with  it ;  and  the  smoke- vapours 
grew  perceptibly  bluer  and  thicker.  There  is  a 
western  saying  to  the  effect  that  "  No  man  can 
serve  God  and  drive  oxen";  and  a  pack-team 
of  cayooses  can  be  equally  relied  on  to  evoke 
unchristian  sentiments  and  purple  patches  of 
vituperation.  The  whole  thing  would  have  been 
excessively  comic  had  the  possible  consequences 
been  less  serious ;  but  the  loss  of  our  baggage 
would  have  meant  the  ruin  of  the  trip,  and  possibly 
starvation  before  we  got  back  to  civilisation. 

The  only  thing  to  be  done  was  to  move  on 
with  the  rest  of  the  team,  and  leave  Peyto 
behind  to  coax  the  delinquents  back.  In  ten 
minutes  he  reappeared,  furiously  whacking  the 
four  dripping  animals ;  and  it  is  needless  to 
say  that  we  found  our  bacon,  flour,  and  sugar 

in  a  nice  mess.     We  camped  in  a  dreary  spot 

86 


THE   SASKATCHEWAN  VALLEY 

beside  a  marsh,  and  proceeded  to  dry  the  stuff. 
That  afternoon  the  heat  grew  worse  than  ever, 
while  every  species  of  insect  abomination — 
mosquitoes,  black-flies,  sand-flies,  midges,  and 
bull-dogs  —  buzzed  about  us ;  and  Stutfield 
awoke  from  a  nap  on  a  mossy  bank  to  find 
a  tribe  of  ferocious  ants  on  the  war-path  inside 
his  shirt  and  striking  a  trail  down  his  spinal 
column.  The  night  brought  little  relief;  and 
the  mosquitoes,  who  generally  ceased  to  worry 
us  in  bed,  allowed  us  no  peace,  until,  tired  of 
lying  awake  and  abusing  one  another  for  not 
going  to  sleep,  we  arose  and  took  a  midnight 
ramble  through  the  forest.  Next  day  we  were 
forced  by  the  floods  high  up  into  the  woods 
where  there  was  no  trail,  and  the  men  had 
terrible  work  with  the  fallen  timber.  Late  in 
the  afternoon  we  struck  an  old  Indian  trail, 
which  enabled  us  to  push  on  more  rapidly. 
The  scenery  grew  grander  and  more  Alpine  as 
we  advanced,  and  several  fine  peaks  came  into 
view  whenever  the  haze  lifted.  Passing  two  or 
three  pretty  lakes  tenanted  by  sundry  wildfowl, 
we  entered  a  forest  of  unusually  tall  pines.  To- 
wards seven  o'clock  a  sound  of  rushing  waters 
told  us  that  we  were  approaching  Bear  Creek, 
and  in  half-an-hour  we  found  ourselves  at  our 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

former  camping-ground.  Here  the  outfit,  which 
had  been  nine  days  on  the  move,  took  a  much- 
needed  rest. 

Coming  to  the  camping-place  from  the 
woods  to  the  east  we  were  immensely  impressed 
by  the  beauty  of  its  surroundings.  Here,  in  a 
wide  basin  in  the  heart  of  the  mountains,  is  the 
confluence  of  the  three  principal  branches  of  the 
North  Saskatchewan — the  South  Fork,  or  Bear 
Creek,  the  Middle  (or  West)  Fork,  and  the 
North  Fork — all  leading  to  splendid  Alpine 
scenery ;  while  the  main  valley,  up  which  we 
had  just  travelled,  displays  pictures  of  hill, 
forest,  and  river  that  are  by  no  means  to  be 
despised.  In  every  direction  is  a  landscape  to 
delight  an  artist's  eye.  Great  mountain  masses, 
bare  and  rugged  to  the  north,  their  flanks  more 
gently  sloping  and  richly  wooded  towards  the 
west  and  south,  and  remarkably  diversified  in 
form,  tower  round  the  spectator  on  all  sides,  but 
at  a  distance  sufficient  to  enable  him  to  gauge 
their  true  dimensions  and  grandeur.  The  main 
Saskatchewan  River  makes  its  exit  through  a 
mighty  cleft  between  Mount  Murchison  and 
Peak  Wilson,  which  stand  as  the  huge  twin 
portals  of  this  threshold  to  the  higher  mountain 

region :  lower  down,  the  valley  opens  out,  and 

88 


THE   SASKATCHEWAN    VALLEY 

the  adjacent  ranges,  though  steep  and  rocky  in 
places,  are  for  the  most  part  of  moderate  height. 
The  tributary  streams,  on  the  other  hand— 
those  of  Bear  Creek  and  the  North  Fork — issue 
from  narrow  canyons  of  a  more  sombre  and 
forbidding  character,  with  lofty  peaks  rising 
abruptly  on  either  side. 

Taken  altogether  the  place  seems  an  ideal 
one  for  a  tourist  centre ;  and  we  may  fairly 
anticipate  that  at  the  mouth  of  Bear  Creek 
will  be  the  Chamonix  or  Grindelwald  of  the 
Canadian  Alps  in  days  to  come,  when  the 
remoter  peaks  and  valleys  of  this  beautiful 
region  are  made  accessible  to  the  outside  world, 
and  the  new  mountain  playground  of  the  Ameri- 
can continent  becomes  no  longer  a  dream  but  a 
reality. 


CHAPTER  V 

UP  THE  NORTH  FORK  OF  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 

WE  cached  a  considerable  portion  of  our  pro- 
visions at  the  camping-place,  as  henceforth  our 
saddle-horses  would  be  required  for  fording 
rivers.  Bear  Creek  itself  had  to  be  crossed  on 
the  morrow,  and,  as  we  watched  the  swollen 
stream  foaming  and  tumbling  over  its  rocky 
bed,  the  prospect  was  not  altogether  an  agree- 
able one.  However,  Peyto,  who  does  not 
usually  take  a  roseate  view  of  things,  thought 
we  could  manage  it  all  right.  If  anybody  was 
upset,  he  said,  he  would  probably  struggle- 
ashore  somehow,  unless  he  happened  to  knock 
his  head  against  a  stone  ;  "  and  then,"  he  philo- 
sophically added,  "  one  would  die  easy." 

Early  next  morning  the  crossing  was  effected 
without  mishap  ;  but  we  were  all  very  glad 
when  it  was  over.  The  water  was  nowhere 
more  than  three  or  four  feet  deep,  but  the 
stream  was  running  like  a  mill-race,  and  the 
loose  stones  and  boulders  on  the  bottom  made 

it   very   difficult   for  the  horses  to  keep   their 

90 


UP   THE   NORTH   FORK 

footing.  Following  the  south  bank  of  the  West 
or  Middle  Fork,  we  saw  on  the  other  side  of  the 
river  the  mouth  of  the  North  Fork,  which  dis- 
charges into  the  Saskatchewan  the  meltings  of 
the  great  snow-fields  and  glaciers  we  were  about 
to  explore.  A  mile  or  so  above  the  junction  we 
forded  the  West  Fork  at  a  place  where  the 
water  was  spread  out  over  a  big  shingle-flat 
half  a  mile  wide ;  and  then,  turning  down 
stream,  camped  in  the  angle  between  the  two 
rivers.  Our  worst  troubles  were  now  about  to 
begin.  The  Indian  trail  up  the  North  Fork 
valley  lay  on  the  further  (east)  side  of  the  river, 
and,  as  the  latter  was  quite  unfordable  in  its 
present  state,  we  should  be  obliged  to  force  our 
way  up  its  west  bank. 

The  next  day  (Thursday,  llth  August)  we 
did  not  move  camp.  Peyto  and  Nigel  went 
ahead  to  find  or  cut  a  trail ;  while  Collie  and 
Stutfield  climbed  a  peak,  named  by  the  former 
"  Survey  Peak,"  to  enable  him  to  commence  his 
plane-table  survey.  After  two  and  a  half  hours' 
tedious  climb  through  the  woods,  battling  with 
fallen  logs  and  aggravating  scrub,  we  emerged 
into  the  open ;  and  an  easy  scramble  over  loose 
stones  took  us  to  the  top.  The  flies  followed  us 
far  up  the  mountain  side,  and  we  experienced 


CLIMBS   AND   EXPLORATION 

the  novel  sensation  of  chopping  ice  for  water 
with  our  ice-axes,  and  being  bitten  at  the  same 
time  by  mosquitoes  and  bull-dogs.  The  same 
everlasting  haze  hung  over  the  landscape ;  the 
sky  was  of  a  dull  uniform  leaden  hue ;  no  light 
fleecy  clouds  floated  in  the  air  or  rolled  lazily 
along  the  flanks  of  the  hills ;  but  a  dingy  grey 
pall  brooded  monotonously  over  the  whole 
mountain  world.  When  at  intervals  it  lifted 
we  had  glorious  peeps  of  Mount  Forbes  and  the 
blue  expanse  of  Glacier  Lake  lying  in  a  deep 
valley  almost  immediately  below  us.  The 
waters  of  the  lake,  which  descend  from  the 
enormous  Lyell  Glacier,  discharge  themselves 
by  a  short  stream  into  the  Middle  Fork.  South- 
wards we  could  dimly  see  the  bold  rock  and' 
snow  peaks  which  cluster  round  the  head  of 
Bear  Creek  valley,  while  right  above  our  late 
camping  ground  was  the  imposing  Murchison 
group,  culminating  in  several  peaks,  one  a  large 
serrated  ridge,  another  a  gigantic  square-topped 
obelisk  of  most  formidable  aspect,  and  quite 
sheer  on  three  sides.  We  estimated  the  height 
of  its  loftiest  summits  to  be  about  11,500  feet, 
which  estimate  proved  subsequently  to  be  ap- 
proximately correct.  To  the  north  we  looked 

down  on  a  curious  basin,  carpeted  with  a  broad 

92 


BEAR  CREEK  (Low  WATER) 


mS2tHKaam      <-qr 


A  BACKWATER  OF  THE  NORTH  FORK 


UP   THE   NORTH   FORK 

expanse  of  turf,  and  ringed  round  by  lofty  lime- 
stone cliffs,  with  striking  rock-forms  like  the 
Dolomites.  The  peaks  of  these  mountains  were 
all  flat-topped,  and  one  of  them  had  a  curious 
rift,  or  gash,  that  clove  the  summit  in  two.  We 
got  back  to  camp  late,  and  found  poor  Woolley 
nearly  eaten  alive  by  mosquitoes. 

The  next  four  days  were  one  long  battle 
with  woods,  muskegs,  and  rivers,  the  cussedness 
of  pack-horses,  and  our  own  tempers.  The 
North  Fork  seemed  quite  unfordable,  and  in 
places  its  waters  were  lost  as  they  rushed 
foaming  and  swirling  at  the  bottom  of  deep 
rocky  gorges.  Had  we  had  less  resolute  and 
hard-working  men  than  Peyto  and  his  staff,  our 
trip  must  inevitably  have  resulted  in  failure. 
As  it  was,  we  more  than  once  feared  we  should 
be  forced  to  turn  back.  From  early  morning  to 
late  afternoon  they  cut  and  cut  away,  but  yet  we 
could  make  no  more  than  three  or  four  miles  a 
day.  It  was  aggravating,  too,  to  see  across  the 
river  and  within  a  stone's-throw  of  us,  moder- 
ately open  country  with  a  good  trail,  and  yet 
to  be  unable  to  get  to  it.  Still,  for  us  people 
who  were  not  obliged  to  be  always  log- chopping, 
the  time  passed  very  pleasantly :  indeed,  our  life 
in  camp  would  have  been  an  ideal  one  but  for 

93 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

the  flies,  and  they  only  annoyed  us  for  a  few 
days  more.  Especially  delightful  were  the  even- 
ings, when,  the  mosquitoes  having  gone  to  sleep, 
we  sat  and  smoked  our  pipes  on  the  mossy  banks 
of  the  river,  listening  to  the  swish  of  its  rushing 
waters  and  watching  the  daylight  fade  slowly 
away  on  the  mountain  tops.  The  combination  of 
rock,  river,  and  forest  scenery  just  here  was  mag- 
nificent. We  were  right  under  the  great  cliffs  of 
Peak  Wilson,  which  rose  sheer  6000  feet  from 
the  opposite  bank.  Towards  evening  a  fierce 
brassy  glare,  due  to  the  presence  of  smoke  in  the 
atmosphere,  overspread  the  sky.  Great  coils 
and  masses  of  vapour,  with  fiery  smouldering 
edges,  were  banked  one  upon  another  in  the 
west ;  and,  as  the  sun  went  down,  its  rays  red- 
dened the  great  towers,  bastions,  and  buttresses 
of  crag,  with  a  rich  red  glow  that  contrasted 
sharply  with  the  gloom  of  the  intervening 
canyons. 

The  traveller  along  the  eastern  slopes  of 
the  Canadian  Rockies  does  not,  as  a  rule,  see 
much  bird  or  animal  life  in  the  backwoods. 
An  occasional  black-headed  torn-tit,  a  jay  here 
and  there,  grouse  of  three  kinds,  a  woodpecker 
with  a  voice  like  a  fishing-reel  being  rapidly 
unwound,  a  few  dippers  or  water  -  ouzels,  and 

94 


UP  THE   NORTH   FORK 

a  kingfisher  or  two  along  the  river  banks,  re- 
present the  feathered  tribe  in  the  lower  forests. 
There  are  also  ground-squirrels  and  tree-squir- 
rels of  various  sorts;  and  the  engaging  little 
chipmunk  scolds  and  chatters  in  the  branches 
as  his  sanctuary  is  invaded.  These  tiny  forest 
folk  have  a  language  all  their  own,  and  their 
queer  antics  afforded  constant  entertainment 
both  to  men  and  dogs.  Now  and  then  a  por- 
cupine may  be  seen  climbing  a  tree  like  a 
small  bear,  or  rolling  himself  up  into  a  posture 
of  defence  against  two-  or  four-legged  foes. 

On  the  14th,  being  Sunday,  our  unlucky 
day,  our  horses  got  lost — it  was  supposed  they 
had  seen  or  smelt  a  bear — and  we  had  a  ter- 
rible job  to  find  them.  These  tiresome  creatures 
proved  a  constant  source  of  vexation  to  us,  but 
it  must  be  admitted  that  their  idiosyncrasies 
afforded  a  somewhat  amusing  study.  There 
was  Collie's  old  grey,  alluded  to  already,  who 
had  more  sense  than  almost  any  six  others  put 
together  ;  the  impulsive  Buckskin,  for  ever 
flying  off  at  a  tangent  into  the  thickest  part 
of  the  wood  and  kicking  off  his  pack  there ; 
Molly,  that  aggravating  old  thing,  for  ever  up 
to  all  sorts  of  pranks,  in  spite  of  her  mature 
years  and  the  responsibilities  of  motherhood ; 

95 


CLIMBS   AND   EXPLORATION 

Woolley's  tall,  raw-boned  chestnut,  Joe,  always 
hungry  and  strongly  resenting  any  interference 
with  his  meals ;  Girlie  and  Nitchi,  the  bay, 
who  loved  bathing  in  deep  waters  and  soaking 
our  provisions  and  baggage ;  the  wise,  long- 
headed Pinto,  an  indispensable  adjunct  to  any 
outfit  of  Tom  Wilson's ;  and  lastly,  the  patient 
plodding  Denny,  wall-eyed  and  pink-nosed, 
whose  preternaturally  thoughtful  air  and  tardy 
methodical  movements  brought  upon  him  un- 
numbered thwacks.  Owing  to  our  slow  pro- 
gress they  were  all  unusually  troublesome  just 
now  on  the  trail ;  and  that  evening,  the  men 
having  had  a  very  long  and  tiring  day's  work, 
we  dispensed  with  the  teepee  and  camped  in 
the  open  round  the  fire,  beguiling  the  night 
hours  with  tales  of  Klondike  and  gold-pros- 
pecting, of  Indians  and  hunting  and  trapping, 
of  riding  buck -jumping  bronchos,  and  other 
topics  of  an  improving  and  entertaining  char- 
acter. The  burden  of  conversation  fell  chiefly 
on  Byers ;  and  he  ably  sustained  it,  being  a 
most  amusing  talker,  a  keen  politician,  and  a 
theologian  of  somewhat  unorthodox  views— 
which  he  propounded  with  an  air  of  most  re- 
freshing confidence.  Later  on  the  talk  shifted 
to  the  interpretation  of  certain  verses  of  Genesis, 


WOOLLEY   ON    "  JOE 


THE  PINTO" 


UP   THE   NORTH  FORK 

and  Byers  took  the  opportunity  to  pronounce  a 
glowing  eulogy  upon  the  scheme  of  Creation, 
which,  in  a  passage  of  singular  eloquence,  he 
described  as  "  a  mighty  fine  outfit."  Some  rash 
person  venturing  to  controvert  his  views,  our 
cook  promptly  overwhelmed  him  with  a  torrent 
of  backwoods  satire  and  invective ;  and  the 
would-be  objector,  crushed  in  argument,  took 
refuge  in  an  outburst  of  somewhat  pointless 
profanity.  Then  the  tobacco  was  passed  round, 
and  the  discussion  ended — as  such  discussions 
usually  do  end — in  smoke. 

Next  morning  Peyto  and  Nigel  went  ahead 
in  search  of  the  trail,  while  Stutfield  scrambled 
up  the  steep  sides  of  a  neighbouring  creek  in 
search  of  goat  or  bear,  but  without  success.  At 
one  o'clock  the  men  returned,  and  we  noticed 
that  their  faces  wore  a  very  dejected  air.  They 
reported  that  a  mile  further  on  a  big  river  came 
in  from  the  west  down  a  wide  valley  filled  with 
impassable  muskeg ;  and,  with  much  emphasis 
and  many  flowers  of  western  speech,  they  stated 
their  views.  It  was  quite  impossible,  they  said, 
to  get  up  the  valley,  and  nobody  but  a  fool 
would  want  to  try ;  it  would  take  at  least  a 
week  to  make  a  trail  on  the  other  side  of  the 
river — if  we  could  get  there — and  they  were 

97  G 


CLIMBS   AND   EXPLORATION 

sick  of  cutting.  Ignoring  Peyto's  picturesque 
language,  Collie  remarked  that  the  weather  was 
exceedingly  warm ;  they  must  be  very  thirsty ; 
and  that  whisky  and  water  wasn't  a  bad  drink 
when  you  couldn't  get  anything  better.  To 
this  they  agreed.  We  waited.  There  was  evi- 
dently nothing  for  it  but  to  cross  the  muddy 
torrent  of  the  North  Fork  on  our  right,  even  if 
we  had  to  swim  for  it,  and  at  any  cost — or  else 
give  up  the  trip.  Peyto  thought  that  the  river 
was  unfordable,  but,  after  several  plucky  at- 
tempts, he  forced  his  mare  across,  and  the 
outfit  followed.  The  water  in  mid-stream  was 
almost  up  to  the  horses'  backs,  and  the  current 
very  swift ;  but  the  bottom  was  good,  and  we 
all  got  over  with  nothing  worse  than  wet  legs 
and  damp  packs.  Following  the  wide  stony 
bed  of  the  river  for  a  little,  we  recrossed  it 
without  difficulty  above  the  junction,  and 
camped  on  a  hillock  in  the  angle  between  the 
two  streams.  The  tributary  appeared  to  be 
fully  as  large  as  the  North  Fork,  but  it  is  not 
marked  on  any  of  the  older  maps.  It  drains 
a  very  large  area,  and  all  the  glaciers  on  the 
north  side  of  Mount  Lyell  supply  it  with  water. 
It  flows  sluggishly  eastwards  in  a  deep  winding 
channel,  and  the  valley,  which  is  nearly  half 


UP   THE   NORTH   FORK 

a  mile  wide,  is  covered  with  large  bogs  and 
lagoons.  Stutfield  walked  some  distance  up  it 
with  the  rifle  until  he  was  stopped  by  dense 
underwood  and  muskeg.  He  could  see  no 
mountains  of  any  size  towards  its  head,  while 
a  fairly  well-worn  trail,  that  was  now  mostly 
under  water,  seemed  to  point  to  its  leading  to 
a  pass  over  into  the  valley  of  the  Columbia. 
Some  days  later  Collie  and  Woolley  saw  this 
pass  from  the  summit  of  Mount  Athabasca,  and 
in  1900  it  was  explored  for  the  first  time  by 
Mr.  C.  Thompson. 

We  could  find  no  game  of  any  description 
except  a  few  willow  grouse  or  "  fool-hen  " — so 
called  from  their  tameness  and  the  ease  with 
which  they  allow  themselves  to  be  killed — which 
always  proved  acceptable  additions  to  our  scanty 
larder.  There  are  several  kinds  of  grouse  in  the 
forests,  the  largest  of  them  being  the  blue  grouse, 
a  handsome  bird  nearly  as  big  as  a  blackcock ; 
Franklin's  grouse,  which  is  much  smaller ;  and 
Richardson's  grouse,  or  fool-hen  proper,  which 
also  rejoices  in  the  more  dignified  Latin  title  of 
Dendragaphus  Obscurus  Richardsonii.  When 
Stutfield  returned  to  camp  there  was  one  of 
these  confiding  birds  sitting  on  a  low  branch, 
preening  his  feathers  and  blinking  at  us  after 

99 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

the  fashion  of  his  foolish  kind.  Taking  with 
them  a  small  pistol,  which  Woolley  had  brought 
as  a  defence  against  grizzlies  and  marauding 
Indians  and  the  like,  Collie  and  Stutfield  ad- 
vanced to  the  attack.  The  first  shot  missed 
by  about  two  feet,  and  the  bird  wagged  his  tail 
derisively,  but  never  budged.  After  several 
more  ineffectual  efforts  a  bullet  removed  two 
feathers  of  his  tail.  The  fool-hen  nodded  his 
head  approvingly,  as  much  as  to  say,  "  That's 
better ;  persevere,  and  you  may  bag  me  yet," 
but  still  refused  to  move.  Then  there  was  a 
miss-fire  and  a  cartridge  jammed,  and,  as  we 
were  examining  it,  the  thing  exploded,  and 
Collie's  head  was  nearly  taken  off.  Finally, 
after  some  more  bad  shooting,  Collie  in  despera- 
tion swarmed  a  neighbouring  tree,  with  the 
pistol  in  his  pocket,  and  "potted"  the  over- 
trustful  fowl  at  a  distance  of  five  feet,  and  we 
had  him  for  supper. 

Our  worst  troubles  were  over  for  the  present, 
as  we  struck  a  fairly  good  trail  on  the  eastern 
bank,  and  all  went  well,  except  that  the  horses 
had  a  swim  in  a  deep  hole,  and  we  again  got  the 
baggage  wet.  A  good  deal  of  burned  timber 
could  be  seen  ahead,  the  bare  poles  sticking  up 

like  a  forest  of  masts  in  some  distant  dockyard, 

100 


UP  THE   NORTH   FORK 

but  on  closer  acquaintance  it  did  not  prove  very 
troublesome.  Further  on  the  valley  contracted 
to  a  gorge ;  and  we  bivouacked  once  more  a  la 
belle  etoile  at  the  foot  of  a  lofty  cliff.  Towards 
midnight  we  were  awakened  by  loud  talking  and 
laughing,  and  saw  the  men  trooping  back  into 
camp  armed  with  guns,  hatchets,  and  lanterns. 

"  What's  up,  Peyto  ? "  we  asked,  from  the 
recesses  of  our  sleeping-bags. 

"  Great  Csesar's  ghost !  We've  been  bear- 
hunting,"  he  replied,  laughing. 

A  large  animal,  presumably  a  grizzly,  had 
been  heard  moving  in  the  thicket,  and  they  had 
gone  in  pursuit.  The  bear  proved  to  be  our 
friend  Woolley,  who  was  wandering  round  in 
search  of  a  dark  place  out  of  the  moonlight, 
wherein  to  change  his  photographic  plates. 

Our  eighteenth  and  last  day's  march  up  the 
valley,  on  August  the  17th,  was  a  long  one. 
For  the  first  time  for  many  days  we  left  the 
banks  of  the  Saskatchewan,  which  had  caused 
us  so  much  trouble  and  anxiety.  We  quitted 
it  without  a  pang,  and  began  climbing  the  hill- 
face  on  our  right.  The  trail  rose  rapidly,  and 
we  had  a  delightful  ride  through  a  forest  of  giant 
pines  with  trunks  of  a  rich  glowing  red.  Below 

us  a  tributary  of  the  Saskatchewan  plunged  in  a 

101 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

magnificent  cataract  down  into  a  deep  gorge. 
Very  soon  the  valley  forked,  and  we  turned  to 
our  left  and  followed  the  banks  of  the  western 
stream :  the  other  branch  descends  from  a  pass, 
which  Stutfield  subsequently  crossed,  leading 
over  into  the  head-waters  of  the  Brazeau  River. 
The  country  here  was  much  more  open,  and  the 
going  perfectly  easy.  Our  course  lay  W.N.W. ; 
and,  passing  through  some  pretty  park-like 
glades,  the  outfit  emerged  into  a  broad,  green, 
and  nearly  level  valley.  We  had  passed  the 
watershed  unawares ;  for  the  tiny  rivulet  that 
now  meandered,  parallel  with  us,  peacefully 
through  the  meadows  was  the  infant  Athabasca 
starting  on  its  long  journey  to  the  Great  Slave 
Lake  and  the  Arctic  Ocean.  Curiously  enough, 
the  Saskatchewan  streamlet,  whose  waters  are 
ultimately  destined  to  lose  themselves  in  Hud- 
son's Bay,  flows  down  from  the  opposite  hill  and 
passes  within  fifty  yards  of  its  rival. 

We  made  our  permanent  camp  in  a  charming 
spot  in  the  woods  at  an  elevation  of  7000  feet ; 
and  it  was  delightful  to  think  that,  for  some 
days  at  least,  we  should  not  have  to  shift  the 
tents,  to  pack  our  beds  and  baggage,  to  listen  to 
the  perpetual  "  chop-chop  "  of  Peyto's  axe,  or  to 

drive  the  stubborn  cayooses  along  the  trail.     We 

102 


UP  THE   NORTH   FORK 

had  not  journeyed  very  far — about  150  miles 
or  so — but  it  had  taken  us  eighteen  days  of 
pretty  constant  work  to  reach  our  base  of  opera- 
tions. Of  course,  travel  in  the  summer  months, 
when  the  rivers  are  swollen  with  the  meltings  of 
the  glaciers,  is  far  more  difficult  than  in  the  Fall, 
when  the  water  is  low.  Immediately  opposite 
our  camp,  to  the  south-west,  rose  a  noble  snow- 
crowned  peak,  about  12,000  feet  in  height,  with 
splendid  rock  precipices  and  hanging  glaciers ; 
and  on  its  right  the  tongue  of  a  fine  glacier 
descended  in  serpentine  sinuosities  to  the  bottom 
of  the  valley.  We  named  them  Athabasca 
Peak  and  Glacier  respectively.  The  spirits  of 
us  three  climbers  rose  high,  and  our  blood  was 
stirred  within  us  at  the  thought  of  being  once 
more  on  the  ice  and  snow ;  and  Woolley  espe- 
cially hailed  the  prospect  of  a  really  good  climb 
with  delight,  for  in  his  Caucasian  wanderings 
nineteen  days'  travel  through  valleys  had  never 
been  part  either  of  the  programme  or  the  per- 
formance. It  was  decided,  therefore,  that  we 
should  attack  the  peak  next  day. 

After  dinner,  however,  it  struck  us  that  we 
ought  to  see  how  our  "  grub-pile "  was  getting 
on.  We  knew  that  it  was  pretty  low,  as  we  had 

started  with  an  insufficient  stock,  our  appetites 

103 


CLIMBS  AND   EXPLORATION 

were  healthy,  and  the  dogs  had  eaten  a  great 
deal  more  of  our  bacon  than  was  good  either  for 
them  or  for  us ;  but  we  were  quite  unprepared 
for  the  alarming  state  of  affairs  which  the  inspec- 
tion disclosed.      There  was  flour  for  five,  and 
bacon  for  two,  days,  at  the  outside  ;  and  this  was 
all  that  was  left  on  which  to  do  a  fortnight's  or 
three  weeks'  climbing,  and  to  get  back  to  Bear 
Creek  !     Meat,  it  was  evident,  must  be  procured 
somehow,  and    soon,    or  we  should  be  starved 
into  retreat,  and  the  trip  would  result  in  ignomi- 
nious failure.     A  council  of  war  was  held,  and 
Stutfield  suggested  that  Collie  and  Woolley  had 
better  do  the  climb  by  themselves,  while  he  went 
off  in  search  of  mountain   sheep,   or   bighorn, 
which  were  said   to   be  fairly  plentiful   in   the 
neighbouring  mountains.     This  plan  was  agreed 
to,    and    we   made   our   arrangements    for    the 
morrow  accordingly. 


104 


CHAPTER  VI 

ATHABASCA  PEAK;    A  BIGHORN  HUNT;    AND  DIS- 
COVERY OF  THE  COLUMBIA  ICE-FIELD 

THE  story  of  the  ascent  of  Athabasca  Peak  had 
better,  perhaps,  be  given  in  Collie's  own  words. 
"  It  was  somewhat  late  in  the  morning  when 
Woolley  and  I  started  for  our  peak.  Just  after 
we  had  emerged  from  the  pine-woods  some  valu- 
able time  was  wasted  over  killing  two  ptarmigan 
with  stones,  but  the  small  glacier  on  the  east 
side  of  the  peak  was  soon  reached.  It  was  not 
much  crevassed,  and  keeping  to  the  right  we 
soon  hit  the  north-eastern  arete.  This  ridge  for 
a  short  time  gave  us  good  climbing,  but,  like  so 
many  of  these  limestone  crags,  was  very  rotten. 
As  the  glacier  to  the  westward  appeared  mode- 
rately easy,  we  clambered  down  on  to  it,  and 
worked  our  way  up  into  the  great  basin  just 
underneath  the  summit.  A  choice  of  routes 
then  lay  before  us — either  we  could  skirt  under 
some  overhanging  ice-cliffs  on  our  right  up  to 
the  northern  arete,  or,  by  cutting  up  an  ice-slope 

on   our   left,  the   north-eastern   ridge  could   be 

105 


CLIMBS  AND   EXPLORATION 

again  reached.  We  chose  the  latter,  and 
Woolley  rapidly  led  me  up  on  to  the  ridge ; 
but  a  very  narrow  and  steep  ice  arete  lay  before 
us.  At  first  there  was  sufficient  snow  to  enable 
us  to  ascend  by  kicking  steps,  but  soon  Woolley 
was  hard  at  work  with  the  axe.  For  two  hours 
almost  without  intermission  was  he  cutting,  and 
the  ridge  was  almost  too  steep  to  allow  us  to 
change  places.  Finally  we  arrived  at  a  small 
platform  just  underneath  the  precipitous  rocks 
that  guard  the  summit,  only  to  find  that  they 
were  perpendicular.  By  carefully  skirting  round 
their  base  to  the  right  a  narrow  chimney  was 
discovered.  It  was  our  last  chance :  either  it 
had  to  be  climbed,  or  we  should  return  beaten. 
Owing  to  the  excessively  broken  state  of  the 
limestone  rock,  produced  probably  by  the  great 
extremes  of  heat  and  cold,  the  climbing  was  not 
difficult ;  but  there  were  many  loose  rocks  that 
to  avoid  needed  exceeding  care.  With  much 
caution  bit  by  bit  we  managed  to  climb  up  this 
narrow  chimney,  expecting  to  come  out  within 
easy  reach  of  the  summit ;  but,  as  we  gained  the 
ridge,  a  wall  of  overhanging  rock  fifteen  feet 
high  seemed  to  bar  further  progress.  After 
what  we  had  gone  through  down  below, 

fifteen  feet,  even  though  it  did  overhang,  was 

1 06 


ATHABASCA  PEAK 

not  going  to  keep  us  from  the  top.  How  it  was 
surmounted  I  have  forgotten,  but  I  remember 
how  we  saw  the  summit  almost  within  a  stone's- 
throw  of  us,  and  how  at  5'15  P.M.  we  stepped 
on  to  it.  By  mercurial  barometer  its  height  is 
11,900  feet. 

"  The  summit  consists  of  a  narrow  ridge  run- 
ning east  and  west.  On  the  south  side,  about 
ten  feet  below  this  ridge,  is  a  rocky  platform 
from  which  the  snows  have  melted,  and  which 
forms  a  sort  of  pathway  along  the  whole  ridge. 
On  this  platform  we  halted.  The  view  that  lay 
before  us  in  the  evening  light  was  one  that  does 
not  often  fall  to  the  lot  of  modern  mountaineers. 
A  new  world  was  spread  at  our  feet ;  to  the 
westward  stretched  a  vast  ice-field  probably 
never  before  seen  by  human  eye,  and  surrounded 
by  entirely  unknown,  unnamed,  and  unclimbed 
peaks.  From  its  vast  expanse  of  snows  the 
Saskatchewan  glacier  takes  its  rise,  and  it  also 
supplies  the  head-waters  of  the  Athabasca  ;  while 
far  away  to  the  west,  bending  over  in  those 
unknown  valleys  glowing  with  the  evening  light, 
the  level  snows  stretched,  to  finally  melt  and 
flow  down  more  than  one  channel  into  the 
Columbia  River,  and  thence  to  the  Pacific 

Ocean.     Beyond   the   Saskatchewan   glacier   to 

107 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

the  south-east,  a  high  peak  (which  we  have 
named  Mount  Saskatchewan)  lay  between  this 
glacier  and  the  west  branch  of  the  North  Fork, 
flat-topped  and  covered  with  snow,  on  its  eastern 
face  a  precipitous  wall  of  rock.  Mount  Lyell 
and  Mount  Forbes  could  be  seen  far  off  in  the 
haze.  But  it  was  towards  the  west  and  north- 
west that  the  chief  interest  lay.  From  this 
great  snow-field  rose  solemnly,  like  '  lonely  sea- 
stacks  in  mid-ocean,'  two  magnificent  peaks, 
which  we  imagined  to  be  13,000  or  14,000  feet 
high,  keeping  guard  over  those  unknown  western 
fields  of  ice.  One  of  these,  which  reminded  us 
of  the  Finsteraarhorn,  we  have  ventured  to  name 
after  the  Right  Hon.  James  Bryce,  the  then 
President  of  the  Alpine  Club.  A  little  to  the 
north  of  this  peak,  and  directly  to  the  westward 
of  Peak  Athabasca,  rose  probably  the  highest 
summit  in  this  region  of  the  Rocky  Mountains. 
Chisel-shaped  at  the  head,  covered  with  glaciers 
and  snow,  it  also  stood  alone,  and  I  at  once 
recognised  the  great  peak  I  was  in  search  of; 
moreover,  a  short  distance  to  the  north-east  of 
this  mountain,  another,  almost  as  high,  also  flat- 
topped,  but  ringed  round  with  sheer  precipices, 
reared  its  head  into  the  sky  above  all  its  fellows. 

"At  once  I  concluded  that  these  might  be 

108 


ATHABASCA  PEAK 

the  two  lost  mountains,  Brown  and  Hooker.  As 
rapidly  as  I  could  I  drew  lines  in  all  directions 
on  my  plane-table  survey  towards  these  peaks, 
and  put  up  my  mercurial  barometer ;  but,  hurry 
as  fast  as  I  could,  it  was  6*30  P.M.  before  we 
started  down  from  the  summit.  Woolley's 
patience  must  have  been  sorely  taxed,  but  he 
endured  the  waiting  and  the  cold  with  character- 
istic fortitude.  I  was  not  at  all  anxious  to 
return  by  the  way  we  had  ascended,  for  it  was 
too  difficult  to  allow  of  any  undue  haste  being 
made.  I  therefore  suggested  that  we  should 
follow  the  rocky  platform  on  the  summit,  and 
see  how  far  down  the  north-western  arete  it 
would  lead.  Moreover,  I  thought  that  I  had 
sufficiently  reconnoitred  a  route  down  this  arete 
while  Woolley  was  cutting  ice-steps  towards  the 
final  summit.  At  first  our  new  route  was  all  we 
could  wish,  and  a  run  down  500  feet  of  snow 
quickly  took  us  clear  of  the  summit ;  but  soon 
the  arete  narrowed,  with  rock  precipices  on  the 
left  and  ice-slopes  on  the  right  hand.  Moreover, 
the  rock  was  of  the  loosest  possible  kind,  and  the 
ridge  broken  in  places  by  perpendicular  drops, 
which  we  had  to  get  down  or  turn  as  best  we  could. 
Daylight  was  rapidly  going,  and  we  were  by  no 

means  clear  of  difficulties  ;  but  just  as  the  last 

109 


CLIMBS   AND   EXPLORATION 

colours  of  the  sunset  faded  out  the  sky,  the  more 
or  less  level  ice  of  the  glacier  was  reached. 
Stumbling  down  the  mountain  side,  over  stones 
and  through  bushes,  we  reached  the  forest ; 
where  we  had  a  terrible  struggle  with  fallen 
trunks,  muskegs,  and  tangled  brushwood  :  and 
finally  got  back  to  camp  at  eleven,  where  we 
found  Stutfield  sitting  up  for  us,  and  striving  to 
allay  the  growing  fears  of  the  men  for  our  safety." 
Meanwhile  the  rest  of  the  outfit  had  not 
been  idle,  as  the  reader  may  gather  from  the 
following  notes  out  of  Stutfield's  diary :  "  Im- 
mediately after  breakfast  Woolley  and  Collie 
left.  It  was  with  somewhat  of  a  heavy  heart 
that  I  saw  them  go,  for  I  knew  they  would 
have  a  splendid  climb,  and,  having  been  out 
three  weeks  without  seeing  a  single  head  of 
game,  I  was  beginning  to  despair  of  ever  finding 
anything  to  shoot.  Shouldering  our  rifles,  Peyto 
and  I,  with  Nigel,  walked  up  through  the  woods 
in  a  northerly  direction  on  to  a  grassy  plateau 
about  8000  feet  above  sea-level.  Ahead  of  us  was 
the  pass  traversed  by  Mr.  Wilcox  on  his  jour- 
ney to  the  Athabasca  in  1896.  As  there  is  no  re- 
cord of  any  previous  traveller  having  crossed  this 
pass,  Collie  has  named  it,  and  an  adjoining  peak 

about  10,000  feet  high,  Wilcox  Peak  and  Pass. 

no 


THE   BIGHORN   HUNT 

"  Let  me  try  and  picture  to  you  the  scene. 
A  mile  or  two  of  grassy  uplands,  broken  only 
by  knolls  and  benches  of  rock,  were  hemmed  in 
by  barren  hills  of  moderate  height.  Westwards, 
reminding  me  somewhat  of  the  Mont  Blanc 
range,  rose  the  great  unknown  chain  of  the 
northern  Rockies,  whose  mysteries  we  hoped 
shortly  to  explore  if  only  Providence  and  my 
Mauser  rifle  sent  us  meat.  Northwards  was  a 
black  scarped  rock-peak,  with  a  curious  snow 
cap,  or  crown,  of  great  thickness.  To  the  south 
the  dazzling  glaciers  of  Athabasca  Peak  glittered 
in  the  noontide  sun,  and  somewhere  in  that  sea 
of  burnished  silver  I  knew  were  two  black 
specks  representing  Collie  and  Woolley,  and  I 
only  wished  I  were  with  them.  Altogether  it 
was  an  ideal  hunting-ground  for  a  person  of 
lazy  habits  and  artistic  leanings,  as  the  walking 
was  easy  and  you  could  not  break  your  neck  if 
you  tried.  It  struck  me  it  would  make  a  splen- 
did preserve  for  some  Trust  magnate  or  wealthy 
stockbroker,  or  other  of  those  favoured  mortals 
who  seem  destined,  by  the  decrees  of  an  all-wise 
Providence,  to  rule  the  world  in  these  later  days. 
My  only  doubt  was  whether  there  was  anything 
to  shoot,  as  ten  minutes'  careful  spying  failed  to 

reveal   any   trace   of  bighorn;    and  Peyto    pre- 

iii 


CLIMBS   AND   EXPLORATION 

sently  left  us  to  hunt  on  his  own  account  round 
the  base  of  Peak  Wilcox.  Half-an-hour  was 
next  spent  in  stoning  a  covey  of  ptarmigan,  out 
of  which  we  bagged  two  and  a  half  brace.  My 
scepticism  as  to  the  existence  of  sheep  was  deep- 
ening every  minute,  when  suddenly  my  unbelief 
was  cured  by  the  sight  of  quite  fresh  tracks, 
and  a  few  minutes  later  we  saw  the  animals  that 
made  them. 

"  The  bighorn  is  a  grand  beast.  A  full-grown 
ram  will  occasionally  scale  over  250  Ib. ;  and  his 
long  legs,  smooth  tawny  coat — of  hair,  not  wool 
— and  graceful  carriage  are  suggestive  much 
more  of  an  antelope  than  a  sheep.  There  were 
eighteen  of  them,  mostly  ewes  and  lambs,  but  I 
made  out  some  rams  with  fairly  good  heads.  It 
was  now  past  midday,  and  the  sheep  presently 
settled  down  for  their  noontide  siesta ;  but  the 
ground  was  too  open  for  a  stalk,  so  we  lay  there 
watching  them  for  about  two  hours.  The  ewes 
reposed  on  the  rocks,  occasionally  rising  to  see 
if  the  coast  was  clear,  while  the  lambs  gambolled 
around  them.  Their  proceedings  were  much 
more  decorous  than  those  of  chamois  on  similar 
occasions,  and  there  was  none  of  that  mad 
skipping  and  jumping  about  in  which  the  little 

antelope  of  the  Alps  indulges.     The  time  passed 

112 


THE   BIGHORN   HUNT 

quickly  enough,  for  I  know  nothing  more  de- 
lightful than  watching  game  among  great 
mountains,  preparatory  to  a  stalk. 

"  At  last  the  sheep  got  up  and  went  off,  and 
Nigel  was  for  following  them  at  once;  but, 
remembering  how  in  chamois-hunting  the  old 
doe  sentinel  of  the  herd  always  pops  up  when 
you  least  expect  her  and  spoils  your  stalk,  I 
waited  a  little.  Sure  enough,  in  five  minutes 
the  head  of  an  old  ewe  appeared  over  a  rock,  and 
she  had  a  good  look  round  to  see  if  the  coast 
was  clear.  We  gave  them  another  hour,  and  then 
followed  them  up  an  open  valley  towards  a  lake 
that  lay  at  the  foot  of  a  high  snow- clad  peak, 
of  which  Nigel  is  now  the  eponymous  hero,  and 
found  them  browsing  on  a  grassy  knoll  sloping 
down  to  the  water's  edge.  It  was  now  past  four 
o'clock,  so  I  decided  to  attempt  a  stalk,  leaving 
Nigel  to  watch  the  sheep  and  signal  to  me  if 
they  shifted  their  position.  Making  a  long 
detour  I  came  across  two  more  sheep,  and 
stalked  them — luckily,  as  it  turned  out — with- 
out success.  They  either  winded  or  saw  me, 
and  made  off  at  top  speed.  Meanwhile  the 
main  herd  must  have  seen  me,  as  they  again 
moved  on  past  the  lake  and  up  a  valley.  Hop- 
ing to  cut  them  off,  I  scrambled  up  the  stony 

113  H 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

hillside  as  fast  as  my  legs  would  carry  me,  and, 
after  a  long  crawl  over  some  horribly  sharp 
stones,  managed  to  get  within  range.  There 
were  now  two  herds,  browsing  peacefully  in  a 
hollow — the  bulk  of  them  about  two  hundred 
yards  off,  and  two  rams  with  heads  that  made 
my  mouth  water  seventy  or  eighty  yards  farther. 
I  longed  to  have  a  shot  at  the  latter,  but,  re- 
membering that  we  were  out,  not  for  pleasure 
but  for  meat,  I  resisted  the  temptation. 

"  Shooting  for  the  pot  has  an  interest  of  its 
own  which  the  man  who  kills  only  for  sport  can 
never  know.  I  don't  suffer  from  'buck  fever' 
as  a  rule,  but,  knowing  how  much  depended  on 
the  shot,  I  felt  horribly  nervous.  There  would 
be  winged  words  flying  round  the  camp  that 
evening  if  I  missed,  and,  worse  than  that,  it 
would  mean  the  failure  of  the  trip.  However, 
the  first  shot  struck  the  nearest  bighorn,  and 
in  the  ensuing  skedaddle  I  wounded  three 
others.  Such  slaughter  was  most  regrettable, 
but  the  circumstances  in  which  we  were  placed 
left  me  no  alternative.  Following  one  of  the 
wounded  sheep  up  the  hill,  I  had  fired  my  last 
remaining  cartridge  at  it  and  missed,  when  I 
heard  a  rattle  among  the  stones,  and,  looking 

round,  I  saw  behind  a  big  boulder,  two  or  three 

114 


THE   BIGHORN   HUNT 

yards  off,  a  large  ewe  with  her  lamb.  Whether 
she  had  never  seen  a  human  being  before,  or  was 
scared  out  of  her  wits  by  the  firing — she  did  not 
seem  to  be  wounded,  and  the  other  sheep  were 
wild  enough — I  cannot  tell,  but  there  she  stood 
stock  still,  looking  at  me  out  of  her  big,  sad, 
liquid  eyes  in  a  way  that  made  me  wish,  for 
the  moment  at  any  rate,  that  somebody  else 
had  to  act  as  '  mutton-murderer '  for  the  outfit. 
After  we  had  looked  at  each  other  in  this  way 
for  a  few  minutes,  I  threw  a  pebble  at  them, 
and  they  trotted  off  quite  quietly. 

"  Nigel  soon  joined  me,  and  with  his  revolver 
I  polished  off  two  of  the  cripples,  which  we 
gralloched ;  but  the  approach  of  night  compelled 
us  to  leave  the  third  dead  sheep  as  he  lay,  and 
make  tracks  homewards.  It  was  past  ten  o'clock 
when  we  reached  camp,  very  hungry  after  a  ten 
hours'  fast.  Collie  and  Woolley  had  not  re- 
turned, and  our  men  were  getting  anxious, 
though  I  explained  to  them  that  when  they 
got  used  to  the  ways  of  climbers  they  would 
cease  to  feel  alarmed  when  a  party  did  not 
turn  up  for  dinner.  None  the  less  I  was  very 
glad  when  the  flicker  of  a  lantern,  like  a 
glow-worm  through  the  wood,  announced  their 
approach." 


CLIMBS   AND   EXPLORATION 

Altogether,  this  had  been  a  red-letter  day 
for  us.  Those  blessed  bighorn  had  saved  the 
situation,  for  the  present  at  any  rate ;  and  the 
geographical  results  obtained  by  Collie  and 
Woolley  augured  well  for  the  success  of  the 
expedition.  Next  morning  we  got  up  late, 
and  were  having  breakfast,  when  an  exclamation 
from  Nigel  made  us  look  up ;  and  on  the  verge 
of  the  perpendicular  cliffs,  some  thousands  of 
feet  above  us,  we  distinctly  saw  the  heads  and 
horns  of  four  or  five  sheep,  craning  over  the 
precipice,  and  apparently  wondering  what  man- 
ner of  creatures  they  were  that  had  thus  rudely 
disturbed  them.  During  the  rest  of  our  journey 
we  never  saw  a  single  bighorn  or  goat,  or  any 
description  of  large  game  except  one  bear. 

Woolley  and  Collie  rested  that  day  after  their 
labours,  while  Peyto,  Nigel,  and  Stutfield  went 
up  to  the  lake  and  brought  down  the  mutton ; 
but  in  spite  of  a  careful  search  they  failed  to  find 
the  wounded  bighorn.  In  the  evening  a  con- 
clave was  held  as  to  our  next  expedition.  We 
wanted,  of  course,  to  explore  the  newly  dis- 
covered ice-field ;  and  Collie  thought  that  by  a 
long  day's  work  we  might  also  ascend  the  great 
mountain  he  had  seen  from  Athabasca  Peak — 
which,  it  may  here  be  mentioned,  was  subse- 
quently christened  Mount  Columbia. 

116 


THE   COLUMBIA  ICE-FIELD 

The  following  afternoon  we  shouldered  our 
packs,  Roy  and  Nigel  assisting,  and  bivouacked 
as  far  up  the  right  bank  of  the  Athabasca  Glacier 
as  possible.  Roy  and  Nigel  had  never  been  on 
a  glacier  before,  so  they  came  for  a  walk  with  us 
on  the  ice,  and  were  much  interested  by  what 
they  saw.  All  night  long  a  thunder-storm  kept 
growling,  and  the  lightning  played  over  the 
summits  of  the  mountains  to  the  north.  The 
flying  rack  scudded  across  the  face  of  the  moon, 
as  we  lay  awake  listening  to  the  stones  trickling 
down  the  dirty  ice-cliff  below  us,  the  loud 
murmur  of  the  torrents,  now  rising  in  volume, 
now  falling,  with  the  varying  gusts  of  wind,  and 
the  occasional  roar  of  an  avalanche  tumbling 
down  the  sides  of  Athabasca  Peak.  We  rose 
at  1*30  A.M.,  and  started  by  lantern-light  up  the 
glacier.  Dawn  broke  at  length  in  a  dark  and 
lowering  sky.  The  glacier  was  easy  enough  to 
begin  with,  but  gradually  the  crevasses,  growing 
wider  and  more  numerous,  kept  us  dodging 
about  backwards  and  forwards  without  making 
much  progress,  until  we  almost  fancied  we 
were  threading  the  ice-maze  of  the  Col  du 
Geant.  The  Athabasca  Glacier  descends  from 
the  upper  snow-fields  in  three  successive  ice- 
falls,  the  highest  one  being  very  much  crevassed. 

117 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

Through  the  mazes  of  this  upper  ice-fall  we 
slowly  made  our  way,  zigzagging  between  the 
seracs,  or  ice-pinnacles,  and  innumerable  cre- 
vasses. The  latter  were  unsurpassably  fine. 
Huge  chasms  of  immense  depth  yawned  beneath 
us  on  every  side,  branching  out  below  into 
mysterious  caverns  and  long  winding  grottoes, 
their  sides  tinged  with  that  strangely  beautiful 
glacial  blue,  and  festooned  with  enormous  icicles. 
We  had  been  going  nearly  five  hours  when 
we  emerged  on  to  the  upper  glacier,  and  the 
wonders  of  that  vast  region  of  snow  and  ice 
were  unfolded  to  our  view.  To  Stutfield  it  was 
all  new  ;  for  neither  the  great  glacier  nor  the 
high  peaks  on  its  western  side  are  visible  from 
Wilcox  Pass  or  Wild  Sheep  Hills:  and  the 
upper  rim  of  the  ice-fall  was  to  him  as  the  thres- 
hold of  the  unknown.  We  stood  on  the  edge 
of  an  immense  ice-field,  bigger  than  the  biggest 
in  Switzerland — that  is  to  say,  than  the  Ewige 
Schneefeld  and  the  Aletsch  Glacier  combined— 
which  stretched  mile  upon  mile  before  us  like  a 
rolling  snow-covered  prairie.  The  peaks,  we 
noticed,  were  all  a  long  way  off,  and  sparser  and 
fewer  in  number  than  in  the  Alps,  rising  only 
here  and  there  like  rocky  islets  from  a  frozen 

sea.     Westwards  the  magnificent  Finsteraarhorn- 

118 


MOUNT  COLUMBIA 


DIADEM  PEAKS  FROM  WILD  SHEEP  HILLS 


THE   COLUMBIA   ICE-FIELD 

like  mountain  (Mount  Bryce)  sent  its  three 
peaks  high  into  the  air.  North  of  it  the  goal  of 
our  ambition,  that  great  glacier-clad,  wedge- 
shaped  peak,  Mount  Columbia,  loomed  grand 
and  mysterious  through  the  still  prevailing 
smoke-haze.  A  double-headed  mountain  on  the 
north  hid  the  high  rock  peak  (afterwards  named 
by  us  Mount  Alberta)  which  Collie,  when  on 
the  top  of  Athabasca  Peak,  thought  might  be 
Mount  Brown.  The  weather  was  very  sultry, 
and  thunder  was  in  the  air  ;  for  several  hours  we 
tramped  steadily  on  over  the  almost  level  ice- 
field, but  Mount  Columbia  proved  to  be  much 
further  off  than  it  looked.  The  ascent,  we 
saw,  would  be  quite  easy — merely  a  long  snow- 
grind  —  but  we  were  still  a  long  way  even 
from  its  base.  The  weather  was  very  threat- 
ening —  it  was  now  past  noon,  and  we  had 
already  been  going  nine  hours — so  we  decided 
to  give  it  up. 

Before  retracing  our  steps  we  halted  awhile 
for  lunch  and  to  take  stock  of  our  surroundings. 
We  were  on  the  edge  of  a  vast  cirque,  or  amphi- 
theatre, of  frowning  precipices,  over  which 
masses  of  ice  from  the  glacier  on  which  we  stood 
were  continually  falling.  This  amphitheatre  is 

formed  by  Mount  Columbia  and  two  fine  peaks, 

119 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

one  rocky,  the  other  snow-covered,  which  we 
have  called  The  Twins ;  and  it  is  here  that  the 
western  branch  of  the  Athabasca  River  takes 
its  rise. 

Meanwhile  the  thunder-clouds  gathered,  the 
haze  grew  denser,  and  the  peaks  loomed  dim  and 
ghostly  through  the  pervading  murkiness.  Our 
view  was  largely  spoiled,  but,  as  a  compensation, 
the  sense  of  vastness  and  mystery  was  enhanced 
—and  in  travelling  through  a  new  mountain 
country  the  sense  of  mystery  is  everything. 
The  spell  that  once  was  upon  the  Alps  has  been 
broken ;  the  illusion  and  the  mystery  that  for- 
merly enshrouded  them  have  departed,  never  to 
return ;  and  with  the  illusion  has  gone  much  of 
the  awe  and  reverence  they  used  to  inspire.  Far 
otherwise  is  it  with  the  wayfarer  through  unsur- 
veyed  and  untrodden  lands  or  mountains.  He 
feels,  as  he  never  felt  before,  the  silence  and  the 
solitude  of  the  everlasting  hills.  Expectation  is 
for  ever  on  the  alert  at  each  new  point  of  van- 
tage gained ;  and,  as  the  climber  presses  upwards 
towards  some  untrodden  peak  or  pass,  there  is  a 
quite  absorbing  fascination  in  wondering  what 
there  is  on  the  other  side.  One  of  our  party,  by 
the  way,  who  shall  be  nameless,  made  an  obser- 
vation somewhat  to  this  effect  to  an  American 

120 


THE   COLUMBIA   ICE-FIELD 

widow  one  day,  and  she  replied,  with  a  fascinat- 
ing sigh,  "  Ah !  yes,  life  mostly  consists  of  that 
—wondering  what  there  is  on  the  other  side." 
And  she  was  alluding  to  things  temporal,  rather 
than  eternal ! 

But  to  return  to  our  muttons.  To  the  east- 
ward of  where  we  stood,  and  almost  on  our  way 
home,  rose  a  great  white  dome,  and  we  deter- 
mined to  ascend  it.  After  a  hot  and  very  tiring 
climb  through  snow  that  broke  under  our  feet 
at  every  step,  we  finally  reached  the  summit  at 
3*15  P.M.  We  have  named  this  peak  The  Dome 
(11,650  feet).  Another  peak  to  the  north  Collie 
named  Peak  Douglas,  after  the  botanist  David 
Douglas  who  discovered  Mount  Hooker  and 
Mount  Brown.  The  Dome  is  not  a  very  striking 
mountain  in  itself,  but  hydrographically  regarded 
it  is  of  great  interest.  Viewed  in  this  light  it  is 
the  apex,  as  it  were,  of  the  Rocky  Mountain 
Range,  for  the  meltings  of  its  snows  descend  into 
three  great  river-systems,  flowing  into  three 
different  oceans — to  the  Columbia  and  thence  to 
the  Pacific ;  to  Hudson's  Bay  via  the  Saskatche- 
wan ;  and  by  the  Athabasca  to  the  Arctic  Ocean. 
The  thunder-clouds  were  now  gathering  thick 
on  the  high  mountains,  so  we  ran  down  the  snow, 

as  fast  as  the  hidden  crevasses  permitted,  to  the 

121 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

head  of  the  Athabasca  ice-fall.  The  storm  burst 
before  we  got  off  the  glacier,  and  we  reached 
camp  at  nightfall  drenched  to  the  skin. 

From  what  we  had  seen  during  the  day, 
Collie's  idea — that  the  great  snow-clad  peak 
(Columbia)  and  the  imposing  rock  peak  further 
to  the  north  (Mount  Alberta)  were  respectively 
the  two  lost  giants,  Brown  and  Hooker— did  not 
receive  any  support,  and  we  were  more  mystified 
than  ever.  As  far  as  could  be  made  out,  there 
was  no  pass  leading  westwards  between  these 
two  mountains  ;  and  the  western  branch  of  the 
Athabasca  River,  whose  source  lay  at  the  foot  of 
these  peaks,  was  hemmed  in  on  all  sides  by  the 
loftiest  peaks  in  the  Canadian  Rockies.  More- 
over, Stutfield,  while  hunting  on  Wild  Sheep 
Hills  next  day,  had  an  unusually  clear  view  of 
the  mountains  to  the  north,  and  made  a  rough 
but  careful  sketch  of  them  ;  and  the  result  of  his 
observations  seemed  to  be  that  there  was  no  pass 
between  any  of  the  peaks  near  the  supposed 
Brown  and  Hooker  by  which  any  animal  less 
active  than  a  goat  could  cross.  The  solution  of 
the  problem  was,  in  fact,  as  far  off  as  ever. 


122 


CHAPTER  Vll 

TO  THE  VALLEY  OF  THE  ATHABASCA,  AND  ASCENT 
OF  DIADEM 

DURING  the  next  two  days  we  took  things  fairly 
easy,  while  we  debated  what  our  next  move  was 
to  be.  On  the  23rd  Woolley  climbed  Peak 
Wilcox  (about  10,000  feet)  with  his  camera,  but 
the  haze  interfered  seriously  with  photographing. 
Collie  walked  down  the  valley  and  ascended  a 
range  of  hills  which  gave  him  a  good  view  of 
Saskatchewan  Peak  and  Glacier.  The  men  spent 
their  time  usefully  in  making  pemmican,  or  dried 
meat,  out  of  our  surplus  stock  of  mutton,  which 
was  none  too  large.  Stutfield,  in  the  vain  hope 
of  adding  to  it,  went  hunting  round  the  lower 
slopes  of  Athabasca  Peak.  At  the  foot  of  the 
great  mountain  he  found  a  beautiful  lake  of 
emerald  green,  nestling  in  the  woods:  on  the 
benches  of.  grass  above  timber-line  were  numerous 
old  game  trails,  now  disused  and  overgrown  with 
grass,  but  of  remarkable  depth,  showing  the 
quantities  of  game  that  must  have  existed  in 

former   days.      Innumerable   small   gophers,   or 

123 


CLIMBS  AND   EXPLORATION 

rock  rabbits,  were  sitting  on  stones  outside  their 
holes.  These  conies  are  of  different  kinds,  and, 
like  those  of  Holy  Writ,  they  have  their  habita- 
tion in  the  rocks.  One  of  them,  a  queer  little 
tailless  fellow,  with  long  ears  and  nose,  is  very 
tame  and  emits  a  strange  squeaking  noise  like  an 
old-fashioned  bicycle  alarm.  Marmots  are  as 
common  as  in  the  Alps,  but  they  are  smaller  as  a 
rule — though  there  is  one  large  handsome  variety, 
which  is  almost  as  red  as  a  fox — and  their  whistle 
is  less  shrill  and  ear-piercing.  A  big,  heavily 
built  ground-squirrel  is  found  in  the  woods,  and 
in  the  brushwood  above  timber-line,  with  his 
smaller  brother  gophers  and  chipmunks. 

As  a  result  of  our  deliberations  we  decided 
to  move  half  the  outfit  over  Wilcox  Pass  down 
into  the  main  valley  of  the  Athabasca  in  order, 
if  possible,  to  find  the  Athabasca  Pass  and  the 
lost  Punch  Bowl.  We  imagined  they  might  be 
only  two  or  three  days'  journey  distant :  now  we 
know  that  it  would  have  taken  us  at  least  a 
fortnight  to  get  there. 

On  August  24th,  we  started  with  a  few 
horses  and  a  couple  of  small  tents,  leaving  poor 
Roy  Douglas  alone  to  look  after  the  remainder 
of  the  camp.  Across  the  watershed  a  rapid 

descent  took  us  down  to  the  eastern  Athabasca 

124 


THE   ATHABASCA  VALLEY 

or  Sun  Wapta.  The  hill-sides  in  the  wood  were 
so  steep  in  places  that  the  horses  were  con- 
tinually slipping  and  sliding  down  on  their 
haunches ;  and  the  packs,  though  light,  were 
frequently  dislodged.  The  Athabasca,  like  so 
many  of  the  rivers  in  this  district,  has  filled  the 
bottom  of  the  valley  with  an  ugly  bare  shingle- 
flat,  which,  however,  we  found  very  convenient 
for  travelling  purposes.  The  general  features  of 
the  scenery  were  less  attractive  than  those  of  the 
charming  vale  we  had  just  left,  though  the 
mountains  were  on  a  bigger  scale  here,  and 
Athabasca  Peak  nobly  filled  the  head  of  the 
glen.  We  had  hoped  to  find  some  lateral  valley 
by  which  we  could  reach  the  foot  of  Mount 
Columbia  or  Alberta ;  but  the  mountains  fall  on 
their  eastern  face  in  a  continual  line  of  precipices, 
intersected  only  at  places  by  quite  impassable 
ice-falls.  Accordingly,  after  a  long  day's  march, 
during  which  we  descended  the  bed  of  the  river 
for  some  miles,  we  camped  at  the  mouth  of  a 
gorge,  down  which  a  good-sized  creek  tumbled 
in  a  picturesque  cascade.  Our  men,  ever  hun- 
gering after  gold,  spent  the  next  morning  pros- 
pecting, finding  a  little  black  sand  and  some 
quartz  that  showed  a  few  traces. 

In  the  afternoon  we  made  preparations  for  a 
125 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

bivouac,  with  a  view  to  climbing  some  peak  of  the 
main  range  to  the  west.  It  was  thought  that  a 
horse  might  be  requisitioned  to  carry  our  provi- 
sions and  sleeping-bags  up  the  canyon,  as  the 
elevation  of  our  camp  was  only  5600  feet ;  but 
the  suggestion  evoked  such  strong  opposition 
(and  language)  from  Peyto  that  it  was  promptly 
abandoned,  and  we  had  to  make  beasts  of  burden 
of  ourselves  and  him.  The  creek  issues  from  a 
glacier  descending  from  a  group  of  mountains 
lying  between  two  branches  of  the  Athabasca 
River.  This  group  has  three  principal  summits, 
of  which  the  northernmost  (Diadem  we  called  it) 
is  the  curious  snow-crowned  peak  we  had  seen 
from  Wild  Sheep  Hills.  The  central  and 
highest  summit  was  subsequently  named  by 
Collie  after  Woolley,  and  the  third  after  Stut- 
field.  These  two  last  mountains  appeared  to 
have  been  conducting  themselves  in  a  most 
erratic  manner  in  bygone  ages.  A  tremendous 
rock -fall  had  evidently  taken  place  from  their 
ugly  bare  limestone  cliffs  ;  and  the  whole  valley, 
nearly  half  a  mile  wide,  was  covered  to  a  depth 
of  some  hundreds  of  feet  with  boulders  and 
debris.  What  had  happened,  apparently,  was 
this.  The  immense  amount  of  rock  that  had 

fallen  on  the  glacier  below  Peak  Stutfield  had 

126 


GORGE  IN  SUN  WAPTA  VALLEY 


FROM  THE  SLOPES  OF  DIADEM  PEAK  (LOOKING  SOUTH) 


THE   ASCENT   OF  DIADEM 

prevented  the  ice  from  melting.  Consequently 
the  glacier,  filling  up  the  valley  to  a  depth  of  at 
least  two  hundred  feet,  had  moved  bodily  down ; 
and  its  snout,  a  couple  of  hundred  feet  high, 
covered  with  blocks  of  stone  the  size  of  small 
houses,  was  playing  havoc  with  the  pine-woods 
before  it  and  on  either  side.  In  our  united  ex- 
periences, extending  over  the  Alps,  the  Caucasus, 
the  Himalaya,  and  other  mountain  ranges,  we 
had  never  seen  indications  of  a  landslide  on  so 
colossal  a  scale.1 

We  selected  a  spot  for  our  bivouac  at  the 
foot  of  the  Diadem  glacier,  and  slept  soundly 
on  our  beds  of  heather  and  pine  twigs  till  we 
were  woke  by  the  rain  pattering  down  on  our 
sleeping-bags.  The  weather  had  changed  for 
the  worse,  and  the  pale,  sickly  light  of  a  most 
unpromising  dawn  had  overspread  the  sky  when 
we  left  the  sleeping-place,  with  the  intention 
of  climbing  Mount  Woolley.  Our  idea  was 
to  ascend  a  steep  glacier  by  means  of  a  some- 
what formidable  ice-fall  that  descended  between 
Mount  Woolley  and  Diadem.  All  went  well 
as  far  as  the  foot  of  the  ice-fall,  when  a  black 
thunder-cloud  that  had  been  gathering  over 
Mount  Columbia  burst,  and  heavy  rain  drove 

1  The  remains  of  a  similar  landslide  were  afterwards  noticed 
blocking  the  outlet  to  Moraine  Lake  in  Desolation  Valley. 

127 


CLIMBS   AND   EXPLORATION 

us  to  seek  the  shelter  of  a  friendly  rock.  In 
five  minutes  it  cleared ;  but  the  brief  delay  was 
possibly  our  salvation.  We  were  just  putting 
on  the  rope  to  ascend  the  ice-fall,  when,  with 
a  roar  and  a  clatter,  some  tons  of  ice  that  had 
broken  off  near  the  summit  came  tumbling  down, 
splintering  into  fragments  in  their  descent.  We 
took  the  friendly  hint,  and  left  that  ice-fall  alone. 
The  only  alternative  peak  was  Diadem,  so  we 
turned  aside  and  began  climbing  its  face. 

At  first  we  had  to  make  our  way  up  slopes 
of  loose  shale  and  ice,  and  we  kept  fairly  near 
the  arete  to  avoid  falling  stones.  This  in- 
volved us  in  a  scramble  up  some  rather  divert- 
ing rock  chimneys ;  after  which  a  sort  of 
miniature  rock-rib  gave  us  safety  from  stones, 
and  we  followed  it  up  to  the  summit.  The 
rocks  were  very  steep  in  places,  and,  as  usual, 
terribly  insecure  and  splintered,  and  one  had 
to  be  very  careful.  The  "  diadem "  of  snow 
proved  to  be  about  a  hundred  feet  high,  set 
on  the  nearly  flat  top  of  the  rocks.  From  the 
summit  a  wonderful  panorama  burst  upon  us, 
in  spite  of  the  murky  atmosphere.  Standing 
as  we  were,  near  the  Great  Divide,  we  looked 
down  on  a  marvellous  complexity  of  peak  and 

glacier,  of  low-lying  valley,  shaggy  forest,  and 

128 


ASCENT   OF  DIADEM 

shining  stream,  with  here  and  there  a  blue 
lake  nestling  in  the  recesses  of  the  hills.  Quite 
close,  as  it  seemed,  the  overpowering  mass  of 
the  supposed  Mount  Brown  (Alberta),  towered 
frowning  many  hundreds  of  feet  above  us.  It 
is  a  superb  peak,  like  a  gigantic  castle  in  shape, 
with  terrific  black  cliffs  falling  sheer  on  three 
sides.  A  great  wall  of  dark  thunder-cloud 
loomed  up  over  its  summit ;  and  there  was  a 
sublime  aloofness,  an  air  of  grim  inaccessibility, 
about  it  that  was  most  impressive.  To  the 
west  we  could  dimly  discern  the  outline  of 
another  high  peak,  with  a  large  grey  cloud 
floating  like  a  canopy  over  it.  Northwards 
the  mountains  were  all  much  lower ;  and  it 
was  evident  that  the  Columbia  group  formed 
the  culmination  of,  at  any  rate,  this  region  of 
the  Rockies.  In  these  northern  districts  the 
landscape,  as  was  to  be  expected,  presented  a 
sterner  and  more  forbidding  aspect :  indeed, 
the  softer  and  more  homely  features  of  Alpine 
scenery  were  everywhere  absent  from  these 
higher  valleys  of  the  western  Athabasca.  One 
missed  the  tiny  green  pastures  dotted  about 
with  brown  chalets,  the  terraced  cornfields  and 
vineyards  ;  and  the  familiar  tinkle  of  the  cow- 
bells would  have  sounded  more  musical  than 

129  i 


CLIMBS   AND   EXPLORATION 

ever  in  our  ears,  for,  as  Mr.  Leslie  Stephen 
observes  in  "  The  Playground  of  Europe,"  these 
evidences  of  civilisation  tend  to  improve  rather 
than  spoil  mountain  scenery. 

It  was  bitterly  cold  on  the  top,  but  we 
stopped  some  time  to  enable  Collie  to  make 
his  plane  -  table  survey  and  read  the  patent 
mercurial  barometer,  which  gave  the  height  as 
11,500  feet.  All  day  long  there  had  been  a 
growling  of  distant  thunder  in  the  west,  and 
as  we  turned  to  go  down  the  storm  burst 
upon  us  with  a  vengeance.  It  grew  very 
dark ;  a  white  driving  scud  of  sleet  and  hail 
swept  by  on  the  whistling  wind,  making  our 
ears  and  faces  tingle.  The  thunder  rattled  and 
roared  in  grand  style  among  the  crags;  the  air 
was  aboil  with  eddying  twisting  vapours  ;  and  the 
lightning  leaping,  as  it  were,  from  peak  to  peak, 
zigzagged  merrily  athwart  the  sky.  More  than 
once  we  were  constrained  to  stop  and  take 
shelter  from  the  drift  and  sweep  of  the  storm, 
throwing  aside  our  ice-axes  for  fear  of  the  light- 
ning, which  seemed  to  be  playing  all  round  us. 
We  took  the  easiest  way  down  the  face,  taking 
chances  with  falling  stones ;  and  it  was  with  a 
feeling  of  relief  that  we  ultimately  got  on  to 

the  glacier  below.     In  the  woods  another  bad 

130 


ASCENT   OF  DIADEM 

storm  struck  us,  with  hailstones  as  big  as  — 
well,  of  the  usual  travellers'  size — anyhow  they 
hurt  very  much  when  they  hit  you,  and  again 
we  ran  down  into  camp  like  three  drowned 
rats.  During  the  night  there  were  more  thun- 
der-storms— we  had  five  in  twenty-four  hours — 
and  the  drippings  from  our  leaky  tent  soaked 
our  already  damp  sleeping-bags  ;  but  we  slept 
soundly  through  it  all. 

It  was  a  dreary  spectacle  that  greeted  us 
next  morning  as  we  looked  out  on  the  ugly 
grey  shingle-flat,  the  wet  camp,  and  dripping 
woods  and  muskegs,  and  the  hill-sides  covered 
with  mist.  There  was  nothing  to  be  gained 
by  pushing  further  into  these  inhospitable  wilds, 
even  supposing  we  had  had  the  time  or  pro- 
visions to  do  it ;  so  the  wet  tents  were  struck, 
and  we  returned  over  Wilcox  Pass.  Our  pro- 
visions were  again  getting  very  low,  so  Stutfield 
left  the  outfit  at  the  summit  of  the  pass  and 
climbed  Wild  Sheep  Hills  in  search  of  bighorn. 
There  was  not  a  sheep  to  be  seen  anywhere ; 
and  from  the  hill-tops  he  looked  down  north- 
wards on  a  scene  of  the  most  extraordinary 
desolation.  Not  a  tree  or  trace  of  vegetation 
was  visible  —  nothing  but  mountains  of  naked 
rock  and  shale,  alternating  with  patches  of  snow 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

and  ice,  and  one  small  lake.  What  was  most 
curious,  however,  was  the  varied  colour  of  these 
mountains,  which  were  striped  in  places  like  a 
blanket,  and  splashed,  as  it  were,  with  all  the 
hues  of  the  rainbow — an  almost  exact  counter- 
part of  the  multi-coloured  clays  that  adorn  the 
sides  of  the  Yellowstone  Canyon. 

We  found  everything  right  in  the  camp 
below,  and  Roy,  as  may  be  imagined,  was 
delighted  to  see  us  back.  The  commissariat 
question  was  again  becoming  pressing,  as  some 
of  the  mutton  had  gone  bad  in  our  absence,  so 
we  decided  to  make  tracks  homewards  without 
further  delay.  In  the  hope  of  restocking  the 
larder,  Peyto  and  Stutfield  took  their  rifles  and, 
mounting  their  horses,  cantered  on  ahead  of  the 
outfit  down  the  valley.  Arriving  at  the  junction 
of  the  streams,  they  rode  up  the  one  which 
descends  from  the  pass  over  into  the  Brazeau 
Valley.  On  the  way  they  found  a  considerable 
tract  of  forest  on  fire,  the  charred  tree-trunks 
and  half- consumed  foliage  presenting  a  curious 
patchwork  of  green  and  black,  while  the  peaty 
earth  was  still  smouldering  and  emitting  volumes 
of  smoke.  It  appeared  that  two  of  our  men  had 
left  the  outfit  to  go  "  hunting  "  on  the  way  up  ; 

and,  having  shot  a  fool-hen,  they  had  carelessly 

132 


HEAD-WATERS    OF    THE    BRAZE AU 

omitted  to  perform  the  first  duty  of  every  back- 
woodsman— namely,  thoroughly  to  extinguish 
the  embers.  Had  it  not  rained  heavily  during 
the  previous  week  we  should  probably  have 
found  the  whole  valley  ablaze,  and  our  retreat, 
perhaps,  down  the  Saskatchewan  cut  off,  which 
would  have  been  a  cheerful  prospect  for  a  party 
with  next  to  nothing  to  eat. 

The  frequent,  and  often  wanton,  destruction 
of  the  forests  in  the  Canadian  Rockies  by  fire 
is  most  deplorable.  Sometimes  they  are  set 
alight  on  purpose  by  prospectors  in  order  to  clear 
the  ground,  but  nine  times  out  of  ten  the  fires 
are  the  result  of  sheer  carelessness.  There  are 
severe  penalties  attaching  to  the  offence,  but,  as 
evidence  is  very  difficult  to  obtain,  convictions 
are  extremely  rare.  The  result  is  that  the 
scenery  is  spoiled,  men's  lives  endangered,  much 
fine  timber  wasted,  and  trails  rendered  almost 
useless  for  years  to  come. 

After  putting  out  the  fire  as  well  as  they 
could,  Peyto  and  Stutfield  pushed  on  to  the 
summit  of  the  pass.  Tethering  the  horses  a 
little  lower  down,  they  descended  on  foot  some 
distance  along  the  stream  of  the  upper  Brazeau, 
which  here  flows  through  a  pleasant  valley,  with 
low  rounded  hills,  prettily  wooded,  on  either  side, 

133 


CLIMBS   AND   EXPLORATION 

somewhat  resembling  parts  of  North  Wales. 
Not  much  appears  to  be  known  about  this  dis- 
trict, but  it  is  said  to  abound  in  game — the 
hunting  would  be  even  easier  than  on  Wild 
Sheep  Hills — and  the  streams  are  full  of  trout. 
Stutfield  and  Peyto  saw  a  good  many  sheep 
tracks,  but  no  game ;  and  returned  to  camp 
empty-handed,  and  once  more  soaked  to  the 
skin  by  a  heavy  thunder-shower. 

Next  morning  was  gloriously  fine,  and,  as 
the  camp  was  pitched  near  the  junction  of  the 
streams,  we  had  a  last  splendid  view  of  Athabasca 
Peak  up  the  western  branch.  We  made  a  forced 
day's  march  down  the  North  Fork  of  the  Saskat- 
chewan, so  as  to  reach  our  cache  of  provisions  at 
Bear  Creek  as  soon  as  possible.  The  tents  were 
pitched  in  a  most  undesirable  spot,  among  a 
cluster  of  burned  trees  on  the  verge  of  falling, 
some  of  them  being  so  rickety  that  a  push  of 
the  hand  sent  them  over.  It  was  a  good  thing 
for  us  that  the  wind  did  not  start  blowing  that 
night.  We  were  now  on  very  short  commons, 
having  no  fresh  meat  and  very  little  bread.  The 
poor  dogs  were  absolutely  starving,  and  we  had 
to  keep  a  sharp  look-out  to  prevent  them  from 
stealing  our  scanty  remnants  of  food.  We  had 
a  few  scraps  of  biltong,  or  dried  meat,  left  which 

134 


DOWN   THE   NORTH   FORK 

we  sucked  when  very  hungry.  It  is  very  sus- 
taining but  highly  indigestible,  and  in  appearance 
the  reverse  of  appetising.  When  the  first  morsel 
was  put  before  us  on  a  plate  we  thought  that 
that  mad  wag,  Byers,  was  serving  the  outfit  with 
the  uppers  of  Peyto's  boots,  which  had  recently 
shown  signs  of  disintegration.  The  biltong 
keeps  wonderfully  well;  and  some  pieces  that 
we  have  preserved  as  a  memento  are  still,  after 
a  lapse  of  nearly  five  years,  perfectly  fresh. 

It  rained  all  next  day,  and  we  had  perforce 
to  remain  where  we  were,  chewing  the  cud  of 
disappointed  anticipation.  There  was  one  sar- 
dine left,  and  two  anchovies  ;  and  we  reserved 
three  small  crusts  for  breakfast  on  the  morrow. 
Luckily  the  morning  broke  fine,  and  we  pushed 
on  as  hard  as  we  could  down  the  left  bank  of 
the  river,  hustling  the  cayooses  for  all  we  were 
worth.  As  a  result,  this  was  the  longest  day's 
march  we  ever  accomplished,  and  we  passed  no 
fewer  than  five  camps  that  we  had  made  on  the 
other  side  when  ascending  the  valley.  Arriving 
at  the  main  stream  of  the  Saskatchewan,  we 
forded  it  without  much  trouble  below  the  mouth 
of  the  North  Fork,  the  cold  weather  having 
greatly  reduced  the  volume  of  water.  Bear 
Creek  offered  no  difficulty.  As  we  neared  the 

135 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

cache  we  naturally  felt  somewhat  nervous  about 
our  provisions ;  and  Collie  tried  to  alarm  the 
party  by  drawing  lurid  pictures  of  a  band  of 
Indians  gorged  with  our  bacon  and  roaring 
drunk  on  our  whisky ;  but  we  found  everything 
just  as  we  had  left  it.  Probably  no  one  had 
passed  that  way  during  our  absence.  In  any 
case,  provisions  are  very  rarely  stolen  from 
caches,  as  the  enormity  of  the  offence  is  gener- 
ally recognised.  In  former  days  the  penalty 
was  death ;  and  even  now  it  is  very  severe. 

That  evening  we  feasted  on  bacon,  dried 
apricots,  and  other  delicacies  that  we  had  been 
talking  about  for  some  time  past.  In  civilised 
countries  it  is  not  the  custom  to  spend  a  large 
portion  of  the  day  thinking  and  often  talking 
about  food.  But,  given  an  individual  with  a 
good  healthy  appetite,  and  an  insufficient  supply 
of  edible  material  to  satisfy  that  appetite,  an 
interesting  exhibition  will  ensue  of  how  the 
body  can  tyrannise  over  the  mind.  A  natural 
result  followed  after  we  had  had  our  first 
"good  square  meal":  we  did  not  move  the 
camp  for  two  days.  By  way  of  passing  the 
time,  and  to  supply  the  larder,  the  next  after- 
noon we  prowled  singly  through  the  woods  after 

fool-hen.     The  total  bag  amounted  to  five  brace. 

136 


FORESTS   OF   BEAR  CREEK 

The  woods  surrounding  the  camping-ground 
at  Bear  Creek  are  exceptionally  fine  —  for  the 
eastern  side  of  the  Rockies — and  some  of  the 
trees  are  of  great  height.  One  wants  to  be 
alone  to  fully  appreciate  the  mystery  and  the 
utter  solitude  of  these  great  forests.  It  is  less 
agreeable,  doubtless,  to  be  by  oneself;  but  the 
impressions  created  are  deeper  and  more  en- 
during. It  is  then  that  is  borne  in  upon  you 
the  silence  and  the  immensity  of  an  African 
desert,  the  utter  loneliness  of  the  Canadian  back- 
woods, or  the  solemnity  of  the  great  mountain 
peaks.  In  the  Rockies  the  scarcity  of  bird  and 
animal  life  serves  to  intensify  the  sense  of  soli- 
tude ;  and  the  traveller  may  walk  for  hours 
without  hearing  a  sound  except  the  roar  of  some 
distant  avalanche  or  torrent,  the  soughing  of  the 
wind  in  the  tall  pines,  and  the  creaking  of  their 
gigantic  limbs.  Imagination,  too,  plays  strange 
pranks  at  times,  as  the  stray  sunbeams  dance  on 
the  green  moss,  and  the  play  of  light  and  shade 
caused  by  the  swaying  branches  peoples  the 
dark  recesses  with  phantom  shapes  and  figures 
that  are  curiously  life-like  and  distinct.  You 
could  fancy  there  were  elves  and  fairies  in  those 
long  glades  dappled  with  alternate  sunlight  and 
shadow,  kelpies  in  the  foam  of  the  rushing 

137 


CLIMBS   AND   EXPLORATION 

torrents,  or  that  goblins  haunted  the  cavernous 
tree-trunks.  However,  the  whirr  of  a  fool-hen's 
wings,  as  he  rises  from  the  ground  and  perches 
on  a  bough,  so  as  to  enable  you  to  knock  him 
over  with  a  stick,  is  sufficient  to  dispel  these 
reveries ;  and  you  promptly  devote  yourself  to 
the  more  serious  business  of  securing  him  for 
supper. 

Next  morning,  Friday  the  2nd  September, 
we  attempted  to  ascend  Mount  Murchison. 
After  a  very  bad  hour  with  the  logs  in  the 
wood,  we  got  out  into  the  open  above  the  trees ; 
but  the  weather  gave  us  little  encouragement. 
A  tiring  shale-slope  led  up  to  steep  rocks  which 
afforded  some  interesting  scrambles,  Woolley 
manipulating  a  big  stone  jammed  in  a  rock 
chimney  with  much  skill.  We  halted  for  lunch 
on  the  arete  at  a  height  of  about  9000  feet. 
It  was  snowing  steadily,  and  the  mountains  were 
enveloped  in  mist,  so  we  had  no  view  to  speak 
of;  but  below  us  two  remarkable  phenomena 
attracted  our  attention.  The  first  was  a  tall 
column  of  rock  that  had  become  detached  from 
the  cliff,  forming  a  slender  pillar  four  or  five 
hundred  feet  in  height,  and  tapering  towards 
the  summit  and  base.  Much  more  extraordi- 
nary, however,  was  a  group  of  rocks,  consisting, 

138 


FOSSIL  FOREST 

as  it  seemed,  of  petrified  stems  of  pine-trees 
that  had  been  broken  off  about  a  foot  from  the 
ground,  with  numerous  fossilised  remains  around 
their  base.  It  has  been  suggested,  however, 
that  they  are  not  trees  at  all,  but  the  remains 
of  some  gigantic  prehistoric  sea-weed.  In  any 
case,  whatever  they  are,  their  existence  at  so 
great  a  height  above  sea-level,  and  in  so  ex- 
cellent a  state  of  preservation,  must  be  accounted 
very  remarkable ;  and  we  could  wish  that  they 
might  be  visited  and  examined  by  some  geolo- 
gist competent  to  give  a  thorough  account  of 
them. 

We  remained  some  time  on  the  arete  in  the 
hope  that  the  weather  might  improve,  but  the 
snow  and  fog  grew  worse  and  worse,  so  the 
climb  was  abandoned  and  we  returned  to  camp. 


139 


CHAPTER  VIII 

THOMPSON  PEAK  AND  THE  SELKIRKS 

THE  following  day  we  pushed  on,  in  cloudy 
weather,  up  Bear  Creek  valley  towards  the 
Bow  Pass,  camping  on  the  shores  of  the  beauti- 
ful Waterfowl  Lake,  at  the  foot  of  the  grand 
cliffs  of  Pyramid  and  Howse  Peak,  which  fall 
a  sheer  5000  feet  into  the  valley.  On  the 
Sunday  (again  our  unlucky  day)  we  were  over- 
taken high  up  in  the  woods  by  violent  hail- 
storms, followed  by  heavy  snow,  in  which  we 
lost  the  trail.  After  wandering  about  hopelessly 
among  the  burnt  timber  for  some  time  we 
camped  in  a  cold,  slushy,  miserable  spot  at  the 
edge  of  a  muskeg.  Woolley  sarcastically  in- 
quired if  this  was  a  specimen  of  the  Canadian 
Indian  summer,  of  whose  charms  we  had  been 
hearing  so  much  ;  and  we  asked  Byers  if  he  could 
make  us  a  plum-pudding  for  supper.  We  had 
a  bitterly  cold  night,  with  hard  frost,  but  the 
morning  was  brilliantly  fine  and  the  sun  shone 
forth  in  a  cloudless  sky.  Ice-crystals  sparkled 

on  every  leaf  and  twig;  the  pails  and  buckets 

140 


THOMPSON   PEAK 

were  all  frozen  hard ;  and  Byers,  the  unfailing 
humorist,  asked  for  time  to  thaw  his  socks 
before  he  could  put  them  on  and  give  us  our 
breakfast.  At  the  summit  of  Bow  Pass  we 
left  the  outfit,  and,  ascending  a  hill  on  our 
right,  had  a  glorious  view  of  Mount  Murchison, 
Pyramid,  and  the  Waputehk  Mountains.  From 
the  shores  of  Bow  Lake,  which  formed  our 
camping-ground  that  evening,  we  had  the  last 
climb  of  the  trip. 

We  got  up  early  next  morning,  only  to 
find  a  dog  engaged  in  devouring  our  last  loaf, 
on  which  we  were  relying  to  provide  us  with 
breakfast  and  provisions  for  the  climb.  Follow- 
ing the  northern  shore  of  the  lake,  as  on  the 
ascent  of  Mount  Gordon  the  previous  year,  we 
passed  the  mouth  of  a  remarkable  gorge,  with 
a  big  jammed  stone  forming  a  natural  bridge, 
and  reached  the  foot  of  the  Bow  Glacier.  The 
ice-fall  proved  troublesome,  and  four  or  five 
razor-edged  aretes,  connected  by  rickety  ice- 
bridges,  gave  us  some  rather  ticklish  work. 
They  did  not  last  long,  however,  and  soon  we 
were  on  the  neve  of  the  Waputehk  Glacier. 
We  had  no  definite  peak  in  our  minds  when 
we  started,  but  we  now  decided  on  one  that 

lies  just  to  the  north  of  the  ice-fall.     It  was 

141 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

quite  easy,  but,  as  the  slopes  of  the  mountain 
consisted  of  loose  stones  covered  with  a  layer 
of  fresh  powdery  snow  a  foot  and  a  half  thick, 
there  was  a  very  fair  chance  of  breaking  a  leg 
or  spraining  an  ankle,  and  the  ascent  was  fright- 
fully laborious.  The  summit  is  10,700  feet 
high,  and  Collie  named  it  Thompson  Peak, 
after  Mr.  C.  Thompson.  The  recent  rains  had 
put  out  all  the  forest  fires,  and  the  air  was 
beautifully  clear,  so  for  the  first  time  during 
the  trip  we  enjoyed  an  uninterrupted  view.  On 
every  side,  far  as  the  eye  could  reach,  the  moun- 
tain world  stretched.  Taken  individually,  there 
are  finer  peaks  to  be  seen  elsewhere;  what 
impresses  one  in  the  Canadian  Rockies  is  the 
sense  of  their  seemingly  endless  continuity. 
Beginning  southwards  in  this  wonderful  pano- 
rama, the  first  to  catch  the  eye  was  Mount 
Assiniboine,  the  highest  and  finest  summit  south 
of  the  railway ;  next  on  the  right  rose  Mount 
Temple  and  the  Laggan  group;  the  Ottertail 
Mountains,  and  a  collection  of  unknown  peaks ; 
the  Selkirks,  with  Mount  Sir  Donald,  seventy 
miles  distant ;  the  Gold  Range ;  next,  and  much 
nearer,  Mount  Mummery  and  the  Freshfield 
group ;  Mount  Forbes  towering  above  all  com- 
petitors ;  the  triple-peaked  Mount  Lyell  partially 

142 


FOSSIL  FOREST 


THOMPSON  PEAK 


SEMI-STARVATION 

obscuring  Columbia  and  Bryce;  Peak  Wilson 
and  the  Murchison  group ;  then  the  Slate 
Range,  with  innumerable  minor  summits  ;  while 
over  all  was  a  cloudless  sky  of  more  than  Italian 
blue. 

Having  no  meat  to  speak  of  left,  we  had 
been  living  practically  on  bread  and  porridge ; 
and  now,  with  the  aid  of  the  thievish  dog,  these 
were  finished.  Byers,  anxious  to  find  something 
to  try  his  hand  on,  was  seen  casting  wolfish  eyes 
on  Molly's  little  foal,  who  was  looking  nice  and 
plump  in  spite  of  his  long  journey ;  and  it  was 
a  miserable  meal  that  he  set  before  us  that 
evening.  Collie  improved  the  occasion  by  a 
short  but  impressive  discourse  on  the  chemical 
and  nutritive  properties  of  the  scanty  viands  at 
our  disposal ;  while  Stutfield  asked  what  amount 
of  albuminous  nitrogen,  or  nitrogenous  albumen 
(he  wasn't  sure,  and  didn't  much  care,  which) 
there  might  be  in  a  fool-hen's  leg,  which,  he 
ruefully  observed,  was  all  the  grub  he  seemed 
likely  to  get  for  supper. 

Our  short  commons  lasted  till  next  evening, 
when  we  caught  some  nice  trout  in  the  Bow 
River.  We  were  lucky  to  find  them  on  the 
feed,  as  these  Rocky  Mountain  trout  are  very 
capricious  and  often  refuse  to  be  tempted  by 

H3 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

any  lure.  Friday,  the  9th  September,  was  our 
last  morning  in  camp.  It  afforded  us  a  little 
mild  excitement  in  the  shape  of  a  black  bear, 
which  was  sighted  on  a  hill  across  the  river. 
Peyto  and  Stutfield  at  once  saddled  their  horses, 
forded  the  river,  and  went  in  pursuit.  The 
latter,  hoping  to  stalk  the  bear  from  above, 
went  straight  up  the  face  of  the  hill,  keeping 
closely  concealed  in  the  brushwood,  while  Peyto, 
with  his  dog,  made  a  detour  to  the  right.  A  puff 
of  wind  must  have  given  the  bear  their  wind, 
as  the  people  in  camp  saw  him  make  off  to  the 
left,  passing  quite  close  to  Stutfield  in  the  dense 
thicket ;  then  climb  the  hill,  and  gallop  over  a 
ridge  some  8000  feet  high.  Stutfield,  blissfully 
unconscious  of  what  was  going  on,  crept  cau- 
tiously forward,  only  to  find  that  the  expected 
quarry  had  taken  his  departure. 

Our  troubles  were  not  yet  over,  as  the  burned 
timber  in  the  woods  above  Laggan  was  worse 
than  anything  we  had  hitherto  experienced. 
Woolley,  taking  his  big  camera,  had  gone  off 
while  the  bear-hunt  was  in  progress.  Hoping 
to  strike  the  trail  further  on,  he  plunged  into 
the  woods  in  search  of  photographs,  but  had  a 
very  bad  time  of  it  before  he  got  out.  Collie 

and  Stutfield  also  went  ahead  of  the  caravan 

144 


THE   SELKIRKS 

and  lost  the  trail.  The  tangle  of  fallen  tim- 
ber was  something  extraordinary.  There  were 
places  where  we  walked  for  hundreds  of  yards 
on  logs  several  feet  from  the  ground,  and  we 
wondered  when  we  should  ever  extricate  our- 
selves. Nevertheless,  our  woes  were  nothing  to 
those  of  poor  Woolley,  who  had  left  the  trail 
much  further  from  home,  and,  cumbered  with  his 
heavy  photographic  apparatus,  stumbled  about 
among  the  logs  until  he  was  almost  fagged  out. 
However,  the  distant  scream  of  a  Canadian 
Pacific  Railway  locomotive  at  last  told  us  that 
we  were  approaching  the  haunts  of  men;  and 
at  five  o'clock  we  found  ourselves  once  more  at 
Laggan  railway  station.  The  remainder  of  the 
outfit  arrived  an  hour  later,  the  men  looking 
like  ^chimney-sweeps  after  their  battle  with  the 
burnt  timber,  and  it  was  a  marvel  how  they 
had  managed  to  get  through  so  quickly. 

At  Laggan  we  bade  a  last  farewell  to  our 
tents  and  horses,  and  returned  to  hotel  life  once 
more  at  Banff.  Two  days  later  we  separated, 
Collie  being  obliged  to  return  immediately  to 
England,  while  Woolley  started  off  on  a  short 
tour  to  Vancouver  and  the  Pacific.  Stutfield, 
loth  to  quit  the  mountains,  and  wishing  to 

see  something  of  the  Selkirks,  went  to  Glacier 

145  K 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

House  and  stayed  there  a  week.  The  charms 
of  this  delightful  little  Canadian  Pacific 
Railway  hostel  and  its  neighbourhood  have 
been  written  of  at  length  by  Mr.  Wilcox 
and  others,  so  a  detailed  description  is  un- 
necessary. The  hotel  stands  at  the  narrow 
entrance  of  a  curious  deep  bay  in  the  hills ; 
and  few  more  striking  effects  can  be  seen 
anywhere  than  when,  as  the  train  emerges 
from  the  long  dark  snow-sheds — or,  if  the 
traveller  is  east-bound,  after  creeping  round 
those  wonderful  loops  in  the  line,  and  over 
the  spider-legged  trestle  -  bridges  —  the  Great 
Glacier  bursts  into  view,  gleaming  white  amid 
the  pines,  with  the  splendid  crags  of  Mount 
Sir  Donald  frowning  down  upon  you. 

When  Stutfield  arrived,  however,  he  found 
other  and  more  pressing  matters  than  the 
scenery  to  occupy  his  attention.  The  tracks 
of  an  enormous  grizzly  and  her  two  cubs  had 
just  been  discovered  on  the  trail  leading  to 
the  Asulkan  Glacier,  less  than  an  hour's  walk 
from  the  hotel.  They  had  been  made  that 
morning  or  during  the  night,  and  were  of 
quite  remarkable  size.  One  reads  in  the  older 
travel-books  of  grizzlies'  foot-prints  almost  as 

long    as    a    man's    fore-arm ;     and    the    com- 

146 


A  HUNT  AFTER  A   GRIZZLY 

parison  is  hardly  an  exaggerated  one.  We 
carefully  measured  the  marks  with  a  piece  of 
string,  which  unfortunately  got  lost ;  but  they 
were  certainly  well  over  a  foot  in  length,  and 
broad  in  proportion.1  Much  more  extraordi- 
nary than  their  mere  size,  however,  was  the 
juxtaposition,  in  a  patch  of  soft  mud,  of  two 
tracks  that  offered  a  most  curious  contrast. 
Side  by  side,  only  a  few  inches  apart,  were 
the  huge  grizzly's  spoor  and  the  tiny  imprint 
of  a  lady's  smart  Parisian  shoe !  The  wearer 
of  the  shoe,  a  lady  who  is  a  frequent  visitor  at 
the  Glacier  House,  had  passed  along  the  trail 
the  preceding  afternoon  on  a  walk  through  the 
valley,  and  ursus  horribilis  must  have  followed 
a  few  hours  later. 

We  followed  the  tracks  some  way  down 
the  banks  of  the  stream,  until  we  lost  them 
in  the  forest.  Three  days  were  spent  in  a 
hunt  after  the  grizzly,  fish  and  meat  being 
hung  on  the  trees  for  bait,  but  not  a  sign 
of  it  could  be  discovered.  A  couple  of  days 
later  a  very  large  bear,  measuring  nine  feet 
from  snout  to  tail,  was  shot  with  her  two 
cubs  near  Rogers'  Pass,  three  miles  up  the  rail- 

1  Authentic  measurements  of  a  grizzly's  paw  given  in  "Big 
Game  Shooting"  (Badminton  Library  Series)  are — length  of  hind- 
footj  18  inches ;  breadth  of  fore-foot,  12  inches. 

147 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

way;  and,  as  the  tracks  we  had  seen  headed 
in  that  direction,  this  was  no  doubt  the  same 
beast.  Bears,  black,  brown,  and  grizzly,  are 
by  no  means  uncommon  in  the  Selkirks ;  but 
hunting  for  them  in  those  vast,  dense,  and 
trackless  forests  is  like  looking  for  the  pro- 
verbial needle  in  a  haystack.  The  Canadian 
Pacific  Railway  section  men  often  see  them 
crossing  the  railway ;  and  in  winter  they  are 
occasionally  shot  from  the  windows  of  the 
hotel.  They  told  us  at  Glacier  of  a  funny 
adventure  which  befell  two  girls  belonging  to 
a  party  of  "  Christian  Adventurers "  who  were 
making  a  tour  through  the  country.  Being 
greatly  daring  spirits,  they  had  borrowed  ice- 
axes  from  the  hotel  and  gone  for  a  walk 
alone  up  the  Illecillewaet  ice-fall.  Descend- 
ing towards  evening,  they  were  about  to  leave 
the  glacier  by  the  only  feasible  way  off  the 
ice,  when,  to  their  horror,  they  saw  an  old 
she-grizzly  and  her  cub  on  the  moraine  just 
in  front  of  them.  Not  daring  to  advance, 
they  remained  on  the  glacier  till  near  mid- 
night, when  they  were  rescued  by  a  search- 
party  from  the  hotel.  The  ferocity  of  grizzly 
bears  in  these  later  days  is  nothing  like  what 

is   represented   in  the   older    books    on   Rocky 

148 


THE   SELKIRKS 

Mountain  sport.  Experience,  probably,  has 
taught  them  that  their  teeth  and  claws  are 
no  match  for  modern  repeating  rifles.  Unless 
surprised  at  close  quarters  with  their  cubs,  or 
when  feeding  on  a  carcase,  they  will  very 
seldom  attack  a  man:  and  in  the  Yellowstone 
Park,  where  Stutfield  saw  them  in  considerable 
numbers,  they  appear  to  be  more  shy  even 
than  the  deer,  and  vanish  the  moment  they 
catch  sight  of  their  human  foes. 

The  splendours  of  the  forest  and  valley 
scenery  in  the  Selkirks  must  be  seen  to  be 
realised.  A  humid  climate  and  a  heavy  rain- 
fall have  clothed  their  sides  with  far  nobler 
trees  and  a  much  more  luxuriant  vegetation 
than  exists  on  the  eastern  slopes  of  the 
Rockies.  They  are  seen  at  their  best  late  in 
the  season,  when  the  Indian  summer  is  at 
hand  and  the  breath  of  autumn  on  the 
woods,  and  the  somewhat  garish  gold  of  the 
maples,  mingling  with  the  deep  russet  of  the 
rowans  and  the  brilliant  green  of  the  thick 
mosses  and  ferns,  forms  a  striking  contrast  to 
the  sombre-hued  masses  of  pines  and  cedars. 
A  curious  feature  of  the  landscape  in  the 
Selkirks  is  that  the  higher  you  climb  the 

less   beautiful   or   imposing  it   becomes.     True, 

149 


CLIMBS   AND   EXPLORATION 

the  glaciers  are  of  immense  extent ;  but  the 
peaks,  with  the  exception  of  Mount  Sir 
Donald  and  a  few  others,  are  not  parti- 
cularly striking,  and  the  ordinary  tourist  has 
the  best  view  of  them  from  Glacier  House, 
or  from  the  windows  of  his  railway  carriage 
as  the  train,  clinging  to  the  precipitous  sides 
of  the  deep  gorges,  creeps  slowly  round  the 
vast  rock  buttresses  and  promontories  of  the 
mountain  ranges.  The  real  charm  of  the 
country  lies  in  its  supremely  lovely  woods 
and  valleys;  and  of  these  last  the  most 
beautiful,  perhaps,  is  that  of  the  Asulkan. 
Beyond  the  mountain  -  crests  which  rim  the 
view  from  the  bottom  of  this  valley  are 
vast  glaciers  whose  meltings  descend  in  in- 
numerable cascades  flashing,  jewel -like,  amid 
the  brilliant  foliage.  Owing  to  their  brilliance 
of  colouring  the  Selkirk  forests,  in  spite  of 
their  vastness,  are  more  cheerful  than  those 
of  the  Rockies ;  and  bird  and  animal  life  is 
more  abundant. 

The  bear-hunting  having  proved  a  failure, 
Stutfield,  before  leaving,  had  a  solitary  ramble 
by  an  unorthodox  route  up  Eagle  Peak,  the 
mountain  immediately  facing  the  Glacier  House. 

The  summit  (9400  feet)  affords  a  magnificent 

150 


THE   SELKIRKS 

view  of  Sir  Donald,  with  a  curious  rock-tower 
in  the  foreground  overhanging  a  precipice  of 
immense  depth.  Rashly  essaying  a  short  cut 
down,  he  was  forced  to  reascend  a  thousand  feet, 
with  the  result  that  night  overtook  him  at  the 
edge  of  the  forest.  For  six  mortal  hours,  in 
pitchy  darkness,  he  crawled  down  nearly  3000 
feet  of  steep,  timber- choked  mountain  side, 
reaching  the  hotel  well  after  midnight.  This 
was  the  last  climb  of  the  season,  and  a  few 
days  later  he  journeyed  by  easy  stages  to 
England. 

After  our  return  home  we  set  to  work  to 
clear  up  the  question  of  Mounts  Brown  and 
Hooker,  and  the  origin  of  their  apparently 
undeserved  notoriety.  Again,  and  with  greater 
care,  Collie  looked  up  every  reference  he  could 
find  that  dealt  with  the  Rocky  Mountains  of 
Canada  and  British  Columbia.  At  last  he 
discovered  a  reference  in  Bancroft's  "History 
of  British  Columbia"  to  the  journal  of  David 
Douglas  the  naturalist,  which  had  been  pub- 
lished, together  with  a  variety  of  other  matter, 
in  the  Companion  to  the  Botanical  Magazine, 
vol.  ii.  pp.  134-7,  by  Dr.  W.  T.  Hooker. 

The  narrative  deals  with  Douglas's  journey 
to  the  Rockies  and  over  the  Athabasca  Pass. 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

He  started  from  Vancouver  on  March  20th, 
1827,  and,  travelling  via  the  Kettle  falls  and 
the  Columbia  River,  reached  Boat  Encampment 
(now  called  Big  Bend)  on  April  27th,  and  the 
summit  of  the  Athabasca  pass  on  May  1st  at 
ten  o'clock  in  the  morning.  To  quote  his 
journal :  "  Being  well  rested  by  one  o'clock,  I 
set  out  with  the  view  of  ascending  what  seemed 
to  be  the  highest  peak  on  the  north.  Its  height 
does  not  appear  to  be  less  than  16,000  or  17,000 
feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  After  passing 
over  the  lower  ridge  I  came  to  about  1200 
feet  of  by  far  the  most  difficult  and  fatigu- 
ing walking  I  have  ever  experienced,  and  the 
utmost  care  was  required  to  tread  safely  over 
the  crust  of  snow.  A  few  mosses  and  lichens 
are  observable,  but  at  an  elevation  of  4800  feet 
(?  14,800  feet)  vegetation  no  longer  exists.  The 
view  from  the  summit  is  of  too  awful  a  cast 
to  afford  pleasure.  Nothing  can  be  seen,  in 
every  direction  far  as  the  eye  can  reach,  except 
mountains  towering  above  each  other,  rugged 
beyond  description.  .  .  .  The  majestic  but 
terrible  avalanches  hurling  themselves  from  the 
more  exposed  southerly  rocks  produced  a  crash, 
and  groaned  through  the  distant  valleys  with 

a  sound  only  equalled  by  that  of  an  earthquake. 

152 


MOUNT   BROWN 

Such  scenes  give  a  sense  of  the  stupendous  and 
wonderful  works  of  the  Creator.  This  peak, 
the  highest  yet  known  in  the  northern  con- 
tinent of  America,  I  feel  a  sincere  pleasure 
in  naming  'Mount  Brown/  in  honour  of  R. 
Brown,  Esq.,  the  illustrious  botanist.  .  .  .  A 
little  to  the  southward  is  one  nearly  the  same 
height,  rising  into  a  sharper  point ;  this  I  named 
Mount  Hooker,  in  honour  of  my  early  patron, 
the  Professor  of  Botany  in  the  university  of 
Glasgow.  This  mountain,  however,  I  was  not 
able  to  climb.  <  The  Committee's  Punch-Bowl ' 
is  a  small  circular  lake  twenty  yards  in  diameter, 
with  a  small  outlet  on  the  west  end,  namely, 
one  of  the  branches  of  the  Athabasca." 

This,  then,  is  the  authentic  account  of  the 
discovery  of  Mount  Brown  and  Mount  Hooker  ; 
and  to  Professor  Coleman  belongs  the  credit  of 
having  settled  with  accuracy  their  real  height. 
If  Douglas  climbed  a  17,000  feet  peak  alone  on 
a  May  afternoon,  when  the  snow  must  have 
been  pretty  deep  on  the  ground,  all  one  can 
say  is  that  he  must  have  been  an  uncommonly 
active  person.  What,  of  course,  he  really  did 
was  to  ascend  the  Mount  Brown  of  Professor 
Coleman,  which  is  about  9000  feet  high.  These 
two  fabulous  Titans,  therefore,  which  for  nearly 

'53 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

seventy  years  have  been  masquerading  as  the 
monarchs  of  the  Canadian  Rockies,  must  now  be 
finally  deposed ;  and  Mounts  Forbes,  Columbia, 
and  Alberta,  with  Peak  Robson,  west  of  the 
Yellowhead  Pass,  must  reign  in  their  stead. 
Moreover,  the  peaks  and  glaciers  around  the 
great  Columbia  ice-field,  the  scene  of  our  wan- 
derings in  the  summer  of  1898,  are  entirely  new 
ground ;  and,  placed  as  they  are,  at  the  sources 
of  three  of  the  largest  rivers  in  the  Dominion, 
they  probably  constitute  the  culminating  point 
of  the  Canadian  Rocky  Mountain  system. 


154 


CHAPTER  IX 

THE  BUSH  RIVER 

FROM  what  we  had  seen  in  the  course  of  our 
climbs  and  investigations  among  the  mountains 
of  the  Columbia  group,  it  was  evident  that  the 
finest  and  highest  peaks  lay  well  on  the  wes- 
tern side  of  the  range ;  and  that  their  distance 
from  any  base  camp  in  the  Saskatchewan  or 
the  Athabasca  valleys  would  render  an  ascent 
of  any  of  them  an  exceedingly  long  and  arduous 
undertaking.  Mount  Columbia  might  possibly 
be  climbed,  if  an  easy  way  could  be  found  through 
the  ice-fall  of  the  Athabasca  Glacier,  from  the 
site  of  our  permanent  camp  near  Wilcox  Pass  ; 
but  Mounts  Bryce  and  Alberta  seemed  quite 
out  of  the  question.  The  idea,  therefore,  occurred 
to  Stutfield  of  making  another  expedition  next 
year  with  the  view  of  climbing  these  peaks  from 
their  western  side ;  or,  if  that  should  prove  im- 
practicable, of  at  any  rate  seeing  something  of 
the  deep  mysterious  canyons  and  unexplored 
mountain  country  lying  between  the  main  chain 
of  the  Rockies  and  the  Columbia  River.  We 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

had  obtained  a  fair  knowledge  on  our  1898  trip 
of  the  eastern  side  and  the  centre  of  the  range, 
but  to  the  west  lay  an  entirely  unknown  region. 

What,  for  instance,  was  there  on  the  other  side 
of  the  Freshfield,  the  Lyell,  and  the  Columbia 
groups  ?  Were  there  great  glaciers  and  further 
outlying  mountains  ?  Did  the  valleys  run 
straight  to  the  Columbia,  or,  like  those  on  the 
eastern  side,  lie  parallel  with  the  range  ?  Were 
the  bottoms  of  these  valleys  underneath  the  high 
mountains  three,  four,  five,  or  even  six  thousand 
feet  above  sea-level,  like  those  on  the  opposite 
side  ?  and  were  there  any  passes  over  which 
an  easy  trail  might  be  made?  Some  vague 
knowledge  of  these  western  mountain  fastnesses 
had  been  acquired  by  Collie  and  Woolley  from 
the  summit  of  Athabasca  Peak.  West  of 
Mount  Forbes  they  had  seen  a  high  mountain 
with  glaciers  on  its  flanks,  and  tipped  with  ice 
and  snow.  South  of  Mount  Bryce  there  seemed 
to  be  also  a  gap  in  the  range,  darkened  by  dense 
woods,  that  apparently  led  from  the  west  branch 
of  the  North  Fork  of  the  Saskatchewan,  over 
the  divide,  to  the  lonely  valleys  of  the  west. 
Another  high  peak  reared  its  head  far  into 
the  sky  westward  of  Mount  Columbia;  and 

the    immense     expanse    of    the    ice-field    be- 

156 


THE   BUSH   RIVER 

tween  Mounts  Columbia  and  Bryce  was  seen 
gradually  bending  down  westwards  to  a  deep 
green  valley  filled  with  pine-woods  and  trend- 
ing in  a  southerly  direction,  whilst  far  away 
over  several  ranges  of  lesser  peaks  we  thought 
we  could  see  the  valley  of  the  Columbia  running 
north-westwards  parallel  with  the  mountains. 

On  his  way  back  from  Glacier  House,  there- 
fore, Stutfield  stayed  at  Donald  and  made  in- 
quiries as  to  the  possibility  of  getting  into  the 
mountains  from  the  valley  of  the  Columbia. 
The  information  he  gathered  amounted  to  very 
little,  only  serving  to  illustrate  the  extraordinary 
ignorance  that  prevails  concerning  this  region. 
For  instance,  people  at  Banff,  who  ought  to 
have  known  better,  stoutly  maintained  that 
there  was  no  trail  at  all  down  the  Columbia 
valley,  whereas  a  good  trail  has  always  existed 
since  the  days  when  Boat  Encampment,  situ- 
ated at  the  Big  Bend  of  the  Columbia,  was  a 
mining  centre.  While  Stutfield  was  at  Donald, 
a  prospector  arrived,  via  the  Athabasca  Pass, 
with  a  pack-team  of  eighteen  horses,  from  Tete 
Jaune  Cache,  a  spot  on  the  west  of  the  Yellow- 
head  Pass  much  frequented  by  trappers  and 
prospectors  in  the  olden  days.  He  said  there 
was  a  good  trail  down  the  Columbia  all  the  way 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

to  Big  Bend,  and  a  fair  one  for  a  short  distance 
up  the  left  (south)  bank  of  the  Wood  River. 
Of  the  country  lying  up  towards  the  mountains 
he  knew  no  more  than  any  one  else.  All  that 
could  be  learned  was  that  the  difficulties  of  travel 
would  be  far  greater  than  on  the  eastern  side — 
the  rivers  and  muskegs  more  formidable,  and  the 
timber  much  denser — but  this  we  knew  before. 

The  existing  maps  gave  us  little  information, 
and  that  little  afterwards  proved  to  be  mostly 
wrong.  It  had  been  Stutfield's  idea  to  ascend 
the  valley  of  the  Wood  River,  up  which  he 
knew  a  trail  existed  for  some  distance,  and  at- 
tack the  mountains  from  the  north-west ;  but 
Collie  was  of  opinion  that  the  Bush  River, 
supposing  we  could  make  a  trail  up  it,  would 
offer  an  easier  route.  It  would  certainly  be 
much  shorter  in  point  of  distance.  Concerning 
this  valley  only  the  vaguest  and  most  meagre 
details  could  be  obtained.  Tom  Wilson  of 
Banff  made  some  inquiries  for  us  at  Donald, 
where  he  met  a  trapper  who  had  been  some 
way  up  the  Bush  River  eight  years  before,  and 
who  seemed  to  be  the  only  man  with  any  know- 
ledge of  the  valley.  This  trapper  was  of  opinion 
that  the  muskegs,  the  river,  and  the  thick  timber 
would  make  it  very  difficult,  if  not  impossible, 


u 


THE   BUSH   RIVER 

for  horses.  Nor  was  this  at  all  unlikely  to  be 
the  case,  for  Dr.  Hector  had  found  great 
difficulty  in  forcing  his  horses  down  another 
of  these  western  valleys,  that  of  the  Blae- 
berry Creek :  and  the  trails  were  a  good  deal 
easier  in  his  day.  Wilson,  also,  had  been 
obliged  to  abandon  all  his  horses  in  the  Blae- 
berry, only  recovering  them  a  week  later  by 
the  aid  of  several  men,  who  returned  with 
him  and  eventually  cut  them  out  of  the  thick 
timber.  In  1897,  too,  Baker  and  Collie  had 
entirely  failed  to  make  their  way  down  the 
same  valley,  and  finally  only  escaped  by 
traversing  a  new  and  high  pass  to  Field  on 
the  south. 

To  make  a  long  story  short,  we  finally 
made  up  our  minds  to  tempt  fate  on  the 
western  side  of  the  range,  and  the  Bush 
River  route  was  the  one  decided  on;  but  it 
was  not  till  the  summer  of  1900  that  the 
expedition  was  undertaken.  The  30th  July  of 
that  year  saw  us  once  more  on  the  Canadian 
Pacific  Railway,  en  route  from  Banff  to 
Donald.  Mr.  Woolley  did  not  accompany 
us  on  this  trip,  being  unable  to  spare  the 
time:  in  his  place  came  Mr.  Sydney  Spencer 
of  Bath,  an  old  climbing  comrade  of  Stut- 

159 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

field's  in  the  Alps.  As  we  sat  on  the  hard 
uncomfortable  seats  of  the  expectoration  car — 
we  beg  pardon,  we  mean  "  observation  car  " ;  but 
the  former  title  is  at  least  as  appropriate — 
we  had  glimpses  of  the  scenes  of  some  of  our 
former  labours ;  and,  as  the  train  crept  down 
the  tremendously  steep  descent  to  Field,  we 
noted  the  change  in  the  character  of  the 
trees  and  vegetation  with  a  lively  sense  of 
trouble  to  come.  At  Golden  the  railway 
emerges  from  the  valley  of  the  Kicking 
Horse  into  that  of  the  Columbia,  which,  flow- 
ing down  a  broad  open  strath,  is  navigable 
almost  to  its  source,  a  hundred  miles  away. 
Lower  down  it  enters  a  narrow  rocky  gorge 
in  the  mountains ;  and  the  impression  left  on 
the  traveller's  mind,  as  he  looks  away  from 
the  mountains  towards  the  comparatively  open 
country  to  the  south,  is  that  the  river  is 
flowing  the  wrong  way.  Golden  is  a  place 
of  some  size,  and  in  former  days  was  the 
principal  starting-point  for  the  mining  regions 
of  the  Kootenay. 

At  Donald  we  found  everything  ready  for 
us,  the  horses  and  baggage  having  been  con- 
veyed thither  by  rail  at  immense  expense. 

We    were    not    long    in    noticing    that    there 

160 


THE   BUSH   RIVER 

were  several  changes  in  the  personnel  of  the 
outfit.  Bill  Peyto  was  away  serving  his 
country  in  South  Africa;  and  his  place  was 
taken  by  Fred  Stephens,  one  of  the  best 
fellows  it  has  ever  been  our  good  fortune  to 
meet.  The  others  were  Charlie  Bassett,  axe- 
man ;  C.  Black,  cook,  who  was  with  Collie 
and  Baker  in  1897 ;  and  one  Alistair  Mac- 
Alpine,  an  amusing  broth  of  a  boy,  who 
persisted  in  asserting  he  was  a  Scotchman  in 
the  richest  brogue  that  ever  cut  the  murky 
atmosphere  of  Belfast.  There  were  also  many 
new  faces  among  the  horses,  but  we  re- 
cognised several  old  friends  as  well.  The 
steady  and  prudent  Pinto,  eulogised  of  Wilcox 
and  other  travellers,  the  vivacious  Girlie,  old 
Molly  with  her  bell,  but  without  a  foal  on 
this  occasion,  and  the  gaunt  and  gallant  Joe, 
were  all  there ;  but  we  looked  in  vain  for  the 
fiery  Buckskin,  or  the  patient  slow  -  moving 
Denny ;  while  Collie's  old  grey,  jam  rude 
donatus,  had  been  relegated,  they  told  us,  to 
light  carriage-work  between  Laggan  and  the 
Lake  Louise  chalet.  Joe,  it  should  here  be 
mentioned,  has  made  two  separate  voyages 
to  the  South  African  war  and  back,  and  is 

still  alive  and  flourishing.      On  the  whole,  the 

161  L 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

horses  looked  a  better  and  more  level  lot 
than  those  of  the  1898  outfit,  and  we  were 
glad  to  see  that  there  were  more  of  them. 

The  scenery  at  Donald,  if  not  particularly 
striking,  is  very  charming,  and,  like  the  name 
of  the  place,  has  a  distinctly  Highland  flavour. 
The  surrounding  hills  are  not  of  great  height, 
but  they  have  a  decided  individuality  and 
boldness  of  form,  while  the  predominance  of 
the  silver  birches  on  their  sides  and  along  the 
banks  of  the  smooth-flowing  Columbia  helps 
to  recall  memories  of  Scotland.  The  place 
had  undergone  a  sad  change  for  the  worse 
since  Stutfield's  last  visit,  the  Canadian  Pacific 
Railway  people  having  removed  their  engine- 
shops  and  works  to  Field,  which  is  now  the 
repairing  section  for  this  part  of  the  line :  the 
inhabitants  had  nearly  all  left,  and  remnants 
of  furniture,  old  tools,  and  other  implements 
were  lying  scattered  round  the  now  empty 
log-cabins. 

Soon  after  noon  everything  was  ready,  and 
the  outfit  got  under  weigh.  Our  start  was 
a  very  bad  one.  Bassett  was  essaying  to 
mount  a  piebald  cayoose,  when  the  brute 
reared  and  fell  back  on  him,  inflicting  such 

serious  injuries  that   he  had   to   be   sent   back 

162 


THE   COLUMBIA   TRAIL 

to  Banff,  where  he  remained  three  weeks  in 
hospital.  So  we  lost  our  best  axeman,  whose 
services  would  afterwards  have  been  invaluable 
in  the  dense  forests  through  which  we  had  to 
cut  our  way.  Collie  and  Fred  Stephens  re- 
mained behind  to  put  poor  Bassett  on  the 
east  -  bound  train,  giving  instructions  to  one 
of  the  conductors  to  look  after  him.  The 
rest  of  the  outfit  made  a  short  day's  march 
along  the  Columbia  trail,  after  telegraphing 
to  Banff  for  a  substitute,  who  arrived  late 
that  evening  in  camp  in  the  person  of  one 
Harry  Lang.  The  trail  does  not  follow  the 
banks  of  the  Columbia,  but  ascends  the  valley 
of  the  Blackwater  Creek  four  or  five  miles  to 
the  east.  The  reason  of  this  is  that  just 
below  Donald  the  Columbia  makes  an  abrupt 
turn  to  the  westward  through  a  canyon  made, 
no  doubt,  long  ago  by  the  water  finding  a 
weak  spot  in  a  low  range  of  hills  which  runs 
nearly  parallel  with  the  Columbia  valley,  divid- 
ing the  latter  from  the  glen  of  the  Blackwater. 
The  trail  led  us  along  the  eastern  side  of 
this  range,  and,  as  it  ultimately  turned  out, 
we  never  saw  the  Columbia  again  till  our 
return  to  Donald.  Two  creeks,  the  Waitabit 

and  the  Blue  water,  were  passed   on  the  way  ; 

163 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

but  the  fact  that  the  volume  of  water  in  them 
was  small  and  did  not  contain  glacial  debris 
obviously  meant  that  no  great  area  of  moun- 
tain country  was  drained  by  them ;  also  that 
they  either  came  from  lakes,  or  had  their  rise 
in  the  small  foothills  where  no  glaciers  existed. 
We  camped  that  afternoon  in  a  stately 
grove  of  trees  about  ten  miles  from  Donald. 
It  was  our  first  introduction  to  the  magnificent 
forest  scenery  of  this  western  region  of  the 
Rockies,  and  in  the  evening  we  wandered  forth 
and  gazed  in  admiration  at  the  great  cedars, 
pines,  poplars,  spruces,  cotton-wood  trees,  and 
Douglas  firs — some  of  them  nearly  two  hundred 
feet  high,  their  branches  hung  with  long  beards 
of  grey,  black,  and  yellow  lichens — ranging  and 
for  ever  re-arranging  themselves,  as  the  evening 
shadows  fell,  in  long  shadowy  aisles  and  sylvan 
corridors.  It  was  a  true  temple  of  Nature  that 
we  were  in ;  such  an  one,  no  doubt,  as  in  olden 
time  is  said  to  have  inspired  the  builders  of  our 
stately  Gothic  fanes  with  the  ideas  that  led  to 
the  new  departure  in  architecture.  Beside  these 
princes  of  the  wood  the  tallest  pines  in  the 
Bow  or  Saskatchewan  valleys  were  but  as  puny 
saplings ;  and  the  luxuriant  undergrowth,  ming- 
ling its  brilliant  hues  with  those  of  the  silver 

164 


MAGNIFICENT  FOREST 

birches,  hemlocks,  and  other  smaller  trees,  lent 
a  richness  and  variety  to  the  foliage  such  as  we 
had  never  before  seen.  Side  by  side  with  the 
spectacle  of  vigorous  growth,  afforded  by  the 
young  trees  and  shrubs  sprouting  from  the 
damp  earth,  was  that  of  decay  —  a  mournful 
array  of  fallen  monarchs,  sublime  even  in  their 
ruin — trunks  of  immense  girth  that  lay  slowly 
rotting  away,  moss-grown  masses  of  decompos- 
ing vegetation,  whose  life  and  sap  had  long 
since  gone  forth  to  nourish  their  youthful  suc- 
cessors. 

It  is  hard  to  convey  in  words  the  impressions 
left  on  one's  mind  by  a  journey  through  the 
underworld  of  these  great  forests,  where  the 
sunlight  hardly  penetrates  and  the  massy  leafage 
forms  a  canopy  overhead  that  screens  all  view 
of  the  outside  world.  For  days  together  we 
journeyed  without  so  much  as  catching  a 
glimpse  of  the  surrounding  mountains,  and  all 
we  could  see  of  the  sky  was  an  occasional  bit 
of  blue  peeping  through  the  narrow  openings 
here  and  there.  At  night-time,  when  there  is 
no  moon,  the  darkness  is  tremendous ;  even 
when  the  moon  is  full  its  wan  beams  seem 
powerless  to  dispel  the  gloom  cast  by  the 

heavy   network   of    interlacing    boughs.     Then 

165 


CLIMBS   AND   EXPLORATION 

it  is  that  the  air,  heavy  with  the  scent  of 
the  pines,  is  filled  with  strange  whisperings,  as 
though  the  genii  of  the  forest  were  holding 
secret  converse  together ;  and,  owing  to  the 
immense  height  of  the  trees,  the  murmur  of 
the  breeze  in  their  branches  seems  to  fill,  and 
as  it  were  to  proceed  from,  the  starry  vault  above 
them. 

The  next  morning  we  continued  on  our 
way,  up  hill  and  down  dale,  but  always  through 
the  same  interminable  forest.  On  the  third 
day  we  passed  two  or  three  small  lakes,  and 
camped  on  the  banks  of  the  last  and  largest  of 
them.  Fred  Stephens  pointed  out  to  us  the 
remains  of  some  old  beaver  dams;  and  in  a 
thicket  hard  by  we  came  across  a  flock  of  those 
rare  and  beautiful  birds,  the  cross-bills.  There 
must  have  been  over  fifty  of  them,  and  their 
bright  plumage  lent  an  unwonted  charm  to 
these  forests,  where  animal  and  bird  life  is  all 
too  scanty.  Our  readers  may  remember  the 
touching  legend  which  tells  how  the  cross-bill 
got  his  beak  twisted  in  a  vain  endeavour  to 
extract  the  nails  from  the  Saviour's  hands  and 
feet  as  He  hung  upon  the  cross.  Swimming  in 
the  middle  of  the  lake  was  a  very  different 

sort  of  a  bird,  a  kind  of  large  duck  or  fresh- 

166 


A  BRITISH  COLUMBIA  FOKEST- SCENE 


EVENING  IN  THE  BUSH  VALLEY 


THE   COLUMBIA  TRAIL 

water  cormorant,  aptly  called  a  "loon,"  from 
its  loud  crazy  mocking  laugh,  which  sounds 
most  weird  in  the  evening  stillness. 

When  the  horses  were  unpacked  it  was  found 
that  a  small  bag  of  Collie's,  containing  some  of 
his  scientific  instruments,  a  silver  flask,  and— 
most  important  of  all — two  pounds  of  tobacco, 
was  missing ;  and  half  next  day  was  spent  in  a 
fruitless  search  for  it  along  the  trail.  It  was 
found  later  in  the  year  by  a  prospector  on  his 
way  down  the  valley,  but  very  few  of  its 
contents  were  recovered.  We  camped  that 
evening  in  a  peculiarly  wet  muskeg,  which  was 
the  only  spot  we  could  find  where  there  was 
food  for  the  horses  or  on  which  the  tents  could 
be  pitched.  The  forest  by  this  time  had  become 
less  dense,  and  we  saw  something  of  a  fine 
range  of  mountains  on  our  right,  which  Collie 
has  since  named  after  Spencer.  On  the  other 
side  of  the  valley  of  the  Columbia  rose  the 
snow-flecked  summits  of  the  Selkirks,  with  belts 
and  patches  of  bright  emerald  green  running 
far  up  their  sides.  These  green  strips,  which 
look  like  grass  at  a  distance,  are  in  reality 
thickets  of  young  trees  and  brushwood  growing 
where  avalanches  or  forest  fires  have  destroyed 
the  larger  timber. 


CLIMBS  AND   EXPLORATION 

Friday,  the  3rd  August,  brought  us  to  the 
banks  of  the  Bush  River,  where  we  camped  on 
the  edge  of  a  wide  marsh  and  under  still  more 
disagreeable  circumstances  than  on  the  previous 
evening.  The  Bush,  a  deep,  swift-flowing,  and 
muddy  stream,  over  a  hundred  yards  wide,  ran 
between  steep  banks  that  had  obviously  earlier 
in  the  year  been  overflowed.  The  volume  of 
water  was  decidedly  large,  as  even  at  the  side 
it  was  eight  feet  deep.  The  banks  were  clothed 
with  the  impenetrable  undergrowth  that  has 
given  the  river  its  name ;  and  the  floods  that 
earlier  in  the  year  were  produced  by  the  melt- 
ing snows  had  deposited,  for  some  considerable 
distance  away  from  the  stream,  a  white  sticky 
mud  amongst  the  roots  of  the  trees  :  swamps, 
too,  were  of  frequent  occurrence,  and  the 
thickets  of  willows,  alders,  and  other  small 
trees,  together  with  much  fallen  timber  of  a 
larger  size,  made  all  hope  of  getting  the  horses 
through  such  a  jungle  seem  out  of  the  question. 

We  found  three  rickety  boats  moored  at 
this  spot,  two  on  one  side  and  one  on  the  other, 
with  what  seemed  to  us  a  very  insecure  fasten- 
ing— merely  an  old  rope  tied  to  a  small  stake 
which  was  driven  into  the  soft  mud  on  the  top 

of  the  bank.     These  boats  were  placed  here  by 

168 


THE  BUSH   RIVER 

the  Canadian  Pacific  authorities  for  the  use  of 
travellers  journeying  to  the  Big  Bend,  having 
been  brought  down  the  Columbia  from  Beaver 
Creek.  Stephens  crossed  over  in  one  of  them 
to  the  opposite  side,  to  see  whether  any  trail 
existed  up  the  Bush  River  on  the  northern 
bank ;  but,  as  he  found  nothing  but  dense 
thickets  and  swamps,  he  soon  returned. 

The  weather  was  now  very  hot  and  sultry, 
and  that  evening  swarms  of  the  most  voracious 
mosquitoes  we  ever  encountered  drove  us  nearly 
crazy.  The  men  said  they  had  occasionally 
seen  them  more  numerous  on  the  prairie,  but 
that  never  in  their  lives  had  they  known  them 
anything  like  so  vicious  or  venomous.  They 
lost  no  time  in  buzzing  or  fooling  around,  but 
went  straight  to  business  with  their  beaks  until 
our  hands  and  faces  were  one  mass  of  bites. 
Nets,  lotions,  and  "  smudges  "  were  of  no  avail ; 
all  we  could  do  was  to  sit  still  and  grin  and  bear 
it  as  well  as  we  could.  The  night  was  a  night 
of  unending  torment,  for  at  this  lower  elevation 
(about  2500  feet)  the  insects  do  not  go  to  sleep 
after  sundown,  as  in  the  higher  regions  of  the 
eastern  Rockies.  Spencer,  wise  in  his  genera- 
tion, had  brought  a  piece  of  netting  and  bade 

defiance  to  the  mosquitoes,  his  snores  blending 

169 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

harmoniously  with  their  ceaseless  buzzing ;  but 
for  his  two  tent-fellows  it  was  a  case  of: — 

Mali  culices  ranaeque  palustres 
Avertunt  somnos : 

as  Horace  said  on  his  journey  with  Maecenas  to 
Brundisium.  The  mosquitoes  of  Italy,  however, 
are  but  poor  things  compared  with  those  of 
British  Columbia,  and  the  sentiments  evoked  by 
the  latter  are  the  reverse  of  poetical. 

Next  morning  we  fled,  the  mosquito  scourge 
being  unanimously  voted  past  endurance,  while 
we  saw  no  chance  of  making  our  way  along 
the  river  bank.  The  horses  were  hurriedly 
packed  amid  much  kicking  and  bucking, 
scratching  of  bites,  and  strong  language 
directed  at  the  flies,  the  climate,  woods,  rivers, 
and  other  geographical  features  of  British 
Columbia.  Retracing  our  steps  for  about  six 
miles  along  the  trail,  we  pitched  the  tents  near 
the  site  of  our  camp  on  the  3rd  August,  but 
in  a  much  more  agreeable  situation.  From 
here  a  mountain  spur,  very  steep  and  heavily 
timbered,  divided  us  from  the  upper  reaches  of 
the  Bush  Valley.  Over  this  spur,  which  formed 
the  angle  between  the  Columbia  and  Bush 
rivers,  we  hoped  to  find  a  way ;  and  during  the 

whole  of  next   day   Fred   Stephens  and   Lang 

170 


THE   BUSH   RIVER 

were  engaged  in  cutting  a  trail  through  the 
woods  to  the  bottom  of  the  steep  ascent,  over 
1000  feet  in  height,  which  led  to  the  top. 
The  distance  was  not  much  more  than  a  mile, 
but  the  trail,  which  led  through  a  jungle 
rather  than  a  forest,  was  indeed  "a  daisy,"  as 
Fred  expressed  it ;  and  the  fallen  logs,  rotten 
timber,  bog-holes,  rock  boulders,  and  rank  under- 
growth gave  the  men  plenty  to  do.  It  would 
have  been  folly  to  attempt  to  take  heavily-laden 
ponies  up  this  hill-side;  so,  to  get  over  the 
difficulty,  the  whole  of  Monday  the  6th  was 
spent  in  completing  the  trail,  and  at  the  same 
time  transporting  half  our  baggage,  to  the  sum- 
mit of  the  mountain  spur. 

On  the  crest  of  the  ridge  was  a  rock  of 
considerable  height  which  enabled  us  to  see 
over  the  tops  of  the  trees  down  into  the  valley 
of  the  Bush.  Collie  named  this  rock  Mount 
Pisgah,  and  from  its  summit  we  had  an  excel- 
lent view  of  the  promised  land  which  we  were 
about  to  enter.  It  looked  anything  but  promis- 
ing. Beneath  us  the  Bush  valley  lay  spread 
out,  very  broad,  level,  and  strangely  flat,  but 
hemmed  in  by  lofty  pine-clad  mountains.  It 
is  true  there  were  no  rocky  canyons  with 

cliffs  on  either  side  impassable  for  horses;   nor 

171 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

did  the  river  foam  and  boil  in  any  single  narrow 
channel,  the  passage  whereof  would  mean  certain 
drowning  for  men  or  horses.  On  the  contrary, 
the  water  was  spread  out  over  the  wide  open 
floor  of  the  valley  in  a  network  of  intersecting 
streams,  which  curved  and  twisted  in  innumer- 
able windings  amid  beds  of  shingle,  mud-flats, 
fir-covered  islands,  and  reedy  swamps  —  now 
hugging  the  steep  forest-clad  slopes  on  one 
side,  now  on  another — and  we  could  see  that 
the  valley  rose  but  slightly  towards  its  head, 
and  that  the  same  features  prevailed  through- 
out its  length.  Away  in  the  distance  the 
valley  forked ;  and  in  the  angle  between  the 
two  branches,  filling  the  exact  centre  of  the 
picture,  a  noble  rock  and  ice  peak,  with  large 
glaciers  descending  far  down  its  sides,  stood 
forth  in  solitary  magnificence.  This  peak,  if 
the  course  of  the  Bush  River  was  correctly 
marked  on  the  existing  maps,  could  be  none 
other  than  Mount  Bryce ;  and  we  therefore 
naturally  assumed  it  to  be  that  mountain.  In 
this,  however,  as  the  sequel  will  show,  we  were 
sadly  mistaken. 

Next  day  we  loaded  all  the  horses  early  with 
the  remainder  of  the  baggage,  which  had  been 

left  below  in  the  camp.     As  there  was  no  water 

172 


THE   BUSH   RIVER 

anywhere  along  the  ridge  it  was  absolutely 
necessary  to  get  down  to  the  Bush  valley  on 
the  other  side  the  same  day.  This  we  even- 
tually did,  but  only  after  nearly  twelve  hours' 
fighting  with  the  forest.  Arriving  at  the  foot 
of  Mount  Pisgah  on  the  summit  of  the  moun- 
tain spur,  we  packed  the  horses  with  as  much 
of  the  baggage  as  we  thought  they  could  safely 
carry,  leaving  the  remainder  cached,  and  com- 
menced the  descent.  The  weather  was  gloomy 
and  threatening;  and  a  couple  of  blue  jays, 
which  are  now  becoming  quite  rare  in  the  West, 
croaked  dismally  on  a  neighbouring  pine,  pre- 
saging future  woe.  Following  the  ridge  for  a 
short  distance,  we  crept  down  into  a  narrow 
cleft  between  perpendicular  rocks,  out  of  which 
we  emerged  with  some  difficulty  into  the  forest 
on  the  further  side.  The  hill  was  terribly  steep, 
the  timber  also  being  very  bad  in  places,  and 
during  the  descent  one  of  the  horses,  carrying 
all  our  bacon,  stampeded  from  the  trail  and  was 
seen  no  more  that  day.  This  contretemps  natur- 
ally caused  us  much  anxiety.  It  was  late  in  the 
afternoon  when  we  reached  the  bottom  of  the 
hill  and  camped  in  a  swamp  near  the  banks  of 
the  Bush.  By  barometer  we  were  now  just 
about  the  same  height  as  Donald — 2500  feet. 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

During  the  night  the  barometer  fell  two-tenths 
of  an  inch,  and  next  day  we  were  treated  to  the 
kind  of  weather  that  prevailed  more  or  less  till 
the  end  of  our  trip — rain,  dull  grey  skies,  and 
lowering  clouds  over  all  the  mountains.  As  a 
matter  of  fact,  we  afterwards  discovered  that 
that  August  was  the  wettest  and  most  unsettled 
that  had  been  experienced  in  the  Canadian 
Rockies  for  many  years. 

On  the  following  morning,  Wednesday  the 
8th,  Fred  went  off  in  search  of  the  missing 
bacon  and  the  miserable  quadruped  entrusted 
therewith.  The  latter  was  found,  after  much 
searching,  imprisoned  in  a  natural  pen  of  fallen 
timber,  into  which  he  had  jumped,  carrying  his 
pack ;  and  it  required  many  blows  of  Fred's 
axe  to  extricate  him.  By  this  time  it  was  too 
late  to  go  and  fetch  the  provisions  left  on  the 
ridge :  and  on  the  9th  a  steady  downpour  kept 
us  prisoners  in  camp;  so  two  more  valuable 
days  were  wasted.  On  the  10th  Fred  and  Lang 
took  some  of  the  horses  up  to  Mount  Pisgah 
and  brought  down  the  baggage  and  provisions. 
Stutfield  meanwhile  explored  the  muskeg  in 
search  of  ducks  and  wild  geese,  which,  with  an 
occasional  wild  swan,  could  be  seen  flying  in 
flocks  up  and  down  the  valley.  Collie,  taking 


THE  BUSH  VALLEY 


FORDING  A  BRANCH  STREAM 


THE   BUSH   RIVER 

an  axe,  had  his  first  experience  of  a  kind  of 
work  that  was  often  afterwards  to  be  reserved 
for  him,  namely,  trail-cutting.  To  any  one  not 
accustomed  to  wielding  a  heavy  Canadian  axe 
in  a  thick  forest,  it  is  decidedly  hard  work. 
Not  only  is  one  unversed  in  the  art  of  tree- 
felling  and  log-chopping,  but  one  is  using  a 
set  of  muscles  rarely  employed  by  the  average 
man  who  follows  a  professional  life  in  a  large 
town.  For  the  dense  brushwood  of  the  British 
Columbian  forests  a  light  single-handed  axe 
would  be  invaluable.  It  would  be  especially 
useful  for  dealing  with  that  special  abomination 
of  these  woods,  the  "  devil's  club,"  a  long  prickly 
trailing  creeper,  with  broad  leaves,  heavy  stem, 
and  most  poisonous  spikes  which  cause  very 
painful  wounds.  It  grows  so  thickly  in  the 
damp  heavy  soil,  half  concealed  by  the  dense 
undergrowth,  that  it  is  almost  impossible  some- 
times to  avoid  its  unwelcome  embraces,  the  con- 
sequences of  which  are  extremely  unpleasant. 

Saturday  the  llth  August  saw  us  start  along 
the  steep  muddy  banks  of  the  now  swollen  Bush 
river.  Hemmed  in  by  the  stream  against  the 
hill-side  and  the  willow-thickets  and  muskegs, 
we  had  to  make  our  trail  as  we  went,  and  pro- 
gress was  very  slow.  Every  now  and  then  a 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

horse  would  fall  or  plunge  wilfully  into  the 
water,  to  be  extricated  only  at  the  expense  of 
much  labour  and  strong  language.  In  such 
places  as  these  the  cayooses  want  looking  after 
at  every  step.  Just  as  the  vanguard  seems  to 
be  getting  on  nicely  a  cry  of  "  Halt "  arises 
from  the  rear,  when  it  is  found  that  some  beast 
of  ill  omen  has  strayed  from  the  track  and 
deposited  his  burden  in  the  mud.  There  is  a 
rush  to  the  rescue,  and  the  others  take  ad- 
vantage of  the  confusion  to  make  a  bolt  of  it 
into  the  forest,  or  else  to  get  mired  up  to  their 
girths.  The  result  is  a  rare  trial  of  temper  and 
patience. 

"  Cant  !  Don't  I  Shan't  !   Wont  I 

Pass  it  along  the  line  : 
Somebody's  pack  has  slid  from  his  back  ; 

'Wish  it  were  only  mine  ! 
Somebody's  load  has  tipped  off  in  the  road — 

Cheer  for  a  halt  and  a  row  ! 
Urr  !  Yarrh  !  Grr  !  Arrh  ! 

Somebody's  catching  it  now." 

So  sings  Mr.  Rudyard  Kipling's  commissariat 
camel,  and  you  may  be  sure  that  a  team  of 
Indian  cayooses  would  gladly  join  in  the  chorus. 
In  the  afternoon  we  crossed  a  branch  stream 
on  to  a  large  island,  and  Fred,  despairing  of 
making  his  way  along  the  southern  bank, 


THE   BUSH   RIVER 

mounted  the  Pinto  and  essayed,  with  Lang,  to 
ford  the  main  river,  which  was  here  over  a 
hundred  yards  wide  and  running  pretty  fast. 
When  they  were  in  about  mid-stream  six  of 
the  baggage  animals  rushed  into  the  water 
before  they  could  be  prevented  and  followed 
them  across.  Then  the  fun  began.  All  went 
well  until  they  were  quite  close  to  the  opposite 
bank,  where  the  water  was  about  five  feet  deep 
and  the  current  very  strong.  The  Pinto,  trying 
to  climb  up  the  slippery  bank,  fell  back  with 
his  rider  into  the  river ;  and,  Fred's  foot  getting 
entangled  in  the  ladigo,  or  leather  thong  of 
the  saddle,  he  was  nearly  drowned.  However, 
he  just  managed  to  get  free  in  time,  and  swam 
ashore.  Lang,  with  the  other  horses,  got  safely 
across,  but  the  rest  of  us,  wishing  neither  to  be 
swept  down  stream  or  to  get  soaked,  waited 
on  events  where  we  were.  Meanwhile  Fred,  as 
soon  as  he  reached  dry  land,  shouted  to  us  not 
to  come  over ;  unpacked  and  tethered  the  horses 
that  had  crossed  the  river,  and  proceeded  to 
construct  a  raft  wherewith  to  ferry  back  Lang 
and  himself.  A  few  water-sodden  logs  were  his 
only  available  material ;  and,  after  tying  them 
loosely  together  with  the  cinch-ropes,  he  and 
Lang  embarked  on  their  perilous  voyage. 

177  M 


CLIMBS  AND   EXPLORATION 

In  the  stream  the  raft,  becoming  unmanage- 
able, was  sucked  into  a  deep  and  narrow  rapid. 
Here  Lang,  trying  to  pole  the  crazy  vessel  in 
water  which  must  have  been  at  least  ten  feet 
deep,  lost  his  balance  and  fell  overboard  into  the 
icy  river,  his  heavy  boots  dragging  him  down ; 
and,  but  for  the  presence  of  mind  of  Fred 
Stephens,  who  crawled  along  the  raft  with  a  pole 
just  long  enough  to  reach  his  comrade  in  dis- 
tress, there  is  little  doubt  that  in  a  few  minutes 
the  latter  would  have  been  drowned.  There  is 
no  difficulty  in  launching  a  raft  into  the  centre 
of  a  swift-flowing  river,  but  to  reach  land  on 
the  other  side  is  a  very  different  thing;  and, 
if  it  had  not  been  possible  to  throw  a  rope  to 
the  two  men  as,  exhausted  and  benumbed,  they 
drifted  rapidly  round  a  sharp  bend  in  the  stream 
about  a  quarter  of  a  mile  below,  they  might 
have  sailed  in  a  very  short  time  down  to  the 
unknown  reaches  of  the  Bush  River,  or  perhaps 
to  the  Columbia  itself. 

It  was  a  cheerless  night  that  we  spent- 
seven  men  packed  like  sardines  in  one  small 
leaky  tent  (the  other  was  across  the  stream) ; 
but  we  were  thankful  that  nothing  worse  had 
happened.  The  valley  reeked  with  damp  ex- 
halations from  the  marshes  ;  the  rain  poured 


THE   BUSH  RIVER 

down  without  intermission ;  and  the  great  river 
rushed  silently  by,  dark  and  gloomy  as  the  Styx, 
while  inside  the  tent  Charon,  personified  by  Fred, 
was  snoring  the  roof  off,  his  large  frame  and  long 
legs  taking  up  much  more  than  their  fair  share 
of  room.  Our  best  tent  and  half  the  provisions 
and  outfit  were  on  the  other  side  of  the  stream ; 
where  the  tethered  nags,  frightened  at  their 
isolation  in  the  gloom  and  rain,  could  be  heard 
whinnying  to  their  companions  across  the  water. 
Next  morning  Fred,  undaunted  by  the  mis- 
haps of  the  previous  day,  and  still  full  of  energy 
and  resource,  started  to  build  a  raft  of  dry  pine 
logs  on  a  more  magnificent  scale,  and  with  a 
pair  of  oars  :  he  then  ferried  himself  across  alone  ; 
drove  the  horses  over  ;  packed  the  raft  with  their 
burdens,  and  rowed  back  to  us  in  the  evening, 
placing  the  whole  outfit  once  more  in  statu  quo 
on  the  island — a  very  fine  day's  work.  In  the 
meantime  Collie,  unwilling  to  be  idle,  had  forded 
the  branch  stream  with  some  difficulty,  and 
was  cutting  trail  laboriously  along  the  left,  or 
southern,  bank,  while  Spencer  took  photographs 
of  the  scene  of  our  mishaps.  Stutfield,  his 
spare  clothes  being  on  the  other  side  of  the 
river,  divested  himself  of  those  he  wore,  and, 

clad  only  in  a  hat,  a  ruck-sack,  and  a  gun,  like- 

179 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

wise  forded  the  branch  stream  and  hunted  for 
wild  geese,  which  had  been  heard  gaggling 
during  the  night  in  a  "  sloo  "  (Anglice,  slough) 
on  the  other  side.  He  might  have  spared  him- 
self the  trouble,  as  there  were  no  geese  there 
when  he  reached  the  sloo — at  least,  only  one, 
as  Spencer  sarcastically  observed  that  evening 
at  supper. 


1 80 


CHAPTER  X 

TO  THE  HEAD  OF  THE  BUSH  VALLEY 

THE  weather  had  served  us  very  shabbily  hither- 
to, but  a  slight  improvement  was  discernible 
when  Black  next  morning,  adopting  the  favourite 
formula  of  cooks  in  the  backwoods,  announced 
in  stentorian  tones  that  breakfast  was  "ready 
in  the  dining-car."  The  skies  wept  less  copiously, 
and  the  trailing  mists  uplifted  their  draggled 
skirts  from  the  flanks  of  the  hills  sufficiently  to 
leave  the  lower  slopes  clear.  The  sun,  too, 
strove  hard  to  show  itself;  but  all  it  could  do 
was  to  occasionally  shine  with  a  sickly  pallor 
through  the  watery  vapour  that  hung  persis- 
tently over  the  valley.  Recrossing  the  branch 
of  the  river,  we  continued  slowly  up  the  left 
bank  through  sopping  underbrush,  the  jungles, 
logs,  and  quagmires  seeming  to  have  no  end. 

For  the  second  time  within  a  week  our 
bacon  this  day  was  in  grave  jeopardy.  It  was 
extremely  hot  and  muggy ;  and  while  we  were 
cautiously  edging  along  a  narrow  strip  of  very 

muddy  land  between  the  river  and  some  deep 

181 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

muskeg,  Girlie  (whose  taste  for  bathing  in  in- 
convenient manners  and  seasons  was  already 
notorious)  and  another  mare  took  a  header  off 
the  bank  into  the  river,  which  at  this  point  was 
rurtning  like  a  mill-race  and  about  ten  feet 
deep.  The  second  mare  was  washed  down  some 
distance,  but,  having  nothing  on  her  back  except 
a  saddle,  she  was  got  out  without  much  diffi- 
culty. Girlie,  however,  who  was  packed  with 
about  250  Ib.  of  bacon,  promptly  went  out  of 
sight,  bobbed  up  again  twenty  yards  lower  down, 
only  to  go  under  a  second  time.  Luckily  her 
next  appearance  was  close  against  the  bank,  when 
two  of  the  men  at  once  seized  her ;  but  then 
the  difficulty  was  to  get  her  out.  The  water 
was  still  very  deep ;  the  bank  steep  and  slippery, 
and  choked  with  driftwood  and  overhanging 
willows ;  so  all  we  could  do  for  some  time  was 
to  keep  her  head  up  with  the  halter,  which  got 
twisted  round  her  neck  till  she  was  nearly 
strangled.  Poor  Girlie's  gasps  grew  fainter 
and  fainter,  and  we  fancied  it  was  all  up  with 
her.  Our  hearts  were  in  our  mouths,  for  if 
the  flour  and  bacon  she  carried  were  lost  we 
might  have  to  beat  a  retreat  homewards.  Even- 
tually, however,  by  means  of  a  rope  taken  from 

one  of  the  packs,  and  with  seven  of  us  pulling, 

182 


AN  AWKWARD  CORNER  ON  THE  BUSH  RIVER 


THE   BUSH  VALLEY 

she  was  landed  on  her  side  on  the  bank,  alive 
but  half -strangled,  and  our  bacon  was  saved. 
Half-an-hour  afterwards  she  was  grazing  tran- 
quilly with  the  other  horses,  just  as  if  nothing 
had  happened,  and  with  unimpaired  appetite. 

We  camped  then  and  there  in  a  most 
abominable  quagmire  and  not  the  best  of 
tempers.  The  loss  of  our  axeman,  Charlie 
Bassett,  was  now  making  itself  keenly  felt. 
The  men,  with  the  one  exception  of  Fred 
Stephens,  were  beginning  to  grumble,  and  their 
maledictions  on  the  valley  and  the  trip  gener- 
ally were  both  loud  and  deep.  "  Why  couldn't 
we  have  stuck  to  the  eastern  side  of  the  moun- 
tains, as  in  former  years  ? "  "  What  on  earth 
was  the  use  of  persisting  on  our  journey  up  this 
accursed  valley,  which  was  no  fit  habitation  for 
white  men  ? "  On  the  other  hand,  Fred's  good 
temper  and  spirits  rose  superior  to  every  trial 
and  annoyance.  Immensely  strong,  always 
willing  and  cheerful,  he  was  a  host  in  himself; 
but  there  are  limits  to  human  endurance,  and 
we  sorely  needed  another  expert  axeman. 

However,  if  our  trials  were  great,  we  had 
our  compensations.  To  begin  with,  the  scenery 
was  magnificent,  both  mountains  and  forests 
being  on  a  much  grander  scale  than  on  the 

183 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

eastern  side.  Deep  valleys — mighty  rifts  carved 
out  of  the  mountains  by  the  age-long  action 
of  the  snow-fed  torrents  —  descended  on  either 
side  from  the  glacier-clad  offshoots  of  the  main 
chain.  Between  these  valleys  rose  bold  rocky 
peaks — one  of  them,  a  long  crest  or  cock's-comb 
of  jagged  crag,  being  particularly  striking. 
Down  the  Bush  valley  the  view  was  bounded 
by  the  Selkirks,  with  a  grand  Weisshorn-like 
pyramid  in  the  centre.  Some  weeks  later  Stut- 
field  had  an  excellent  view  of  this  unnamed 
mountain  monarch  from  the  top  of  Mount  Sir 
Donald,  and  we  frequently  saw  it  from  the 
peaks  we  climbed  in  1902.  It  would  seem  to 
be  unquestionably  the  highest  summit  of  any 
of  the  known  parts  of  the  Selkirk  range.  One 
of  these  days,  no  doubt,  some  hardy  explorer 
will  be  able  to  tell  us  more  about  this  peak  and 
the  unknown  mountain  region  around  it,  but 
we  do  not  altogether  envy  him  the  journey  to 
its  base.  In  the  opposite  direction,  at  the  head 
of  the  valley,  and  getting  nearer  to  us  every 
day,  was  the  splendid  mountain  we  supposed 
to  be  Mount  Bryce. 

Of  the  beauties  of  the  forests  we  have  al- 
ready spoken.      We  might  have  more  greatly 

admired  them  if  they  had  not  been  so  abomin- 

184 


THE   BUSH   VALLEY 

ably  troublesome.  They  have  a  wondrous 
fascination  of  their  own,  these  vast  woodland 
wildernesses  of  the  West,  but  the  charm  is  apt 
to  evaporate  when  you  are  cutting  trail.  Now 
and  again,  when  the  willow  thickets  and  mus- 
kegs were  particularly  bad  along  the  river  banks, 
we  tried  to  get  through  the  timber  on  our  right, 
but  the  attempt  had  almost  always  to  be 
abandoned,  as  the  obstructions  were  such  as 
to  daunt  the  stoutest  axeman.  The  account 
given  by  Lord  Milton  and  Dr.  Cheadle  in  "  The 
North- West  Passage  by  Land"  —  one  of  the 
best  books  of  travel  in  the  Rockies  ever  written 
— of  a  British  Columbian  forest  scene  can  hardly 
be  bettered.  The  forest  in  question  is  not  a 
hundred  miles  north  of  where  we  were  in  the 
Bush  valley,  and  the  two  explorers  had  to 
make  their  way  through  it  on  their  adventurous 
journey.  "  No  one  who  has  not  seen  a  primeval 
forest,  where  trees  of  gigantic  size  have  grown 
and  fallen  undisturbed  for  ages,  can  form  any 
idea  of  the  collection  of  timber,  or  the  impene- 
trable nature  of  such  a  region.  There  are  pines 
and  thujas  of  every  size,  the  patriarch  of  three 
hundred  feet  in  height  standing  alone  .  .  .  The 
fallen  trees  lay  piled  around,  forming  barriers 
often  six  or  eight  feet  high  on  every  side  :  trunks 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

of  huge  cedars,  moss-grown  and  decayed,  lay 
half-buried  in  the  ground  on  which  others  as 
mighty  had  recently  fallen  ;  trees  still  green  and 
living,  recently  blown  down,  blocking  the  view 
with  walls  of  earth  held  in  their  matted  roots ; 
living  trunks,  dead  trunks,  rotten  trunks ;  dry 
barkless  trunks,  trunks  moist  and  green  with 
moss ;  bare  trunks,  and  trunks  with  branches — 
prostrate,  reclining,  and  horizontal,  propped  up 
at  different  angles;  timber  of  every  size,  in 
every  stage  of  growth  and  decay,  in  every 
possible  position,  entangled  in  every  possible 
combination." 

Such  are  the  obstacles,  such  the  difficulties 
—to  say  nothing  of  other  inconveniences,  such 
as  swollen  rivers,  swamps,  thick  underbrush,  a 
bad  climate,  and  well-nigh  intolerable  mos- 
quitoes— which  the  would-be  explorer  in  the 
mountainous  regions  of  British  Columbia  must 
be  prepared  to  encounter.  The  admirable 
description  given  by  Milton  and  Cheadle  might, 
with  more  or  less  accuracy,  be  written  of  almost 
any  part  of  the  western  slopes  of  the  Canadian 
Rockies :  and  it  must  be  remembered  that,  as 
has  been  mentioned  before,  travel  is  a  good  deal 
more  difficult  now  than  in  earlier  days.  In 

Milton    and    Cheadle's    book,    as    in    those   of 

186 


THE   BUSH  VALLEY 

Hector,  Palliser,  and  others  of  the  earlier 
pioneers,  one  reads  of  comparatively  frequent 
meetings  with  Indians,  trappers,  prospectors, 
and  the  like,  and  this  meant  that  the  trails 
were  kept  more  or  less  open ;  that  game  was 
reasonably  abundant ;  and  that  you  had  some 
chance  of  meeting  with  assistance  if  you  ran 
short  of  food  or  found  yourself  otherwise  in  a 
tight  place.  Nowadays  the  traveller  at  any 
distance  from  his  base  is  not  likely  to  meet  a 
soul,  Indian  or  white  man,  and  he  must  do  his 
trail-cutting  himself;  while,  as  to  finding  game 
to  stock  his  larder  with,  he  cannot  rely  on  hav- 
ing the  luck  which  befell  us  in  1898  near  Wilcox 
Pass.  Dr.  Hector  was  a  man  of  rare  energy 
and  endurance,  but  not  even  he  could  have 
made  the  long  daily  marches  we  read  of  in  his 
narrative,  had  his  explorations  taken  place  thirty 
or  forty  years  later.  In  our  case  we  had  known 
pretty  well  what  we  were  in  for,  though  fore- 
warned was  not  altogether  forearmed  with  us,  as 
our  party,  especially  with  Bassett  absent,  was  not 
adequately  equipped  for  so  formidable  a  job. 

There  was  one  more  bad  day  in  store  for 
us  before  matters  began  to  improve.  About 
a  quarter  of  a  mile  above  our  camp  in  the 
swamp  the  river  swept  in  a  turbid  flood  past 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

the  foot  of  a  high  rocky  bank  covered  with 
large  trees,  and  quite  impassable  for  horses. 
We  therefore  had  once  more  to  cut  our  way 
over  the  shoulder  of  a  hill ;  and  Fred  and 
Collie  spent  a  whole  morning  at  the  work. 
Spencer  and  Stutfield,  being  unprovided  with 
axes,  and  doubtful  of  their  ability  to  use  them 
had  they  possessed  such  things,  enjoyed  their 
otium  cum  dignitate  in  camp.  In  the  afternoon 
the  two  trail-cutters  returned,  and  the  whole 
outfit  started.  This  hill  was  perhaps  the  worst 
thing  we  had  to  negotiate,  not  so  much  owing 
to  the  wood  as  to  the  steepness  of  the  ground 
and  the  excessive  rottenness  of  the  soil,  which 
seemed  to  be  composed  wholly  of  decayed  tree- 
trunks  and  other  vegetable  matter.  In  such 
places  one  may  be  walking  along  some  colossal 
trunk  that  looks  fairly  solid  outside,  but  within 
is  a  mass  of  rottenness ;  and  if  you  break 
through  the  outside  crust  you  may  suddenly 
find  yourself  up  to  your  neck  in  soft  pulp. 

The  descent  from  the  shoulder  of  the  hill 
was  a  most  parlous  operation,  the  steep  slope 
being  pitted  with  numerous  bog-holes,  in  which 
stubborn  roots  interlaced  and  big  hidden  stones 
set  the  horses  stumbling  in  all  directions ; 

and  it  was  a  wonder  that  none  of  them  got 

188 


THE   BUSH   VALLEY 

their  legs  broken.  Stutfield,  while  trying  to 
assist  the  horses  round  one  very  bad  spot,  was 
overwhelmed  by  an  avalanche  of  ponies  slipping, 
sliding,  tumbling  down  the  hill  —  and  was 
knocked  over  in  a  sitting  posture  among  a 
bunch  of  devil's  club  which,  under  the  circum- 
stances, struck  him  as  being  even  more  than 
usually  poisonous.  After  this  there  was  a 
stampede  all  round,  and  the  men  were  flying 
after  the  horses  in  all  directions.  Joe,  carrying 
a  heavy  pack,  was  particularly  fractious.  Break- 
ing away  from  the  others,  he  careered  madly 
through  the  forest,  clearing  several  high  logs  in 
excellent  style,  until  he  found  himself  corralled 
in  a  cluster  of  fallen  trees,  from  which  Collie 
had  to  cut  him  out.  Joe  was  not  accustomed 
to  being  treated  as  a  beast  of  burden,  and 
doubtless  took  this  opportunity  of  expressing 
his  dissatisfaction.  Stutfield  had  ridden  him 
all  the  way  down  the  Columbia  trail,  but  dis- 
carded him  when  the  timber  became  bad.  He 
was  too  big  and  powerful  a  brute  to  be  safe  in 
such  places  as  we  had  to  pass  in  the  Bush 
valley;  and  the  idea  of  breaking  a  leg  or  arm 
in  the  wilderness,  far  from  surgical  aid,  is  not 
pleasant  to  contemplate.  The  rest  of  the  outfit 

affected  great  surprise  at  this  excess  of  caution 

189 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

on  Stutfield's  part,  but  he  observed  that  nobody 
else  seemed  anxious  to  mount  his  fiery  steed — 
the  accident  to  poor  Bassett  was  still  fresh  in 
our  minds — so  Joe  carried  a  pack  henceforth 
until  we  got  back  to  the  Columbia  trail.  His 
place  as  saddle-horse  was  taken  by  a  strawberry- 
coloured  animal,  named  Tom,  with  large  holes 
in  his  ears,  through  which  his  rider  enjoyed 
charming  peeps  of  the  river  and  surrounding 
landscape.  These  holes  are  often  bored  by 
the  Indians  in  their  horses'  ears  to  serve  as 
distinguishing  marks. 

Once  at  the  bottom  of  the  hill  our  worst 
troubles  were  over  for  the  present,  and  for 
some  distance  the  going  was  quite  easy.  In 
the-  mud  along  the  river  bank  were  numerous 
tracks  of  mink  and  musk-rat;  and  we  saw  one 
or  two  specimens  of  the  curious  kangaroo 
mouse,  so  called  from  his  appearance  and 
method  of  propelling  himself  forward  by  a  suc- 
cession of  leaps.  Two  days'  fording  the  river 
backwards  and  forwards,  with  a  moderate 
amount  of  chopping,  brought  us  to  the  head 
of  the  valley ;  and  on  the  evening  of  the  16th 
we  camped  in  a  splendid  site  on  the  northern 
bank,  half  a  mile  below  the  junction  of  the 

forks,  in  the  middle  of  an  amphitheatre  of  high 

190 


AT  THE  HEAD  OF  BUSH  VALLEY 


THE   BUSH   VALLEY 

mountains,  with  the  great  peak  towering  right 
above  us. 

Assuming  the  maps  to  have  correctly  de- 
lineated the  course  of  the  Bush  River,  we  still 
believed  this  peak  to  be  Mount  Bryce,  and 
we  therefore  expected  to  find  the  Columbia 
ice-field  not  many  miles  away  round  the  corner 
to  the  north.  The  Bush  River  flowed  in  a 
westerly  direction  from  our  camp  :  its  two  forks 
branch  out  nearly  north  and  south,  that  is  to 
say,  almost  at  right  angles  to  the  main  valley. 
The  height  of  our  camp,  as  given  by  Collie's 
mercurial  barometer,  was  only  2800  feet  above 
sea-level,  which  is  a  remarkably  low  elevation  for 
the  head  of  a  valley  running  right  up  into  the 
heart  of  the  mountains,  and  our  calculations 
were  entirely  upset  thereby.  We  had  hoped  to 
find  ourselves  at  about  the  same  height  as  at  the 
head-waters  of  the  Saskatchewan  or  the  Atha- 
basca, that  is  to  say,  from  5000  to  7000  feet ; 
which  would  have  given  us  so  much  less 
timber-work,  and  made  things  generally  easier. 
Moreover,  when  subsequently  we  looked  up 
the  gorge  of  the  North  Fork,  to  the  foot  of  the 
great  glaciers  at  its  head,  the  valley  seemed  to 
rise  but  little — certainly  not  so  much  as  1000 

feet.     The  valley  of  the  Bush,  therefore,  is  by 

191 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

far  the  lowest,  so  far  as  is  at  present  known,  of 
any  of  the  large  valleys  that  run  up  directly 
under  the  highest  peaks. 

On  Friday  the  17th  it  rained  steadily  all 
day,  and  we  never  stirred  from  our  tents. 
On  the  morrow  the  weather  improved  in  the 
afternoon ;  so,  leaving  the  horses,  we  climbed 
about  2000  feet  up  the  mountain  spur  that 
lay  between  us  and  the  north  fork  of  the 
Bush  River.  The  mists  lay  low  on  the  snow 
peaks,  but  we  saw  that  about  two  miles  up 
the  north  fork  a  valley  came  in  from  the  east, 
and  glaciers  lay  at  its  head  some  five  or  six 
miles  distant.  The  north  fork  itself  stretched 
away  for  miles,  filled  with  dense  pine  woods, 
with  occasional  small  shingle-flats  in  between ; 
and  under  the  dull  grey  sky  it  presented  a 
dreary  and  inhospitable  appearance.  But  Fred 
Stephens  pointed  to  a  grassy  plateau  on  the 
hills  across  the  stream,  and  talked  of  shooting 
cariboo,  goat,  and  perhaps,  if  we  were  lucky, 
a  bighorn.  Black,  on  the  other  hand,  who 
usually  took  a  gloomy  view  of  things,  gave  it 
as  his  opinion  that  this  was  a  country  for- 
saken both  of  gods  and  animals,  much  to  be 
condemned,  and  no  fit  place  for  a  white  man. 

We  could  not  see  much  owing  to  the  mists, 

192 


THE   BUSH   VALLEY 

but  the  appearance  of  the  valleys  distinctly 
puzzled  us:  somehow,  the  whole  thing  was 
quite  different  from  what  we  had  expected. 

On  the  way  down  we  sighted  a  couple  of 
wild  swans  on  a  small  lake  about  a  mile  from 
the  tents ;  and  Stutfield  and  Fred,  taking  both 
gun  and  rifle,  stalked  them  through  the  bushes 
that  grew  along  the  margin  of  the  pool.  Fred 
had  the  rifle  and  fired  at  the  male  bird,  but 
only  succeeded  in  removing  a  couple  of  feathers 
from  its  back ;  and  the  pair  sailed  majestically 
away  on  their  broad  pinions,  and  we  saw  them 
no  more.  There  were  any  number  of  bear- 
tracks  in  the  mud  along  the  banks,  so  Stutfield 
revisited  the  place  soon  after  dawn  next  morning. 
A  dense  fog  hung  over  everything,  making 
the  bushes  sopping  wet ;  he  saw  neither  bear, 
nor  swans,  nor  geese,  and  returned  to  camp 
for  breakfast  soaked  to  the  skin  with  the  dew. 
He  paid  several  visits  subsequently  to  this 
lake,  but  only  succeeded  in  bagging  one  goose 
and  a  couple  of  duck. 

The  day  was  fine,  so  after  breakfast  Fred 
Stephens  and  Lang  went  on  a  voyage  of  dis- 
covery up  the  north  fork  valley.  Collie  and 
Stutfield,  taking  a  couple  of  horses,  forded  the 

main  river  opposite  the  camp  in  order  to  in- 

193  N 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

vestigate  the  valley  of  the  southern  branch. 
Tethering  the  horses  on  the  further  bank, 
we  proceeded  afoot  through  the  most  horrible 
logs  and  jungle  imaginable.  The  river  is  much 
narrower  and  more  impetuous  in  its  higher 
reaches,  and  absolutely  impassable  for  horses : 
just  below  the  junction  of  the  forks  it  rushes, 
boiling  and  foaming  over  big  boulders,  between 
high  rocky  banks.  After  an  hour  or  two's 
toilsome  scrambling  we  reached  a  splendid 
gorge,  some  hundreds  of  feet  deep,  which  the 
south  fork  has  cleft  for  itself  through  the  hills 
a  short  distance  above  the  junction.  Here 
we  found  ourselves  in  a  veritable  woodland 
fruit-garden,  the  hill-sides  being  covered  with 
wild  raspberries  and  blaeberries  as  big  as  small 
grapes,  and  of  most  exquisite  flavour.  The  rasp- 
berries, on  the  other  hand,  though  large,  were 
distinctly  unpalatable  and  hardly  worth  eating. 
A  rocky  knoll  in  the  wood  gave  us  an 
uninterrupted  view  up  the  valley  of  the  north 
fork,  and  at  its  head  we  saw  a  high  and  very 
beautiful  pyramid  of  snow  rising  in  isolated 
grandeur  out  of  an  immense  ice-field.  There 
was  no  mistaking  it.  Beyond  all  question  it 
was  Mount  Columbia,  the  chief  goal  of  our 

expedition ;    and,  to  our  dismay,  it  was  twenty 

194 


THE   BUSH   VALLEY 

or  twenty-five  miles  off,  when  it  ought— if  the 
Bush  River  had  been  correctly  located,  as  the 
Americans  say,  on  the  maps — to  have  been 
only  eight  or  ten.  There  was  evidently  some- 
thing very  wrong  somewhere  ;  and  we  returned, 
much  puzzled  and  somewhat  downcast  in  our 
minds,  through  those  hateful  woods  to  where  we 
had  tethered  the  horses,  and  thence  to  the  tents. 
Meanwhile  Fred  and  Lang  had  been  four 
or  five  miles  up  the  north  fork,  passing  a 
small  shingle-flat  and  the  mouth  of  the  valley 
that  came  in  from  the  east.  They  reported 
that  the  fallen  timber  was  dreadful,  and  that 
trail-cutting  would  be  necessary  every  step  of 
the  way ;  moreover,  that  along  the  west  bank 
gullies  and  steep  hill-sides,  with  occasionally 
small  precipices,  would,  so  far  as  they  could 
judge,  entirely  prevent  us  getting  the  horses 
along,  unless  we  could  cross  the  stream  to 
the  eastern  side.  Fred  also  showed  us  his  arm, 
which  was  quite  swollen  with  the  bites  of  black 
flies — a  new  form  of  insect  plague  which,  to- 
gether with  clouds  of  midges,  now  began  to 
form  quite  an  agreeable  variation  to  the  inces- 
sant attacks  of  the  mosquitoes.  Curiously 
enough,  while  the  latter  drove  us  Europeans 
nearly  crazy,  we  suffered  very  little  from  the 

'95 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

bites  of  the  black  flies,  which,  on  the  other 
hand,  caused  our  men  much  more  distress  than 
the  mosquitoes.  Another  fact  worth  men- 
tioning, perhaps,  is  that  we  never  saw  any 
"bulldogs"  in  the  Bush  valley.  Probably  the 
mosquitoes  and  other  insect  pests  were  too 
numerous  for  them  all  to  live  together. 

By  this  time  we  were  beginning  to  get 
anxious,  for  we  had  been  out  twenty-two  days 
without  getting  anywhere  near  the  base  of 
our  mountains,  and  time  and  provisions  were 
running  out.  Something  had  to  be  done,  and 
that  quickly.  Next  day,  therefore,  Collie, 
Stutfield,  and  Spencer  decided  to  climb  to  the 
top  of  the  peak  that  lay  in  the  angle  between 
the  north  fork  and  the  main  valley  of  the 
Bush.  Stutfield  took  the  gun  as  far  as  the 
sloo  where  we  had  seen  the  wild  swans ;  and, 
with  his  two  companions  acting  as  beaters, 
secured  a  Canada  goose,  a  splendid  bird  weigh- 
ing over  10  lb.,  whose  flesh  proved  an  acceptable 
change  from  the  eternal  bacon  and  tinned  meat. 
From  the  lake  there  was  a  most  tiring  climb 
of  about  5000  feet,  every  inch  of  the  way 
having  to  be  fought  through  the  woods.  An 
hour  below  the  summit  Stutfield,  who  had  not 

been  feeling  well  all  day,  felt  his  legs  giving 

196 


THE   BUSH   VALLEY 

out;  so  he  gave  up  the  climb  and  returned  to 
camp.  Collie  and  Spencer,  however,  went  on 
their  way  and  had  a  glorious  view,  the  day 
being  beautifully  fine  and  the  mountains  of 
the  main  chain  entirely  free  from  cloud.  As 
it  turned  out,  this  was  a  piece  of  great  good 
fortune,  for  we  never  had  another  really  fine 
day  throughout  the  trip.  During  the  whole 
of  the  remaining  fortnight  that  we  spent  in 
the  mountains  the  clouds  never  quite  lifted 
from  the  high  peaks;  and,  had  the  view  that 
was  got  that  afternoon  been  missed,  much 
knowledge  of  the  geography  of  the  district 
would  never  have  been  acquired. 

Just  as  Collie  and  Spencer  arrrived  within 
a  hundred  yards  of  the  summit  and  were  walking 
round  a  corner  on  the  ridge,  they  came  across 
an  old  Rocky  Mountain  he-goat.  He  looked 
at  them  awhile  and  then  went  on  feeding,  so 
Collie  photographed  him.  He  seemed  tame 
enough,  never  probably  having  seen  a  human 
being  before.  All  the  same,  when  Stutfield 
pursued  him  with  a  rifle  a  day  or  two  afterwards 
he  showed  himself — for  a  Rocky  Mountain  goat, 
which  is  not  the  most  intelligent  of  wild  animals 
— fairly  wide-awake. 

Once   on   the   summit,    Collie    immediately 

197 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

recognised  why  the  head  of  the  valley  had 
seemed  so  different  from  what  he  had  expected. 
Ten  miles  or  more  to  the  northward,  up  the 
north  fork,  was  Mount  Bryce  ;  and  beyond  it 
was  Mount  Columbia  and  the  great  ice-field, 
which  we  had  explored  on  our  last  trip,  sending 
its  glaciers  low  down  into  the  valley,  their  snouts 
in  places  being  little  over  4000  feet  above  sea- 
level  ;  while  the  heads  of  the  Twins  showed 
far  away  at  the  head-waters  of  the  Athabasca. 
Almost  due  east  was  Mount  Lyell,  or  a  peak 
which  he  then  imagined  to  be  Lyell — it  was  in 
reality  an  adjoining  summit  of  the  range,  which 
has  since  been  christened  Mount  Alexandra.  It 
was  quite  evident,  therefore,  that  we  were  ten 
or  twelve  miles  south  of  where  we  imagined 
ourselves  to  be;  and  that  the  maps  had  placed 
the  head  of  the  Bush  River  that  much  too  far  to 
the  south.  The  mountain  we  had  been  calling 
Bryce,  at  the  head  of  the  Bush  valley,  was 
another  peak  altogether,  and  one  that  Collie 
had  marked  as  "  high  peak  "  on  his  1899  map. 
To  the  left  of  this  peak,  in  the  distance,  lay 
Mount  Forbes ;  whilst  far  away  at  the  head  of 
the  south  fork,  rising  from  a  great  snow-field  and 
glaciers,  were  the  Freshfield  group.  This  ex- 
plained why  the  Waitabit  and  the  Bluewater 

198 


THE   BUSH   VALLEY 

creeks  contained  no  glacier  water ;  for  the  Bush 
River,  and  the  Bush  River  alone,  drained  the 
whole  area,  from  Mount  Freshfield  on  the  south, 
the  back  of  Mount  Forbes,  and  the  western  side 
of  the  whole  Lyell  ice-field,  to  the  north  of  the 
Columbia  ice-field,  which,  splitting  into  several 
large  glaciers,  poured  down  in  magnificent  cas- 
cades of  ice  to  the  green  pine-woods  that  filled 
the  valley  below.  Another  point  of  considerable 
interest,  which  has  been  alluded  to  already,  was 
the  very  low  altitude  of  the  valleys. 

But  with  this  discovery  of  our  exact  locality 
there  was  borne  in  upon  him  the  extremely 
unpleasant  fact  that  the  Columbia  ice-field, 
which  was  our  principal  goal,  lay  about  fifteen 
miles  up  a  valley,  every  yard  of  which  would 
have  to  be  cut  with  the  axe  ;  and  probably  it 
would  take  us  at  least  a  fortnight  to  reach  its 
head.  With  this  reflection  he  and  Spencer 
returned  to  our  camp  in  the  valley,  sad  and 
disheartened,  for  our  plans  would  have  to  be 
changed,  and,  as  far  as  we  were  concerned,  the 
highest  snow-peak  in  this  part  of  the  Rockies, 
Mount  Columbia,  would  not  6e  climbed  this 
year. 


199 


CHAPTER  XI 

OUR  CAMP  ON  GOAT  PEAK 

A  COUNCIL  of  war  was  held  that  evening  to 
decide  on  our  next  move.  We  finally  deter- 
mined to  cache  part  of  the  baggage  and  pro- 
visions, so  as  to  travel  as  light  as  possible,  and 
push  on  next  morning  as  far  as  possible  up 
the  valley  of  the  north  fork.  Fred  Stephens 
and  Lang  had  been  cutting  trail  all  day  to  the 
mouth  of  the  valley  ;  and  along  this  trail  we 
started  as  soon  as  the  process  of  packing  the 
horses  and  caching  the  baggage  was  completed. 
Half-an-hour  from  the  start,  the  timber  getting 
very  bad,  we  were  forced  down  to  the  river 
bank,  and  Fred  essayed  to  ford  the  stream ;  but 
it  was  too  deep  and  rapid,  and  the  attempt  had 
to  be  abandoned  before  he  was  half-way  across. 
Ahead  the  ground  sloped  precipitously  down  to 
the  water's  edge ;  the  timber  looked  as  though 
a  forest  of  scaffolding  poles  had  fallen  one  across 
the  other,  and  further  progress  along  the  banks 
of  the  stream  would,  at  the  best,  be  at  the  rate 
of  about  a  mile  a  day.  Moreover,  we  were  all 

200 


OUR  CAMP   ON   GOAT  PEAK 

heartily  sick  of  the  work,  so  Fred  conceived 
a  somewhat  bold  idea.  Turning  the  horses' 
heads  straight  up  the  hill,  by  dint  of  hard  work 
and  skilful  guidance,  he  conducted  the  whole 
party,  in  torrents  of  rain,  up  more  than  4000 
feet  of  heavily- wooded  mountain-side  to  the  foot 
of  the  peak  which  Collie  and  Spencer  had 
ascended  the  day  before.  His  intention  was  to 
find  a  passage  above  timber-level,  and  along 
the  benches  of  rock  that  lined  the  face  of  the 
mountain,  but  these  proved  to  be  far  too  for- 
midable to  be  negotiated  with  horses. 

We  camped  in  a  pleasant  spot  at  tree-line, 
about  7300  feet  above  the  sea,  with  only  one 
drawback — there  was  no  water ;  and  Alec  had  to 
fetch  snow  in  buckets  for  every  meal  from  a 
place  some  hundreds  of  yards  off,  a  labour  he 
strongly  objected  to.  While  the  tents  were 
being  pitched,  Stutfield  wandered  off  through 
the  rain  in  search  of  Collie's  old  he-goat,  as  our 
larder  was  by  this  time  getting  very  low.  He 
saw  the  goat,  but  in  an  open  place  where  a  stalk 
was  impossible ;  and  the  old  billy  did  not  show 
himself  so  tame  or  accommodating  as  on  the 
previous  day,  so  Stutfield  had  to  return  without 
any  meat,  drenched  to  the  skin,  to  a  most  un- 
comfortable dinner  in  our  leaky  little  tent. 

2OI 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

Next  morning  the  weather  improved,  and 
Collie  and  Spencer  again  ascended  to  the  top  of 
their  peak  (now  named  Goat  Peak),  photo- 
graphed, surveyed,  and  mapped  as  much  of 
the  country  as  possible.  Fred  took  the  gun 
and  went  after  blue  grouse  and  fool-hen,  while 
Stutfield  returned  to  the  chase  of  Collie's  vener- 
able friend,  the  ancient  billy.  Most  of  the  high 
peaks  kept  themselves  persistently  veiled;  but 
we  had  some  gorgeous  Elijah  Walton-like  views, 
through  the  parting  mists,  of  Mount  Columbia, 
which,  in  spite  of  its  greater  height,  appears 
to  have  less  attraction  for  clouds  than  its  neigh- 
bours. From  this  point  of  view  it  is  a  sharp 
pyramid,  with  most  graceful  contours, — alto- 
gether different  from  the  flat-topped  and  some- 
what shapeless  mass  it  appears  from  the  other 
side.  Nearer,  the  triple-peaked  Mount  Bryce 
towered  majestically  over  the  sombre  canyon ; 
while  westwards  the  Selkirks,  dominated  by 
the  grand  pyramidal  peak  that  we  used  to  see 
from  the  banks  of  the  Bush,  were  distinctly 
visible.  The  prospect  was  something  like  that 
from  the  Brevent,  above  Chamonix,  but  it  was 
far  more  extensive ;  and  the  mountains  rising 
steeply  9000  or  10,000  feet  out  of  the  low- 
lying  valleys,  formed  a  much  more  impressive 

202 


BUSH  PEAK  FROM  GOAT  PEAK 


MOUNT  BRYCE  FKOM  GOAT  PEAK 


OUR  CAMP  ON   GOAT  PEAK 

panorama  than  anything  we  had  seen  from  the 
Saskatchewan  or  Athabasca. 

The  old  billy-goat  was  not  on  view  this 
morning,  so  Stutfield  returned  to  lunch  at  the 
tents,  where  he  found  that  the  men  had 
sighted  three  goats,  two  old  ones  and  a  kid, 
browsing  on  a  hill  across  a  deep  valley  not 
far  to  the  west  of  the  camp.  Descending 
into  the  valley  he  climbed  up  the  other  side, 
and,  screened  by  a  belt  of  low  trees,  crept 
within  shot  of  the  unsuspecting  trio.  They 
had  not  shifted  their  position,  but  were  brows- 
ing tranquilly  on  some  small  patches  of  grass 
above  a  long  and  very  steep  shale-slope  ter- 
minating in  a  high  precipice.  The  first  shot 
was  a  bad  miss,  but  the  second  bowled  over 
the  biggest  of  the  three.  A  couple  of  bullets, 
sent  after  the  kid  as  it  scampered  off,  only 
made  the  dust  fly  under  its  belly ;  and  Stut- 
field was  not  altogether  sorry  that  his  indif- 
ferent shooting  had  saved  him  from  the  guilt 
of  infanticide.  On  the  other  hand,  what  a 
lovely  stew  the  little  fellow  would  have  made ! 
The  dead  goat  lay  for  a  few  moments  sup- 
ported by  the  stem  of  a  dwarf  fir-tree;  but 
presently  the  carcase  slipped  and  rolled  head 

over   heels  down   the  shale-slope  to   the   brink 

203 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

of  some  rocks  about  1200  feet  in  depth.  A 
few  yards  more  and  it  would  have  gone  over 
the  abyss,  and  we  should  have  seen  it  no  more. 

With  some  difficulty  Stutfield  got  down  to  it, 
but  moving  the  carcase  alone — it  weighed  well 
over  150  Ibs. — was  out  of  the  question,  as  the 
slope  was  very  steep  and  slippery,  with  a  thin 
layer  of  greasy  mud  resting  on  smooth  rocks ; 
and  it  was  all  he  could  do  to  keep  his  feet, 
even  when  unencumbered.  However,  an  hour 
later  Black  and  Alec,  having  heard  the  shots, 
came  to  the  rescue  with  a  rope ;  and  with 
infinite  trouble,  and  not  without  risk,  they  all 
three  managed  to  haul  the  beast  up  to  a  safer 
position  where  they  could  gralloch  him.  The 
rescue  of  that  goat  from  his  perilous  position 
afforded  Stutfield  much  the  most  exciting  climb- 
ing experience  of  the  whole  trip.  It  was  im- 
possible to  get  the  carcase  home  that  day,  but 
there  was  much  jubilation  in  camp  at  the  pros- 
pect of  fresh  meat,  and  the  men  fared  sumptu- 
ously off  goat's  liver  in  the  evening. 

That  night  the  weather,  which  had  been 
misbehaving  itself  all  through  the  trip,  went 
hopelessly  to  the  bad.  It  rained  and  sleeted 
all  next  day,  and  we  could  not  stir  from  camp ; 

but   the   following  afternoon,  Friday  the  24th, 

204 


OUR  CAMP  ON   GOAT  PEAK 

a  party  of  us  sallied  forth,  taking  a  horse  part 
of  the  way,  and  after  much  trouble  brought 
in  the  goat,  returning,  as  usual,  soaked  to  the 
skin.  We  had  a  haunch  for  supper,  and  it 
wasn't  at  all  bad.  The  meat  is,  of  course,  by  no 
means  equal  to  that  of  the  bighorn;  but,  if 
kept  awhile,  it  is  not  unpalatable,  and  there  is 
singularly  little  goaty  flavour  about  it. 

In  the  night  the  wind  went  round  to  the 
north,  and  the  driven  snow  and  sleet  forced  its 
way  into  our  wretched  little  tent,  so  that  Spencer 
and  Stutfield  woke  up  to  find  their  pillows 
sprinkled  with  it ;  while  the  ground  outside  was 
covered  to  a  depth  of  several  inches.  Collie,  a 
day  or  two  previously,  had  retired  into  the  privacy 
of  his  little  Mummery  tent,  which  he  found 
much  warmer  and  more  snug  than  the  other. 
This  tent,  invented  by  the  late  Mr.  Mummery, 
who  perished  on  Mount  Nanga  Parbat,  in  the 
Himalayas,  is  made  of  silk,  and  weighs  only 
three  and  a  half  pounds.  It  is  invaluable  for 
bivouacs  on  the  mountains,  or  in  places  where 
impedimenta  can  only  be  packed  on  men's  backs, 
as  a  couple  of  ice-axes  are  all  that  is  necessary 
for  poles,  while  the  side  ropes  can  be  attached 
to  stones. 

Our   exposed  camp  was  not  exactly  a  joyous 

205 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

habitation  now ;  and  the  men — Fred  always  ex- 
cepted — grumbled  more  than  ever,  while  our 
prospects  of  doing  any  serious  mountaineering 
grew  fainter  and  fainter.  The  snow  lay  pretty 
thick  on  the  ground,  and  showed  little  signs 
of  melting.  Occasional  rifts  through  the  rolling 
masses  of  vapour,  with  faint  gleams  of  sunshine, 
gave  us  uninviting  glimpses  now  and  then  of 
the  Bush  valley  far  below,  and  the  muddy 
torrent  tearing  along  between  the  shingle-flats 
and  muskegs.  Overhead  everything  was  in  dense 
mist,  and  a  blizzard  from  the  north-east  blew 
continuously.  Taken  altogether,  it  was  quite 
a  nice  place  for  a  summer  holiday ! 

All  the  same,  we  would  not  paint  too 
gloomy  a  picture  of  our  week's  sojourn  in  the 
high  camp,  for  really  it  was  not  half  so  bad 
as  it  may  seem  to  the  reader.  It  was  very 
wet  and  cold,  no  doubt ;  but  hardships  such  as 
these  are  generally  worse  in  the  recital  than 
the  actual  experience.  On  the  other  hand, 
only  those  who  have  endured  their  attacks 
can  realise  the  misery  caused  by  mosquitoes 
when  they  are  really  bad :  rain,  hail,  snow,  and 
slush  on  the  mountain  side  were  bliss  itself 
compared  with  what  we  sometimes  suffered  in 

the  valley  below.      Stutfield,  at  any  rate,  had 

206 


SPENCER  RANGE  FROM  CAMP  ON  GOAT  PEAK 


OUR  CAMP  ON   GOAT  PEAK 

little  cause  to  complain ;  for  he  had  many  de- 
lightful expeditions  over  the  craggy  hills  after 
goat,  with  occasional  glimpses  of  the  most 
wonderful  scenery,  when  the  mists  parted  and 
one  or  another  of  the  great  peaks  coyly  unveiled 
itself  to  view. 

There  was  one  evening  in  particular  —  one 
brief  "  crowded  hour  of  glorious  life"  —when  we 
had  a  vision  of  strange  sunset  splendours,  which 
were  enough  in  themselves  to  compensate  for 
many  a  wet,  weary  day  of  fog  and  sleet.  The 
whole  landscape  was  swathed  in  a  white  mantle 
of  freshly  -  fallen  snow;  the  clouds  suddenly 
dispersed,  only  a  light  caftan  of  pink  mist  rest- 
ing on  the  shoulders  of  Columbia ;  and  the  sun 
went  down,  not  in  the  conventional  blaze  of 
green  and  gold  and  orange,  but  with  a  soft 
saffron  effulgence,  more  suggestive  of  dawn 
than  sunset,  that  shed  a  strange  unearthly 
radiance  over  peak  and  glacier  and  snow-field. 
The  air  was  marvellously  still ;  the  pines  stood 
motionless  under  their  heavy  burden  of  snow ; 
even  the  avalanches  ceased  to  thunder ;  and  a 
most  impressive  hush  pervaded  the  whole  forest 
and  mountain  world.  Stutfield  had  been  out 
all  the  afternoon  on  a  long,  but  ineffectual, 

scramble   after  goat   along  the  ridge,  and  was 

207 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

within  two  or  three  hundred  yards  of  camp. 
He  had  taken  the  cartridges  out  of  his  rifle  to 
climb  a  band  of  steep  rocks,  and  was  strolling 
towards  the  tents,  his  mind  absorbed  in  the 
weird  witchery  of  the  scene,  when  suddenly 
there  bounded  out  of  the  bushes,  quite  close 
to  him,  the  father  of  all  the  goats — Collie's  grand 
old  billy,  his  long  white  fringe  brushing  the 
branches  as  he  lumbered  heavily  out  of  view, 
for  all  the  world  more  like  a  big  white  bear 
than  a  goat.  At  that  moment  the  splendours 
of  the  sky  and  the  mountains  seemed  to  fade 
away  into  nothingness ;  for  on  occasions  like 
these  the  instincts  of  the  artist  and  sportsman, 
which  ought  to  go  together,  seem  somewhat  to 
clash.  Still,  the  loss  of  an  old  billy-goat,  how- 
ever large  and  shaggy,  could  hardly  cause  en- 
during annoyance,  while  the  glories  of  that 
marvellous  sunset  can  never  be  wholly  erased 
from  our  minds. 

Unwilling  to  leave  the  mountains  without 
attempting  one  good  climb,  we  three,  with 
Fred,  started  early  on  Sunday  the  26th  to 
ascend  a  bold  rock  peak  nearly  11,000  feet  high 
to  the  west  of  the  camp.  The  morning  was 
fairly  fine,  and  a  few  feeble  attempts  on  the 

part  of  the  sun  to  assert  itself  gave  us  hopes 

208 


OUR  CAMP  ON   GOAT  PEAK 

of  better  weather.  Following  the  ridge  beyond 
Goat  Peak  for  a  considerable  distance,  we 
reached  a  good  -  sized  glacier,  up  which  we 
walked  for  more  than  an  hour.  The  stratifi- 
cation of  some  of  the  surrounding  mountains 
was  most  extraordinary,  the  rocks  being  twisted 
and  contorted  into  S -shaped  figures  and  curi- 
ous crumpled  forms,  while  sometimes  the  adjoin- 
ing strata  would  be  quite  perpendicular.  This 
contortion  seemed  general  throughout  the 
district,  and  it  was  far  more  pronounced  than 
anything  we  saw  on  the  eastern  side  of  the 
range.  Towards  noon  the  clouds  rolled  up  as 
relentlessly  as  ever ;  and,  after  wandering  about 
aimlessly  in  the  fog  for  some  time,  we  gave 
up  the  climb  and  returned  to  camp. 

The  weather  showed  no  signs  of  improvement ; 
provisions  were  getting  low ;  the  men  were  the 
reverse  of  happy,  and  anxious  to  be  getting  home  ; 
so  next  day  we  reluctantly  retraced  our  steps  to 
the  old  camping-place  in  the  Bush  valley.  As 
the  outfit  started,  a  herd  of  goats  was  sighted 
on  a  hill  a  long  way  off,  but  a  deep  canyon 
intervened,  and,  if  we  had  shot  one,  we  could  not 
have  brought  it  to  the  tents.  On  the  way  down 
we  came  across  two  fine  coveys  of  blue  grouse : 

the   gun  was  unpacked,  and   we   bagged  three 

209  o 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

brace.  Needless  to  say,  on  this  occasion  we 
felt  no  fear  of  our  provisions  at  the  cache  having 
been  tampered  with  in  our  absence. 

Whilst  we  were  at  the  high  camp  Collie 
had  noticed  that  on  the  south  side  of  the  Bush 
valley,  at  the  head  of  a  small  creek,  an  obvious 
pass  seemed  to  lead  through  the  mountains 
straight  to  the  head  of  the  Bluewater  creek, 
and  so  to  Donald  ;  and  he  had  hopes  that  we 
might  perhaps  find  a  short  cut  home  by  this 
route,  and,  at  the  same  time,  that  we  might  have 
an  opportunity  of  investigating  the  mountains 
which  lay  between  the  Blaeberry  creek  and  the 
Bush  valley.  On  the  28th  we  started,  there- 
fore, down  the  valley  with  the  intention  of 
making  our  way  up  this  creek  and  over  the 
pass,  but  we  were  unable  even  to  begin  the 
ascent  of  the  glen  with  the  horses:  the  usual 
fallen  timber  lay  piled  thicker  than  ever;  and 
a  canyon  with  precipitous  sides  would  have 
forced  us  far  up  on  to  the  steep  face  of  the 
hill,  where  the  horses  could  hardly  have  got 
along.  We  therefore  decided  to  return  by  our 
former  route  along  the  Bush  valley;  and,  as 
always  happened  on  our  return  journeys,  we 
found  travelling  comparatively  easy,  the  trail 
being  cut  and  the  summer  floods  having  subsided. 

2IO 


COLLIE  SURVEYING  ;  FRED  STEPHENS,  AND  SPENCER 


LYELL  RANGE  AND  ALEXANDRA  PEAK 


A  TIRING   CLIMB 

On  August  29th  we  started  early  to  climb 
a  peak  about  four  miles  to  the  south  of  the 
river,  in  order  to  find  out  how  the  valleys  ran, 
and  how  the  mountains  were  situated,  in  that 
part  of  the  country  west  of  the  Freshfield  range 
and  south  of  the  Bush  valley.  Stutfield  and 
Spencer  were  by  no  means  anxious  to  undergo 
the  torment  of  another  long  scramble  through 
those  detestable  woods,  but  Collie  wished  very 
much  to  correct  and  add  certain  details,  and, 
as  far  as  might  be,  to  put  the  finishing  touches 
to  his  plane-table  survey.  In  his  interests, 
therefore,  and  in  those  of  geographical  science 
in  general,  we  all  went  together,  accompanied 
by  Fred.  As  the  expedition  was  about  the  most 
tiring  and  exasperating  one  we  have  ever  taken 
up  a  mountain,  let  us  hope  that  geographical 
science  will  be  proportionately  grateful.  The 
brushwood  and  fallen  trees,  mostly  small,  were 
the  worst  we  ever  encountered.  Pushed  back 
by  obstinate  bushes,  stopped  by  logs  of  all  sizes, 
caught  in  the  criss-cross  and  tangle  of  the 
smaller  tree  -  trunks  with  interlacing  spiky 
branches,  bitten  by  every  sort  of  insect  pest, 
and  half  stifled  by  the  hot  moisture-laden  air, 
we  dragged  ourselves  up  foot  by  foot.  Though 
all  in  excellent  training,  we  made  less  than 

211 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

1000  feet  in  two  hours  and  a  half;  and  when  at 
length  we  emerged  from  the  stuffy  air  of  the 
forest  into  the  open,  we  felt  as  though  we 
had  wings  and  finished  the  remaining  2000  feet, 
or  so,  of  the  climb  with  ease.  The  high  peaks 
of  the  main  chain  were,  as  usual,  obscured,  or 
else  loomed  dimly,  bleared  spectral  shapes, 
through  the  watery  vapour;  but  fortunately 
there  were  no  big  mountains  to  the  south-east, 
south,  or  west,  so  Collie  was  able  to  complete 
his  plane-table  survey  of  that  district,  and  our 
labours  had  not  been  altogether  in  vain.  We 
returned  by  a  somewhat  different  route,  hoping 
to  find  it  easier,  but  eventually  found  ourselves 
cut  off  from  the  camp  by  a  large  muskeg,  the 
dangers  of  which,  however,  we  disregarded, 
and,  wading  straight  through  it,  got  back  to 
dinner. 

From  the  Columbia  trail,  which  we  reached 
in  a  few  days  without  difficulty,  we  branched  ofF 
to  visit  some  lakes  which  form  the  source  of  the 
Blackwater  creek.  The  highest  of  these  lakes 
is  situated  on  what  may  be  termed  a  low  pass, 
about  800  feet  above  Donald,  and  from  this 
point  the  trail  descends  towards  the  Bush  River 
in  one  direction,  and  to  Donald  in  the  other. 

212 


FISH   LAKE 

One  of  the  lakes,  named  Fish  Lake,  is  full  of 
small  rainbow  trout,  and  we  camped  on  its 
banks  for  two  nights.  Fred  having  constructed 
for  us  an  impromptu  raft,  we  had  a  day's  fishing 
and  caught  a  great  many  trout :  then  on  again 
next  morning  to  Donald  and  civilisation  in  a 
downpour  of  rain.  For  some  rather  occult 
reason  it  was  considered  desirable  that  Tom 
Wilson  should  have  as  early  intimation  as  pos- 
sible of  the  outfit's  arrival ;  so  Stutfield  and  Spen- 
cer were  deputed  to  mount  the  swiftest  nags, 
to  wit,  Joe  and  a  black  mare  yclept  Dinah,  and 
ride  ahead  into  Donald.  They  had  a  most  ex- 
hilarating gallop  through  the  forest,  soaked  with 
the  heavy  rain  and  the  dripping  underbrush ; 
and  reached  Donald  in  under  three  hours.  Joe, 
with  his  nose  set  homewards,  went  admirably, 
though  he  came  down  badly  in  a  boghole,  caus- 
ing Stutfield  to  embrace  his  mother  earth  on 
the  happily  soft  floor  of  the  forest.  The  outfit 
arrived  an  hour  or  two  later. 

Our  haste  was  quite  unnecessary,  as  "  Num- 
ber 1 "  was  a  trifle  of  half  a  day,  or  thereabouts, 
behind  time.  There  had  been  a  landslip  on  the 
line ;  or,  as  a  negro  porter  more  aptly  phrased  it 

on  a  similar  occasion,  "the  scenery  had  come 

213 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

down."  We  spent  a  most  uncomfortable  night 
in  our  wet  things  at  the  station,  in  company 
with  a  very  unsteady  person  who  had  been 
carousing  not  wisely,  but  too  well,  with  his 
friends ;  until  at  last  the  train  came  in  and 
landed  us  at  Glacier  House,  and  under  Mrs. 
Young's  care,  in  the  early  morning. 


214 


CHAPTER  XII 

SUNDRY  MOUNTAIN  ASCENTS 

AT  Glacier  the  party  broke  up,  but  before  re- 
turning home  we  managed  to  do  some  climbing 
in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  railway,  which  com- 
pensated us  in  some  measure  for  our  bad 
luck  with  the  mountains  in  the  Bush  valley. 
Spencer,  remaining  at  Glacier  for  a  few  days, 
made  the  first  ascent — in  company  with  Pro- 
fessor Arthur  Michael  and  two  Swiss  guides, 
E.  Feuz  and  C.  Michel — of  Peak  Swanzy,  one 
of  the  few  remaining  virgin  summits  of  the 
Selkirks  within  reach  of  the  hotel.  The  fol- 
lowing is  Spencer's  description  of  the  climb : 
"  Starting  at  3*45  A.M.,  we  followed  the  trail 
leading  past  Lake  Marion  to  Mount  Abbott. 
Thence  we  walked  along  the  easy  level  ridge 
that  connects  Mount  Abbott  with  a  peak 
known  as  The  Rampart.  From  this  arete  we 
dropped  by  easy  slopes  on  its  eastern  side  to  the 
edge  of  a  considerable  glacier  which  fills  the 
head  of  the  Lilly  valley. 

"  The  scenery  at  this  point  was  of  remark- 
215 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

able  grandeur.  Opposite  to  us  Mount  Bon- 
ney  presented  a  huge  line  of  ice- capped  preci- 
pices rising  from  a  broad  crevassed  glacier,  to 
the  left  of  which,  at  the  head  of  the  Lilly 
glacier,  soared  a  graceful  snow-clad  cone,  Peak 
Swanzy,  the  goal  of  our  expedition.  A  rocky 
rib  running  up  from  the  other  side  of  the 
glacier  offered  a  possible  and  rather  tempting 
route ;  but  Feuz  suggested  that  we  should  pro- 
bably find  a  better  way  from  the  col  at  the  head 
of  the  Lilly  Glacier.  His  surmise  proved  cor- 
rect ;  for  on  arriving  at  the  col,  we  saw  that  we 
could  reach  the  summit  by  a  rather  steep,  but 
easy,  snow-slope.  As  the  rocks  in  front  of  us 
looked  very  difficult,  we  traversed  to  the  south- 
east side,  and,  after  a  charming  scramble  up 
rocks  of  no  great  difficulty,  stepped  on  to  the 
top  a  few  minutes  after  noon.  The  summit, 
which  is  a  little  over  10,000  feet  in  height,  con- 
sists of  a  rock- cap  with  a  short  snow  ridge 
running  from  it  in  a  south-westerly  direction. 
It  commands  a  view  of  extraordinary  splendour. 
In  the  far  distance  beyond  the  Hermit  Range 
the  great  chain  of  the  Rockies  showed  with 
remarkable  clearness  against  the  horizon.  I 
easily  identified  Freshfield*  Forbes,  Lyell,  Bryce, 

and  Columbia;  and  in  my  thoughts  I  retraced 

216 


PEAK  SWANZY 


ASCENT   OF  PEAK  SWANZY 

my  steps  on  our  journey  up  the  Bush  valley, 
with  all  its  new  and  interesting  experiences.  In 
our  immediate  vicinity  the  grand  precipices  of 
the  loftier  Mount  Bonney  shut  out  the  view 
towards  the  west ;  while  beyond  the  great  snow- 
fields  of  the  Illecillewaet  Glacier,  but  partially 
obscured  by  heavy  cloud-banks,  lay  a  tangled 
maze  of  peaks  and  glaciers,  amongst  which  I 
was  able  to  single  out  the  comparatively  well- 
known  summits,  Mounts  Dawson,  Fox,  and 
Donkin.  To  the  east,  and  much  nearer,  rose 
the  noble  form  of  Mount  Sir  Donald. 

"  As  Feuz  did  not  quite  like  the  look  of  the 
snow-slope  by  which  we  had  ascended,  we  made 
our  descent  to  the  col  by  a  rib  of  steep  rocky 
slabs  on  the  right,  a  very  pleasant  variation  in 
the  climb.  From  the  col  we  crossed  through  a 
gap  in  the  ridge  on  the  other  side  to  the  Asulkan 
valley,  finally  reaching  Glacier  House  at  a 
quarter  past  six,  after  one  of  the  most  delightful 
days  of  my  Alpine  experience." 

Meanwhile  Collie  had  returned  to  Banff, 
where,  having  a  day  or  two  to  spare,  he  began 
to  feel  a  longing  once  more  for  the  smell  of  the 
camp-fires  and  the  free,  disreputable  life  of  the 
woods.  Accordingly,  one  morning  down  at 

Tom  Wilson's  house,  arrangements  were  made 

217 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

for  a  start  the  same  afternoon,  with  Fred 
Stephens,  Wilson's  eldest  boy,  and  a  small  oufit, 
for  the  valley  that  lies  under  Mount  Edith — a 
somewhat  remarkable  peak  standing  a  short  way 
up  a  creek  that  drains  from  the  north  side  of  the 
Bow  valley  a  few  miles  west  of  Banff.  It  is 
visible  from  the  railway,  and  resembles,  on  a 
small  scale,  the  Little  Dru  as  seen  through  the 
trees  before  approaching  the  Montanvert. 

Fred  Stephens  had  always  protested  that 
climbing  peaks,  for  the  mere  sake  of  climbing 
them,  was  foolishness — only,  if  sheep  or  goats 
could  be  shot  by  so  doing,  there  might  be  some 
use  in  taking  the  trouble  to  get  to  the  top  of 
a  mountain.  From  the  look  of  Mount  Edith 
Collie  judged  that  some  very  good  rock  climb- 
ing would  be  required  to  ascend  it ;  and  he 
looked  forward  to  experiencing  all  the  pleasures 
of  the  initiated,  when  he  should  have  Fred 
dangling  on  the  end  of  an  Alpine  rope. 

The  weather  was  perfect ;  and,  following  the 
valley  lying  on  the  eastern  side  of  Mount  Edith, 
a  good  camping-place  was  soon  found.  With 
due  solemnity  the  bacon  was  cooked  for  the  last 
time  under  the  silent  pines,  for  the  party  pur- 
posed returning  to  Banff  the  following  evening ; 

and  to  wash  the  supper  down  Collie  had  brought 

218 


ASCENT  OF  MOUNT  EDITH 

with  him  a  bottle  of  Pommery.  Fred,  however, 
was  not  enthusiastic,  or  even  polite,  to  the 
champagne,  remarking  that  he  had  tasted  far 
better  cider  in  his  native  and  beloved  Montana. 

After  sundown  the  party  rolled  themselves 
up  in  their  blankets ;  and  soon  the  full  moon 
slowly  moved  up  the  sky,  sending  a  flood  of 
light  through  the  branches  of  the  perfectly  still 
pines,  and  the  black  shadows  moved  lazily  across 
the  grass  below.  On  such  a  night  who  would 
change  the  free  untainted  air  of  the  mountains 
for  that  of  a  stuffy  room  ?  Occasionally  a  faint 
breeze  would  stir  the  upper  branches  of  the 
trees,  or  send  a  whiff  of  the  still  smouldering 
camp-fire  across  one's  nostrils — it  seemed  almost 
sacrilege  even  to  think  of  going  to  sleep,  and  so 
miss  any  of  the  wonderful  pictures  in  black  and 
white.  Presently,  however,  the  moon  set  be- 
hind a  neighbouring  mountain  ridge,  and  all  was 
merged  in  darkness,  only  a  few  glittering  stars 
shining  coldly  in  the  heavens. 

Making  an  early  start  next  morning,  Collie 
and  Fred  followed  the  valley  almost  up  to  a 
pass  that  leads  over  into  Forty  Mile  Creek ; 
then,  turning  to  the  left,  a  straight  line  was 
struck  for  the  precipitous  limestone  wall  of 

Mount   Edith.      A  wide   open  gully  promised 

219 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

success, — the  one  that  leads  up  to  the  col  con- 
necting Mount  Edith  with  the  next  peak  to  the 
north.  Fortunately  there  was  no  snow  lying  in 
the  upper  part  of  this  gully ;  otherwise  it  would 
have  been  foolhardy  to  attempt  to  asce"hd  it. 
The  climbing  was  steep  and  somewhat  rotten, 
but  not  very  difficult ;  and  Fred  declared  that  a 
rope  was  hardly  necessary.  On  reaching  the  col 
Mount  Edith  was  to  the  south,  and  it  seemed 
impossible  to  climb  direct  to  the  summit ;  so, 
crossing  the  col  to  the  western  side,  a  series  of 
traverses  and  climbs  through  holes  in  the  ridge 
were  made :  we  next  crossed  some  very  sloping 
slabs  overhanging  dizzy  precipices ;  then  climbed 
up  excessively  rotten  gullies,  first  one  way 
then  another,  but  always  getting  higher,  till  we 
emerged  quite  unexpectedly  on  to  the  top. 

Of  course  we  built  a  cairn,  after  which  Fred 
amused  himself  by  hurling  big  stones  down  the 
cliffs — the  only  use  he  saw  in  such  a  mountain 
top  was  to  pitch  it  over  into  the  valley  below. 
It  was  certainly  an  ideal  place  for  such  a  per- 
formance, as  the  summit  was  composed  of  lime- 
stone strata  set  straight  on  end,  its  eastern  face 
consisting  of  almost  flawless  slabs  1000  or  1500 
feet  high,  set  at  an  angle  somewhere  between 
85°  and  90°.  Rock  after  rock  Fred  brought  to 

220 


MOUNT  EDITH 


THE  BUSH  PASS  (see  f.  284) 


ASCENT   OF  MOUNT  EDITH 

the  edge,  and,  tilting  them  over,  watched  them 
half  fall,  half  slide,  down  the  smooth  slabs  till 
they  burst  in  fragments  perhaps  2000  feet 
below. 

To  the  north  of  Mount  Edith  is  a  still  higher 
peak,  that  cannot  be  seen  from  below  the  Bow 
valley  easily  ;  it  is  most  remarkable  in  form,  and 
apparently  quite  inaccessible.  We  descended  by 
a  much  easier  route  down  the  western  side;  then, 
skirting  across  some  screes,  we  crossed  the  ridge 
to  the  south.  Below  us  could  be  seen  the  smoke 
of  the  camp-fire  ;  and  Fred,  disregarding  Collie's 
warning  that  he  would  be  cut  off  below,  set  off 
down  a  tempting-looking  gully.  The  warning 
proved  true,  and,  to  make  matters  worse,  the  only 
possible  way  of  escape  was  to  traverse  back  again 
with  great  difficulty  right  under  the  peak  on  the 
eastern  side  till  we  nearly  joined  our  morning's 
route.  Thus  we  got  down  through  the  forest  to 
the  camp,  and  night  saw  us  again  in  Banff. 

On  September  the  llth,  a  few  days  later, 
Stutfield  found  himself  once  more  at  Glacier 
on  his  way  home  from  Vancouver.  Among 
the  passengers  on  "  Number  2  "  was  an  Ameri- 
can lady,  who  had  ideas  concerning  the 
mountains.  The  crevasses  of  the  Great  Glacier, 
she  maintained,  were  all  artificial — they  didn't 

221 


CLIMBS   AND   EXPLORATION 

even  look  natural,  she  said  ;  and  it  was  no  good 
our  trying  to  humbug  her  into  believing  that 
they  were.  It  appears  that  not  a  few  people 
from  the  States  think  that  the  glacier  was  put 
there  by  the  Canadian  Pacific  Railway  as  an 
ornament — like  the  rock  walk  or  the  fountains 
in  the  middle  of  the  lawri :  and  one  citizen  of 
the  Great  Republic  asked  the  manageress  of 
the  hotel  if  it  was  there  when  she  arrived ! 

The  season  was  waning,  but  the  weather 
was  fine  and  the  opportunity  too  good  to  lose ; 
so  Stutfield  engaged  two  of  the  Swiss  guides 
stationed  at  the  hotel  by  the  Canadian  Pacific 
Railway,  Jacob  Muller  and  Michel  of  Grindel- 
wald,  and  arranged  to  go  up  Mount  Sir  Donald 
next  day.  Before  describing  the  climb,  a  few 
words  on  previous  ascents  and  attempts  upon  this 
interesting  mountain  may  not  be  out  of  place. 
Long  deemed  inaccessible  by  people  on  the 
spot,  for  some  years  it  defied  all  efforts  to  scale 
its  precipices,  which  from  below  look  distinctly 
formidable  —  much  more  so  than  they  are  in 
reality.  Among  its  earlier  assailants  were  such 
well-known  mountaineers  as  Mr.  Harold  Topham 
and  the  Rev.  William  Green,  of  whom  the 
latter  attempted  the  ascent  by  the  Illecillewaet 
neve,  but  only  succeeded  in  climbing  the  peak 

222 


ASCENT   OF  MOUNT   SIR  DONALD 

that  now  bears  his  name.  The  first  actual 
ascent  was  made  in  1890  by  Messrs.  Huber, 
Sulzer,  and  Cooper,  by  a  difficult  and  danger- 
ous route  up  a  couloir  on  the  north-west  face. 
The  mountain  then  remained  unclimbed  for 
nine  years,  until  in  1899  M.  Leprince-Ringuet 
followed  Mr.  Green's  route  with  success,  de- 
scending from  the  col  between  Green  Peak  and 
Sir  Donald,  and  joining  the  present  route  up 
the  rocks.  On  the  summit  he  found  the  cards 
left  by  his  predecessors,  Huber  and  Sulzer,  thus 
disposing  of  the  doubts  which  unbelieving  per- 
sons had  cast  upon  their  ascent.  In  1900  five 
parties  reached  the  summit. 

The  walk,  as  we  sallied  forth  at  3*15  A.M., 
along  the  broad  trail  leading  to  the  Illecillewaet 
ice-fall,  was  delightful — no  logs  or  bushes  to 
fight  with — and  a  full  moon  shed  a  strangely 
eerie  radiance  upon  the  great  trees,  the  sheen 
and  glimmer  of  its  beams  making  a  lantern 
quite  unnecessary.  The  trail  soon  ended,  but 
there  was  a  nice  little  path  through  the  bushes 
beyond ;  and  a  well-constructed  moraine,  very 
superior  to  the  ordinary  Swiss  variety,  leads  to 
a  glacier  that  mounts  to  the  foot  of  the  rocks. 
Dawn  came  slowly  up  over  the  shoulder  of  the 

peak,  and  Sir  Donald  stood  forth,  grandly  sil- 

223 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

houetted  against  the  saffron  sky.  At  the  foot 
of  the  final  peak  the  most  serious  obstacle  has 
to  be  passed — the  schrund  that  stopped  some  of 
the  first  people  to  attempt  the  ascent  of  the 
mountain.  It  did  not  give  us  much  trouble, 
but  in  some  seasons  the  crossing  of  it  might 
be  a  very  difficult  matter. 

Just  above  the  schrund  is  a  curious  tunnel 
through  the  snow,  about  ten  or  fifteen  yards 
long;  and  immediately  beyond  it  a  very  steep 
little  snow-slope  takes  you  on  to  the  rocks. 
These  are  nowhere  very  difficult  according  to 
modern  climbing  standards,  but  always  steep 
and  interesting.  There  was  a  good  deal  of 
fresh  snow  on  the  mountain  when  we  climbed 
it:  otherwise  it  might  have  been  necessary  to 
keep  a  sharp  look-out  for  falling  stones.  After 
zig-zagging  up  the  face  of  the  rocks  on  to  the 
arete,  we  reached  the  summit  at  9  A.M.,  when 
the  guides  much  amused  their  "  Herr "  by  at 
once  claiming  a  record  time  for  the  ascent ; 
which  shows  that  modern  Alpine  notions  have 
already  invaded  America's  new  mountain  play- 
ground!  The  height  of  Sir  Donald  is  10,645 
feet,  about  6600  feet  above  Glacier,  but  the 
actual  summit  is  not  visible  from  the  hotel. 

The   view   from    the   top    suffers   from   the 

224 


MOUNT    SIR    DONALD 

lack  of  any  effective  foreground,  as  you  are 
standing  on  much  the  most  striking  object  in 
the  panorama.  It  is,  of  course,  enormously 
extensive.  The  spectator  seems  to  be  in  the 
centre  of  a  perfect  universe  of  mountains,  a 
chaotic  far-stretching  wilderness  of  peak,  snow- 
field,  and  valley ;  which  in  imagination  he  sees 
extending  hundreds  of  miles  to  the  Pacific, 
nearly  a  thousand  miles  northwards  to  Alaska, 
and  heaven  knows  how  many  thousands  to 
the  south.  Bush  valley  with  its  mountains, 
and  the  grand  Selkirk  peak  we  had  so  often 
seen  therefrom,  were  quite  clear;  but  a  long 
thin  line  of  cloud  cut  off  the  summits  of  Mount 
Forbes,  Bryce,  and  other  giants  of  the  central 
chain,  only  the  silvery  spire  of  Columbia  pierc- 
ing the  vapour,  and  proudly  overtopping  its 
neighbours. 

Some  care  was  necessary  in  negotiating  the 
now  rapidly  melting  snow  at  the  beginning 
of  the  descent;  but,  this  passed,  the  party 
made  its  way  down  without  difficulty,  reaching 
Glacier  at  two  o'clock.  At  the  hotel  Stutfield 
sat  down  to  an  excellent  lunch,  feeling  very  fit 
and  hungry ;  and,  as  he  walked  down  the  line 
to  the  "loops"  in  the  afternoon,  he  reflected 

that   rock  and   snow  climbing  was,  after  all,  a 

225  p 


CLlkBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

much  easier  and  pleasanter  occupation  than 
forcing  your  way  through  untrodden  British 
Columbian  forests.  Indeed,  beside  some  of  our 
expeditions  in  the  woods  the  day's  work  seemed 
a  light  one:  and  it  was  only  after  this  climb 
that  he  realised,  by  comparison,  how  severe  had 
been  our  labours  battling  with  logs,  devil's- 
club  creepers,  jungles,  and  mosquitoes,  on 
the  timber-choked  slopes  of  the  mountains 
around  the  Bush  River. 

Our  trip  was  now  ended :  of  course  we  were  ' 
not  entirely  satisfied — one  seldom  is  in  this 
wicked  world — and  wished  we  could  have  done 
more.  Even  supposing,  however,  that  things 
had  gone  better  with  us  at  the  outset,  the 
weather  was  ,too  persistently  bad  at  the  head 
of  the  Bush  valley  for  us  to  have  been  able  to 
do  any  serious  mountaineering :  and,  as  it  was, 
we  had  found  out  nearly  all  we  wanted  to  know 
about  the  geography  of  the  region  lying  to  the 
west  of  the  main  range. 

To  recapitulate :  practically  the  whole  dis- 
trict lying  between  the  Wood  river  and  the 
Blaeberry  creek  is  drained  by  the  Bush  River ; 
the  Waitabit  and  Bluewater  creeks  merely 
take  the  water  from  the  foot-hills.  A  large 

glacier    exists   at   the    back    of    the   Freshfield 

226 


MOUNT  SIR  DONALD 


GEOGRAPHICAL    RESULTS 

group  :  this  is  the  source  of  the  south  fork  of 
the  Bush,  whilst  the  meltings  from  the  Columbia 
glacier  and  some  of  the  ice-fields  lying  at  the 
base  of  the  Lyell  group  flow  into  the  north 
fork.  Another  system  of  glaciers,  lying  to  the 
west  of  Mount  Bryce,  feed  two  tributaries  of 
the  Bush  River  that  flow  southward  and  parallel 
with  the  north  fork.  The  magnificent  snow- 
capped peak  standing  almost  over  the  junction 
of  the  south  and  north  forks  is  not  Mount 
Bryce,  as  we  had  supposed,  but  is  a  new  and 
unnamed  mountain.  As  it  is  in  full  view  of 
the  traveller  all  the  way  up  the  Bush  valley, 
it  ought,  perhaps,  to  be  called  Bush  Peak.  The 
great  depth  of  the  Bush  valley  is  also  of  inter- 
est ;  and  the  fact  that,  to  start  with,  both  from 
Mount  Freshfield  and  Mount  Columbia,  the 
valleys  lie  parallel  with  the  main  chain  shows 
that  the  same  forces  that  fashioned  the  valleys 
on  the  eastern  side  also  made  those  on  the 
west.  This  pressure,  in  many  places  at  the 
head-waters  of  the  Bush,  had  contorted  the  rock 
into  the  most  fantastic  bends  and  loops,  as  we 
have  previously  mentioned  on  page  209.  The 
general  lie  of  the  country  was  a  series  of  more 
or  less  tilted  strata  dipping  to  the  south-west 

and    consequently   producing  gentle    slopes   in 

227 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

that  direction  and  precipitous  faces  towards  the 
north-east,  the  ranges  consisting  of  carboni- 
ferous and  Devonian  limestones. 

Professor  Bonney,  F.R.S.,  kindly  examined 
one  or  two  specimens  of  rock  that  we  brought 
home.  In  the  bed  of  the  Bush  River  there 
was  a  considerable  amount  of  limestone  with 
fossil  corals  in  it.  Professor  Bonney  describes 
it  as  follows :  "It  appears  to  belong  to  the 
genus  Lithostrotion,  and  one  at  least  is  very 
like  the  Martini  of  Britain.  This  belongs  to 
the  carboniferous  limestone  age."  Of  another 
limestone  he  says :  u  Contains  numerous  frag- 
ments of  organisms,  but  ill  preserved ;  some, 
perhaps  foramimferce,  are  like  an  ostreod,  others 
probably  mollusca."  A  third  limestone  :  "  The 
ground  mass  appears  to  retain  traces  of  organ- 
isms and  shows  signs  of  pressure.  The  round 
spots  are  puzzling ;  the  mode  of  occurrence 
suggests  oolitic  grains,  but  they  have  a  coarse 
granular  structure — perhaps  recrystallisation  has 
taken  place." 

There  appears  to  be  only  one  pass  below 
timber-line  connecting  the  Bush  valley  with 
the  east  side  of  the  range.  This  is  the  pass 
which  Collie  and  Woolley  had  seen  from  the 

summit   of  Athabasca  Peak.     It  was  explored 

228 


THOMPSON  PASS 

by  Mr.  Charles  Thompson,  while  we  were  in 
the  Bush  valley,  by  way  of  the  west  branch 
of  the  North  Fork  of  the  Saskatchewan.  As 
he  is  the  first  person  who  has  been  on  its 
summit,  Collie  named  it  Thompson  Pass:  it 
is  6800  feet  above  sea-level,  and  below  timber- 
line. 

The  question  of  passes  and  sources  of  rivers 
amongst  the  Canadian  Rockies  is  a  most  inter- 
esting one.  Of  the  little  tarn,  called  the 
Committee's  Punch-bowl,  which  drains  both 
ways  from  the  Athabasca  Pass,  full  mention 
has  been  made  already.  The  same  double  out- 
flow occurs  in  another  lake  just  south-east  of 
the  Athabasca  Pass — Fortress  Lake,  which 
was  discovered  by  Professor  Coleman.  He 
says :  "  The  lake  has  a  curious  subterranean 
outlet  in  a  tributary  of  the  Chaba  River, 
but  sends  most  of  its  waters  into  the  Wood 
River." 

Probably,  if  there  were  a  lake  on  the  Howse 
Pass  a  similar  state  of  affairs  would  be  found, 
for  the  summit  is  quite  flat,  with,  as  Dr.  Hector 
says,  "  a  few  swampy  streams  flowing  east,  a 
little  further  on  a  small  creek  issuing  from  a 
number  of  springs  flowing  westwards."  Again, 

the    same    phenomenon    occurs    at    the    head- 

229 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

waters    of   the   Saskatchewan    and    the   Atha- 
basca.1 

While  we  were  travelling  west  by  the  railway 
from  Donald  to  Glacier,  through  the  canyon 
of  the  Columbia  between  Donald  and  Beaver 
Mouth,  it  occurred  to  Collie  that  possibly 
centuries  ago  there  may  have  been  a  large 
lake  filling  the  Columbia  valley  to  the  south 
from  Donald  to  the  upper  lakes.  This  lake 
would  be  formed  anew  if  the  aforesaid  canyon 
between  Donald  and  Beaver  Mouth  were  to 
be  filled  up  for  a  height  of  two  hundred  feet, 
or  less,  Donald  being  2530  feet,  while  the  upper 
Columbia  lake  is  2700  feet,  above  the  sea.  The 
south  end  of  the  latter  lake  is  only  cut  off  by 
about  two  miles  of  swamp  from  the  Kootenay 
River.  All  along  the  wide  Columbia  valley 
up  to  the  lakes  are  well-marked  terraces  of 
white  calcareous  mud,  whilst  at  the  bottom 
of  the  valley  are  a  chain  of  great  swamps.  If 
the  whole  of  this  valley  had  been  at  any  time 
a  large  lake,  chiefly  or  wholly  draining  to  the 
south,  it  is  quite  likely  that  the  Kootenay  River, 
as  it  breaks  into  the  wide  valley  just  below  the 
Columbia  lakes  from  the  north-east  through  a 
rocky  gorge,  would  gradually  have  silted  up  the 

1  See  page  102, 
230 


SOURCE   OF   COLUMBIA  RIVER 

south  end  of  the  lake,  so  raising  the  height  till 
at  last  a  weak  spot  was  found  at  the  north  end, 
and  the  whole  drained  away  down  the  present 
valley  of  the  Columbia.1  Moreover,  one  would 
gather,  from  the  direction  in  which  the  Shus- 
wap  and  Spilimichene  creeks  flow,  that  they 
were  flowing  into  a  river  whose  course  was 
south. 

Now,  if  in  former  times  this  great  lake 
drained  south,  instead  of  north,  then  the  head- 
waters of  the  Columbia  must  have  been  in  the 
Bush  River;  and  its  source  was  amongst  the 
great  glaciers  that  sweep  down  from  Mount 
Columbia  and  the  Columbia  ice-fields.  Surely, 
for  the  birthplace  of  one  of  the  most  magnifi- 
cent rivers  of  the  West,  such  a  spot  is  more 
fitting  than  a  swamp  among  the  foot-hills. 
Surely  its  source  should  be  where  the  huge 
snow -clad  peaks  rise  high  into  the  clouds, 
where  the  avalanche  thunders,  where  the  dark 
precipices  keep  guard  over  the  valleys  beneath, 

1  Compare  Dr.  G.  M.  Dawson's  "  Preliminary  Report  on  the 
Physical  and  Geological  Features  of  that  Part  of  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains between  lats.  49°  and  51°  30',"  Part  B,  Annual  Report,  1885, 
where  he  suggests  that  the  original  course  of  what  is  now  the  Upper 
Columbia  was  probably  southward.  When  the  idea  first  occurred 
to  Collie,  he  was  not  aware  that  it  had  been  thus  anticipated.  The 
probable  source,  however,  of  the  Columbia  in  the  Bush  valley  was 
not  suggested  by  Dr.  Dawson. 

231 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

and  where  the  Rocky  Mountains  culminate  in 
one  great  effort ;  for  there,  amidst  ice  and  snow 
in  the  glacier  caves,  is  born  the  Athabasca,  that 
old  river  of  the  lonely  northland ;  and  there 
arise  the  rivulets  that  later  become  the  mighty 
Saskatchewan  ! 


232 


CHAPTER  XIII 

TO  BEAR  CREEK  ONCE  MORE 

THE  following  year,  1901,  saw  considerable 
activity  among  climbers  and  explorers  in  the 
Canadian  Rockies.  The  veteran  mountaineer, 
Mr.  Edward  Whymper,  the  first  conqueror  of  the 
Matterhorn  and  Chimborazo,  came  out  with  four 
Swiss  guides  and  made  a  series  of  ascents  and 
observations  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  Ver- 
million  Pass ;  in  the  Yoho  valley,  near  Field ; 
and  in  the  valley  of  the  Ice  River.  That  in- 
defatigable climber,  the  Rev.  James  Outram, 
accompanied  him  on  some  of  his  expeditions : 
and  later  on,  in  conjunction  with  Messrs.  G.  M. 
Weed,  J.  H.  Scattergood,  and  a  Swiss  guide, 
Mr.  Outram  ascended  Mount  Chancellor  and 
other  summits  along  the  railway,  winding  up 
his  season's  mountaineering  with  the  conquest  of 
Mount  Assiniboine.  Messrs.  Weed  and  C.  S. 
Thompson,  with  Hans  Kaufmann  of  Grindel- 
wald  as  guide,  climbed  various  peaks  in  the  valley 
of  the  Ten  Peaks,  at  the  head  of  Moraine  Lake 
near  Laggan. 

233 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

Much  the  most  interesting  journey  of  ex- 
ploration, however,  was  that  of  Dr.  Jean  Habel 
up  the  North  Fork  of  the  Saskatchewan,  over 
Wilcox  Pass,  and  thence  down  the  valley  of  the 
Sun  Wapta  to  its  junction  with  the  west  branch 
of  the  Athabasca.  From  here  he  ascended  the 
two  branches  of  the  Chaba  River,  and  visited 
Fortress  Lake ;  then  travelled  to  the  head  of 
the  western  branch  of  the  Athabasca  towards 
the  northern  face  of  Mount  Columbia,  of  which 
he  obtained  a  fine  photograph.1  His  outfit,  like 
so  many  others,  ran  short  of  provisions  and  the 
expedition  had  to  be  curtailed  ;  and  much  good 
work  of  exploration,  which  might  otherwise  have 
been  accomplished,  was  thereby  prevented. 
Some  day,  perhaps,  it  will  be  possible  to  obtain 
an  outfit  manned  and  equipped  with  sufficient 
transport  and  provisions  to  last  out  a  trip  of 
three  or  four  months.  At  present  nobody  seems 
to  have  mastered  the  problem  ;  and  the  prospect 
of  running  short  of  food  on  the  journey  remains 
the  most  serious  obstacle  to  all  projects  of  ex- 
tended exploration  among  the  mountains. 

In  the  spring  of  1902  three  of  us,  Collie, 
Stutfield,  and  Woolley,  made  plans  for  another 
trip  to  the  Canadian  Rockies.  Those  peaks  and 

1  "  Appallachia "  (Boston),  Vol.  x.  No.  1. 
234 


GORGE  OF  BEAR  CREEK  (-see  p.  257) 


TO   BEAR  CREEK 

glaciers  and  canyons,  and  the  subtle  charms  of 
camp-life  in  the  backwoods,  had  woven  a  spell 
around  us  that  we  could  not,  if  we  would,  have 
broken.  The  expedition  was  to  be  mainly 
a  mountaineering  one ;  as,  apart  from  virgin 
mountain  summits  and  ice-fields,  we  did  not 
expect  to  break  much  new  ground.  At  the 
same  time,  there  were  many  points  of  interest 
and  geographical  uncertainties  to  be  cleared  up, 
as  on  our  previous  trips  the  panoramic  views 
had  been  greatly  interfered  with  by  cloudy 
weather  and  smoke  haze  and  the  intervention 
of  other  peaks.  It  must  be  remembered,  also, 
that  the  country  mapped  as  the  result  of  those 
journeys  comprises  about  3000  square  miles ; 
and  necessarily  there  were  many  valleys  whose 
sources  were  difficult  to  trace ;  glaciers  and 
snow-fields  the  direction  of  whose  flow  was  pro- 
blematical ;  and,  lastly,  the  altitude  of  some  of 
the  highest  peaks  was  doubtful.  It  remained  to 
discover  what  system  of  valleys  lay  on  the 
south-west  side  of  the  Freshfield  range;  to 
traverse  the  great  Lyell  glacier,  upon  whose  ice 
no  human  being  had  probably  set  foot,  in  order 
to  learn  about  the  complicated  series  of  snow- 
peaks  in  that  district ;  to  find  out  how  the  con- 
tinental Divide  ran,  and  how  the  various  creeks 

235 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

of  the  Bush  River  were  connected  with  the 
Lyell  snow-field ;  and,  further,  Collie  wished  to 
see  if  there  was  an  easy  pass  across  the  water- 
shed between  Mount  Forbes  and  the  Freshfield 
group.  If  any  such  low  pass  existed,  it  would 
be  probably  the  only  one  from  the  Fortress  Lake 
pass  on  the  Athabasca  to  the  Kicking  Horse 
pass  on  the  railway ;  and,  moreover,  it  would  be 
useful  as  a  means  of  reaching  the  head-waters 
of  the  south  fork  of  the  Bush  without  the  toil 
of  forcing  one's  way  up  the  main  Bush  valley. 

Profiting  by  previous  experiences,  we  hoped 
to  avoid  the  starvation  and  other  hardships  we 
had  endured  in  the  valleys  of  the  Bush,  Atha- 
basca, and  Saskatchewan,  and  generally  to  do 
things  more  comfortably.  Bad  weather,  flooded 
rivers,  and  such-like  visitations  of  Providence,  we 
could  not  hope  to  avoid ;  but  we  thought  that 
with  reasonable  care  and  forethought  we  might 
at  any  rate  have  a  good  tent  and  a  sufficiency  of 
food.  With  this  end  in  view  Collie  wrote  to 
Fred  Stephens,  who  had  now  started  an  outfit- 
ting business  on  his  own  account,  and  asked  him 
to  give  us  an  estimate  for  a  trip  of  seven  or 
eight  weeks.  Fred  replied,  suggesting  the 
quantity  of  flour,  bacon,  &c.,  required;  and 

Collie  wrote  back,  nearly  doubling  the  amount, 

236 


TO   BEAR  CREEK 

and  directing  that  half  should  be  sent  on  ahead 
over  the  Bow  pass  and  cached  at  Bear  Creek. 
This  was  done,  and  at  the  end  of  the  trip  there 
were  not  many  provisions  left  over. 

We  left  England  on  July  3rd,  nearly  a  fort- 
night earlier  than  usual,  hoping  to  "pull  out" 
— Anglice,  go  into  camp — on  the  19th ;  but 
sundry  mishaps  delayed  the  start  till  five  days 
later.  At  Banff  we  made  the  pleasing  dis- 
covery that  three  pieces  of  luggage,  containing 
a  large  proportion  of  our  camp  outfit,  were 
missing:  one  turned  up  in  two  days,  but  we 
could  obtain  no  clue  whatever  as  to  the  where- 
abouts of  the  others. 

Reader,  when  your  American  or  Canadian 
friend  dilates  to  you  on  the  perfection  and 
quasi-infallibility  of  the  Transatlantic  system 
of  "  checking  "  baggage,  don't  you  believe  him  ! 
It  is  a  good  system,  which  works  well  on  the 
whole,  but  it  is  very  far  from  being  infallible ; 
and  on  this  trip  we  heard  of  more  cases  of 
baggage  being  lost  than  we  have  ever  known 
in  any  European  country  in  a  similar  space  of 
time.  There  was  some  excuse  for  the  break- 
down in  1902,  as  the  increase  of  traffic  was 
very  large  and  rapid ;  the  travelling  trunks  of 
American  ladies  grow  bigger  and  ever  bigger; 

237 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

labour  was  difficult  to  procure,  and  the  good 
times  had  made  the  railway  employes  exceed- 
ingly independent :  but  the  fact  remains  that 
such  contretemps  do  more  than  anything  else 
to  mar  the  pleasure  of  travelling. 

At  Laggan  we  found  Mr.  C.  S.  Thompson, 
who,  with  Mr.  Weed  and  Hans  Kaufmann, 
was  to  accompany  us  on  the  trip ;  but,  alas ! 
on  the  Monday  a  worse  mishap  even  than  the 
loss  of  our  luggage  upset  our  plans,  for  Mr. 
Thompson  received  a  telegram  announcing  the 
destruction  by  fire  of  his  home  in  Texas ;  and 
he  was  forced  to  forego  his  brief  annual  holiday 
in  the  mountains  and  return  home.  It  was  a 
keen  disappointment  to  us  as  well  as  to  him, 
for  we  had  looked  forward  with  pleasure  to 
spending  a  few  weeks  in  camp  and  doing  some 
good  climbs  with  this  keen  and  energetic 
mountaineer. 

As  the  lost  trunks  obstinately  refused  to 
turn  up,  we  got  together  such  things  as  were 
procurable  in  the  village  to  replace  the  missing 
outfit,  and  prepared  to  start.  Mr.  Mathews 
most  obligingly  lent  us  several  useful  articles; 
among  others,  a  most  magnificent  bedroom 
mattress,  which  on  the  journey  proved  as  great 
a  solace  to  its  temporary  owner  as  it  was  an 

•  238 


TO   BEAR  CREEK 

annoyance  to  the  packers ;  and  on  Wednesday 
the  23rd  we  left  for  Laggan,  where  Fred  was 
awaiting  us  with  the  horses  and  men.  "  Number 
One"  was  less  punctual  even  than  usual,  and 
we  reached  Laggan  too  late  to  make  a  start 
that  day.  On  the  platform  we  found  Fred 
with  his  friend  Jack  Robson,  who  was  engaged 
to  take  charge  of  the  culinary  department  in 
our  somewhat  extensive  outfit.  Fred,  expecting 
us  to  arrive  earlier,  had  sent  the  other  two 
men,  with  the  tents  and  most  of  the  horses, 
ahead  along  the  Bow  trail;  so  we  spent  our 
first  night  a  la  belle  etoile  outside  the  station. 

The  evening  was  spent  in  sorting  the  bag- 
gage, which,  owing  to  our  fixed  determination 
to  make  ourselves  comfortable,  was  somewhat 
bulkier  than  usual.  One  depraved  person,  for 
instance,  had  brought  a  camp-bedstead.  This 
luxury  was  viewed  with  the  strongest  disap- 
proval, as  out  West,  for  some  occult  reason,  it 
is  considered  unmanly  to  sleep  otherwise  than 
on  the  ground.  Weed,  hardy  man,  had  neither 
cork  mattress  nor  bedstead ;  but,  like  a  true  son 
of  America,  lay  in  his  blanket  and  ground-sheet. 
Worse  even  than  the  camp-bedstead,  however, 
lurked  behind;  and  presently  Fred's  all-seeing 
eye  fell  on  the  bedroom  mattress. 

239 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

"  What's  this  blamed  truck  ? "  he  inquired, 
and  his  good-humoured  face  assumed  an  ex- 
pression of  unwonted  severity. 

"Truck,"  it  should  be  explained,  is  one  of 
those  delightfully  comprehensive  western  words, 
like  "  outfit,"  which  can  be  applied  to  anything 
or  everything;  to  creation  at  large  or  a  water- 
bucket  ;  to  a  rifle  or  a  kitchen  utensil ;  a  maiden 
aunt  or  a  mother-in-law.  We  explained  that 
the  "truck"  was  nothing  more  or  less  than 
what  it  appeared  to  be,  a  mattress,  and  that 
we  meant  to  sleep  on  it;  whereat  Robson, 
with  quite  unnecessary  politeness,  inquired  if 
he  should  wait  for  the  wardrobe  and  the  rest 
of  the  bedroom  suite,  which  he  supposed  was 
to  follow  later;  and  Fred  was  certain  that  a 
decent  pack  could  not  possibly  be  made  of 
such  a  monstrosity,  that  no  self-respecting 
cayoose  would  submit  to  carry  it,  &c.,  &c.  So 
the  talk  went  on  till  night  fell;  the  bedding 
(including  the  mattress)  was  spread  on  the 
ground,  and  further  argument  was  quenched 
in  slumber. 

It  froze  hard  during  the  night,  though  thun- 
der could  be  heard  rumbling  at  intervals,  and 
our  blankets  next  morning  were  white  with 

rime.      We  waited  till  noon,  in  the  faint  but 

240 


TO   BEAR  CREEK 

delusive  hope  of  finding  our  baggage  on 
"Number  One"  when  it  arrived,  and  then 
started  up  the  Bow  valley.  Four  years  had 
elapsed  since  we  had  passed  along  this  route 
on  our  return  from  the  head-waters  of  the 
Saskatchewan  and  the  Athabasca ;  and  the 
Canadian  Pacific  Railway  people  had  evidently 
not  been  idle  in  the  meantime.  The  trail  of 
evil  renown  was  now,  at  any  rate  for  the  first 
five  or  six  miles,  as  broad  and  good  as  any 
backwoods  traveller  could  desire,  only  the  criss- 
cross and  jumble  of  logs  on  either  side  serving 
to  remind  us  of  our  troubles  here  in  former 
days.  Further  on,  however,  where  the  trail 
descends  to  the  level  of  the  Bow  river,  the 
improvement  ceases,  and  the  muskegs  and  bog- 
holes  are  now  worse  than  ever,  owing  to  the 
increase  of  traffic  and  the  trampling  of  many 
horses'  hoofs.  To  make  a  thorough  job  of  it, 
the  trail  should  be  carried  along  the  hillside 
past  the  base  of  Mount  Hector,  where,  if  once 
properly  cut  out,  it  could  easily  be  maintained 
in  a  state  of  tolerable  repair. 

We  found  the  tents  on  the   banks   of  the. 
Bow  after  a  ride  of  three  hours,  and  were  intro- 
duced to  our  other  two  men,  Dave  Tewksbury 

and  Clarence  Murray,  both  of  them  citizens  of 

241  Q, 


CLIMBS   AND   EXPLORATION 

the  U.S.A.,  who  had  taken  part  in  the  recent 
inrush  of  settlers  from  the  western  States  into 
Alberta.  Dave,  a  lumberman  by  trade  from 
Wisconsin,  was  a  veritable  artist  with  the  axe. 
It  was  a  treat  to  see  him  fell  a  tree  or  chop 
up  firewood;  every  blow  fell  in  the  right  place 
to  the  sixteenth  of  an  inch,  and  when  the 
operation  was  completed  the  end  of  the  log 
was  as  smooth  as  though  it  had  been  cut  with 
a  knife.  The  horses  were  all  complete  strangers 
to  us,  and  at  first  we  quite  missed  Joe  and 
Molly  and  the  Pinto,  and  the  other  animals 
that  had  shared — and  largely  caused — our  tribu- 
lations in  former  years. 

Our  journey  to  Bear  Creek  was  an  unevent- 
ful one,  and  we  were  far  from  regretting  the 
absence  of  incident.  Things  seemed  so  en- 
tirely different  in  this  charming  valley  from 
that  miserable  region  of  the  Bush.  The 
weather  was  fine  on  most  days ;  we  had  a 
well-stocked  larder,  and  an  excellent  tent  that 
kept  out  the  rain;  the  mosquitoes  were  not 
too  bad,  though  the  bulldogs  were  terribly 
numerous  and  worried  the  cayooses  a  good 
deal ;  while  the  latter  seemed  to  have  a  smaller 
allowance  of  original  sin  than  most  pack- 
horses,  and,  on  the  whole,  behaved  extremely 

242 


TO   BEAR  CREEK 

well.  Now  and  again  one  of  them  might  be 
seen  wildly  careering  through  the  woods,  shed- 
ding pots  and  pans  and  kettles  as  he  went ;  while 
Moses,  a  sprightly  old  sorrel  that  carried  the 
obnoxious  mattress,  showed  his  disgust  at  his 
burden  by  depositing  it  on  the  trail  at  every 
convenient  opportunity — but  they  never  tried 
to  drown  themselves  in  the  lakes  or  swam 
about  in  rivers  merely  for  the  fun  of  wetting 
our  baggage.  Everything,  in  short,  seemed  to 
combine  to  make  our  pilgrimage  the  pleasant 
picnic  we  had  intended  it  to  be  ;  as  though  Fate, 
repenting  of  the  trials  wherewith  she  had  for- 
merly afflicted  us,  were  now  bent  on  making 
all  possible  amends. 

On  the  second  day  the  outfit  camped,  after 
a  short  day's  march,  on  the  banks  of  a  stream 
descending  from  a  pass  leading  over  into  the 
Pipestone  valley,  in  order  to  wait  for  Collie 
and  Weed,  who  had  gone  on  a  journey  of 
exploration  along  the  sides  of  Mount  Hector. 
The  others  caught  a  few  trout  in  the  Bow, 
but  the  water  was  very  "  riley  "  —  Anglice, 
clouded  with  glacial  debris  —  and  the  fish 
throughout  this  season  took  exceedingly  badly. 
The  following  evening  we  pitched  the  tents 
on  the  Bow  summit,  in  suffocating  heat  which 

243 


CLIMBS  AND   EXPLORATION 

produced  clouds  of  flies  and,  later  on,  a 
thunderstorm.  From  the  Bow  Pass  a  long 
march  brought  us  to  our  old  beautiful  camping- 
ground  near  Waterfowl  Lake  at  the  foot  of 
Pyramid  and  Howse  Peak.  Those  two  cloud- 
compelling  mountains  were,  as  usual,  veiled  in 
mist  when  we  arrived  ;  but  they  were  nearly 
clear  next  morning,  and  old  Dave's  wonder  and 
delight  at  the  grim  black  precipices  and  stately 
glacier-crowned  peaks  knew  no  bounds.  The 
old  fellow  had  never  been  in  the  mountains 
before,  and  the  grand  scenery  was  a  complete 
revelation  to  him.  "  Well  now,  isn't  that  just 
wonderful ! "  he  kept  on  exclaiming,  as,  leaving 
his  sturdy  nag  (his  own)  to  find  its  way  along 
the  trail,  he  gazed  up  at  the  towering  cliffs 
of  Pyramid,  whose  head,  thinly  veiled  in  cloud, 
gave  to  Dave's  inexperienced  eye  an  impression 
of  almost  illimitable  height.  His  only  regret 
was  that  he  could  not  bring  his  "  old  woman " 
along  to  enjoy  these  glories  of  Nature  with 
him. 

On  the  way  through  the  woods  to  Bear 
Creek  camping-ground  Fred  pointed  out  to  us 
a  bear-trap  belonging  to  two  young  trappers 
from  Banff,  Ballard  and  Simpson,  who  had 

spent  the  winter  in  a  "shack"  or  log-cabin  at 

244 


A   GRIZZLY   STORY 

the  foot  of  the  valley.  Two  or  three  weeks 
before  we  passed  that  way  a  two -year -old 
bear  had  been  caught  in  the  trap ;  and  an  old 
grizzly  coming  along  got  wind  of  him,  and  pro- 
ceeded at  once  to  business.  Struggling  to  tear  his 
prey  out  of  the  trap,  the  grizzly  had  wrenched 
the  staple  to  which  it  was  attached  out  of  the 
ground,  and  dragged  the  whole  concern,  trap, 
staple,  bear,  and  all,  down  to  a  small  muskeg 
hard  by.  The  ground  near  the  trap  indicated 
the  terrific  nature  of  the  struggle  that  had 
taken  place ;  and  we  followed  the  marks  across 
the  trail  down  to  the  muskeg.  Here  the 
grizzly  had  seized  the  poor  beast  in  his  deadly 
grip,  and  literally  wrenched  the  leg  which  was 
caught  in  the  trap  out  of  the  shoulder-socket, 
and  then  made  a  meal  of  him.  Scraps  of  the 
victim's  hide  and  pieces  of  brown  fur  lying 
about,  as  well  as  the  marks  on  the  ground 
and  the  grass  and  weeds  crushed  flat,  were 
evidences  of  the  truth  of  the  story  which  one 
might  otherwise  have  found  difficult  to  believe. 

Early  in  the  afternoon  Mount  Murchison 
came  into  view,  and  we  entered  the  forest  of 
tall  pines  which  told  us  that  Bear  Creek  was 
not  far  off.  At  five  o'clock  the  outfit  came 
to  a  halt  on  the  familiar  camping-ground ;  and 

245 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

we  proceeded  at  once  to  inspect  the  river  with 
a  view  to  fording  it  on  the  morrow.  That 
notorious  torrent,  however,  was  most  un- 
pleasantly high :  its  waters  had  worn  for  them- 
selves a  narrower  and  deeper  channel  than 
before,  and  rushed  by  more  swiftly  and  im- 
petuously than  ever.  Our  examination  of  the 
river  over,  Collie's  first  care  was  to  search  for 
two  bottles,  one  of  whisky,  the  other  of  brandy, 
which  he  had  buried  at  the  foot  of  a  tree  in 
1898,  with  elaborate  instructions  as  to  how 
they  were  to  be  found.  You  stood,  compass 
in  hand,  at  the  foot  of  a  certain  tree;  then 
walked  twenty-two  paces  north-west  to  another 
tree  with  a  blaze  on  it ;  then  twenty-five  paces 
due  north  to  a  tree  with  a  white  stone  at  its 
base,  under  which  the  bottles  were  buried. 
The  secret  had  been  confided  to  Fred  and 
Peyto,  and  many  and  diligent  had  been  the 
searches  made  by  them  and  other  thirsty  trappers 
and  prospectors,  but  all  in  vain.  The  ground 
looked  as  though  bears  or  wild  boars  had  been 
rooting  round ;  but  the  men  had  dug  at  the 
foot  of  every  tree  but  the  right  one,  across 
which  another  trunk  had  fallen,  covering  the 
white  stone  and  the  burial-place  of  the  bottles. 

We,  however,  had  no  difficulty  in  finding  them, 

246 


BEAR  CREEK 

and  copious  libations  from  their  well-matured 
contents  were  drunk  round  the  camp-fire  that 
evening. 

On  a  knoll  hard  by,  in  the  woods  above  the 
tents,  we  found  the  shack  built  by  Ballard  and 
Simpson — the  first  human  habitation  in  a  spot 
which  future  generations  will  probably  see  trans- 
formed into  a  populous  mountain  resort  for 
tourists.  The  owners  of  the  shack  were  not 
at  home,  being  away  in  charge  of  an  expedition 
up  the  west  branch  of  the  north  fork  of  the 
Saskatchewan  with  the  Rev.  James  Outram  and 
Hans'  brother,  Christian  Kaufmann,  who  had 
started  from  Banff  more  than  a  fortnight  be- 
fore us:  but  on  the  door  was  pinned  a  note 
from  Mr.  Outram  saying  that  he  had  returned 
from  the  west  branch,  and  was  now  encamped 
at  Glacier  Lake,  and  would  meet  us  (as  had 
previously  been  arranged)  at  the  foot  of  Mount 
Forbes. 

Fred  had  stored  our  reserve  stock  of  pro- 
visions in  the  shack,  by  arrangement  with  the 
owners,  who  had  also  provided  him  with  a  key  of 
the  door.  The  interior,  which  smelt  very  fusty 
and  damp,  was  filled  with  skins,  horns,  traps 
of  all  kinds  and  sizes — conspicuous  among  them 

being  two  bear-traps,  cruel-looking  instruments 

247 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

like  gigantic  rabbit-traps,  and  requiring  a  force 
of  nearly  400  Ibs.  to  open  the  jaws  when  closed 
— tools  of  various  sorts,  and  other  trappers' 
implements.  In  this  lonely  retreat  the  two 
men  had  passed  the  long  Canadian  winter  in 
complete  isolation  from  the  outside  world,  shoot- 
ing and  trapping  with  fair  success,  considering 
the  ever-growing  scarcity  of  game  and  fur- 
bearing  animals. 

The  sight  of  such  a  shack,  or  cabin,  as  this  in 
the  wilds  of  the  backwoods  brings  vividly  before 
one  the  kind  of  life  led  by  the  trapper  or  miner 
or  prospector  up  country ;  and  the  grit  and 
endurance  that  a  man  must  have  to  enter  upon 
it.  The  mere  thought  of  the  possible  results  of 
some  trivial  accident  or  mishap  would  be  enough 
in  itself  to  deter  people  of  ordinary  nerves.  For 
instance,  we  heard  of  a  case  when  two  prospectors 
in  British  Columbia  made  a  compact  together 
before  starting  on  their  travels  that,  if  either  of 
them  broke  a  leg  or  sprained  an  ankle,  he  was  to 
be  shot  by  the  other.  And  how  great  must  be 
the  courage  of  the  hunter  or  trapper  who,  in  the 
depth  of  winter,  ventures  forth  alone  for  weeks 
or  months  together  into  the  woods,  pack  and 
blanket  on  back,  dependent  largely  on  his  gun 

or  rifle  for  food,  and  with  none  near  to  succour 

248 


THE   TRAPPER'S   LIFE 

in  case  he  falls  ill  or  meets  with  an  accident ! 
The  picture,  in  Milton  and  Cheadle's  book,  of 
the  headless  Indian  corpse  seated  on  the  ground, 
dead  of  starvation  ;  the  miner  whose  body  was 
found  in  the  woods,  his  pack  beside  him,  with 
the  pathetic  words  scrawled  on  a  piece  of  paper 
pinned  to  a  neighbouring  tree,  "  The  trail  ends 
here "  —these  and  many  similar  stories  serve 
to  remind  one  of  the  terrible  fate  that  is  for  ever 
staring  the  solitary  backwoodsman  in  the  face. 
Probably  the  fact  that  it  is  always  before  their 
eyes  tends  to  make  them  callous  to  the  risk : 
anyhow,  hundreds  of  men  are  to  be  found  who 
will  cheerfully  face  these  dangers  and,  what  to 
most  people  would  be  more  terrifying  still,  the 
awful  loneliness  of  their  solitary  vigils  in  the  great 
forests  and  mountains ;  and,  what  may  seem 
strangest  of  all,  not  a  few  of  them  find  pleasure 
in  doing  so. 

Nor,  one  would  think,  are  the  profits  in  these 
days  large  enough  to  compensate  the  trapper  for 
the  perils  and  privations  incident  to  his  trade. 
Formerly  a  man  might  with  fair  luck  earn  from 
six  to  eight  hundred  dollars  in  a  season,  but  he 
cannot  expect  to  do  so  well  nowadays.  Of 
course,  whatever  he  makes  is  almost  all  clear 

profit,  as  his  food  and  lodging  and  the  imple- 

249 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

ments  of  his  craft  cost  him  very  little.  The 
skins  of  the  marten  and  mink  are  the  chief 
source  of  income,  now  that  the  beaver  has  grown 
scarce  and  his  pelt  less  valuable  :  besides  these 
are  the  lynx,  ermine,  musk-rat,  otter,  wolverine 
or  glutton,  and  foxes  of  various  kinds.  The 
wolverine  is  a  beast  of  infinite  cunning,  and  mar- 
vellous tales  are  told  of  his  ingenuity  in  ferreting 
out  the  locality  *of  the  traps  and  stealing  the 
animals  caught  therein.  In  addition  to  these 
smaller  beasts  there  are  bears,  black,  cinnamon, 
and  grizzly  ;  and  in  these  days,  when  furs  of  all 
kinds  are  growing  scarce  and  dear,  the  pelt  of 
the  ordinary  wild  mountain  goat,  if  in  good 
winter  condition,  finds  a  ready  market. 


250 


MOUNT  MURCHISON 


CHAPTER  XIV 

MOUNT  MURCHISON  AND  MOUNT  FRESHFIELD 

FRED  STEPHENS  was  by  no  means  inclined  to 
risk  his  newly-purchased  outfit  by  the  passage  of 
Bear  Creek  in  its  present  swollen  condition ;  and 
the  river  was,  if  anything,  rather  higher  next 
morning.  Moreover,  an  examination  of  the 
bacon  which  had  been  stored  in  the  shack 
showed  that  it  had  got  slightly  mouldy,  and 
a  thorough  drying  in  the  sun  was  considered 
desirable.  The  customary  day's  halt,  without 
which  few  outfits  leave  Bear  Creek,  was  there- 
fore decided  on ;  and  by  way  of  spending  the 
time  we  arranged  to  attempt  the  ascent  of  the 
rocky  pinnacle  of  Mount  Murchison  which  faces 
and,  as  it  were,  overhangs  the  valley  where  the 
tents  were  pitched.  It  was  thought  that  the 
highest  summit,  or  what  we  had  always  deemed 
to  be  such,  lay  too  far  to  the  east  for  us  to  climb 
it,  at  any  rate  in  one  day,  from  our  present 
camping-ground. 

Next  morning,   therefore,   Collie,    Stutfield, 

Weed,  and   Hans    Kaufmann   sallied   forth  for 

251 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

what  we  imagined  would  prove  quite  a  moderate 
expedition.  Leaving  the  trail  about  half-an- 
hour  from  the  camp,  we  ascended  the  dry  bed 
of  a  torrent  that  comes  straight  down  the  moun- 
tain side,  some  distance  northwards  of  the  route 
we  followed  in  1898  up  to  the  arete  where  the 
fossil  forest  was  found.  In  this  way  we  avoided 
the  long  grind  through  the  woods,  which,  after 
our  experiences  in  the  Bush  valley,  we  regarded 
with  special  aversion.  The  going  proved  ex- 
cellent, and  we  soon  found  ourselves  at  timber- 
line,  ready  to  tackle  Mount  Murchison  with  legs 
untired  by  log-jumping  or  fighting  our  way 
through  brushwood.  As  we  were  all  more  or 
less  out  of  training  this  was  a  matter  of  no 
slight  importance.  Straight  above  us  was  a 
series  of  shale  slopes  leading  up  to  a  narrow 
snow  couloir,  which,  though  very  steep  and 
possibly  somewhat  risky  owing  to  falling  stones, 
looked  quite  feasible  ;  and,  as  it  obviously  offered 
much  the  most  direct  way  up  the  mountain,  we 
determined  to  try  it.  The  old  route  would 
doubtless  be  easier,  but  a  frontal  attack  pro- 
mised more  amusement,  as  well  as  a  considerable 
economy  of  time. 

In  a  grassy  basin  at  the  foot  of  the  rocks  we 

disturbed  a  young  he-goat  who,  after  the  manner 

252 


ASCENT   OF   MOUNT   MURCHISON 

of  bachelors  of  his  class,  was  having  a  quiet 
lunch  by  himself  on  the  succulent  herbage  that 
abounds  at  tree-line.  On  seeing  the  intruders 
he  cantered  off  in  leisurely  fashion,  traversing 
some  tiny  ledges  along  the  face  of  most  grue- 
some precipices  in  a  fashion  that  made  us 
wonder  why  the  epithet  "  giddy  "  should,  of  all 
others,  ever  be  applied  to  a  goat,  and  disappeared 
slowly  round  the  shoulder  of  the  mountain. 
There  was  a  good  deal  of  ice  at  the  bottom  of 
the  couloir,  which  in  dry  seasons  is  almost  bare 
of  snowr,  and  to  avoid  the  risk  of  falling  stones 
we  took  to  the  rocks  on  our  right.  These  were 
distinctly  difficult  in  one  or  two  places,  and  we 
soon  had  to  put  on  the  rope.  Above  the  rocks 
we  got  on  to  the  snow  which,  though  at  a  very 
steep  angle,  was  in  excellent  condition.  At  the 
head  of  the  couloir  we  crossed  over  to  its 
northern  side,  enjoying  on  the  way  a  striking 
glimpse,  through  the  opposing  walls  of  rock, 
of  Bear  Creek  valley  and  the  mountains  rising 
beyond. 

From  the  top  of  a  rocky  promontory,  where 
we  halted  for  our  second  meal,  it  was  perceived 
for  the  first  time  that  our  objective  rock  peak 
was  cut  off  from  us  by  a  mighty  cleft,  or  notch, 
in  the  mountain,  with  perpendicular  cliffs  on 

253 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

either  side  some  hundreds  of  feet  in  height. 
We  were  more  than  consoled,  however,  by  the 
discovery  that  a  snow-clad  summit,  invisible 
from  Bear  Creek,  which  rose  straight  in  front 
of  us  and  immediately  to  the  right  of  the  rock 
peak,  was  much  higher ;  and  we  had  no  doubt 
of  our  being  able  to  climb  it.  A  long,  but  easy, 
scramble  up  alternate  rock  and  shale-slopes  took 
us  on  to  the  final  snow  arete,  which,  as  usual  in 
these  mountains,  was  very  heavily  corniced ;  and 
we  had  to  traverse  along  the  slope,  which  was 
excessively  steep,  a  considerable  distance  from 
the  edge. 

At  four  in  the  afternoon,  more  than  seven 
hours  from  the  start,  we  stood  on  the  maiden 
crest  of  Mount  Murchison — or  rather,  a  few  feet 
below  it,  the  actual  top  consisting  of  a  tremen- 
dous cornice  of  snow  that  projected  some 
distance  over  an  abyss  several  thousands  of  feet 
deep.  To  our  surprise,  and  great  delight,  we 
found  we  were  on  one  of  two  peaks  of  about 
equal  height — the  clinometer  made  ours  slightly 
the  higher — which  easily  over-topped  all  the 
other  numerous  pinnacles  of  the  Murchison 
group.  Viewed  from  the  Bow  Pass  the  eastern- 
most summit  looks  considerably  higher  than  the 

one  on  which  we  stood  ;  but  the  latter,  though 

254 


THE  TOP  OF  MOUNT  MURCHISON 


MOUNT  PILKINGTON  (seep.  270) 


ASCENT   OF  MOUNT   MURCHISON 

it  does  not  appear  so,  is  in  reality  a  good  deal 
further  off.  Facing  us,  towards  the  east,  were 
the  square-topped  black  tower  and  the  castel- 
lated rock  ridge  that  we  had  seen  from  the 
Pipestone  Pass  and  Survey  Peak :  and,  peeping 
under  the  great  masses  of  overhanging  snow, 
we  could  see,  7000  feet  below,  the  Saskatchewan 
valley  stretching  away  eastwards,  and  the  river 
threading  its  devious  way,  like  some  huge  silver 
snake,  between  the  high  mud  banks  and  pine- 
clad  hillocks.  We  could  also  make  out  several 
minor  valleys  among  the  hills,  of  whose  exis- 
tence we  had  till  then  been  quite  unaware. 
In  the  opposite  direction  the  summits  of  Mount 
Forbes,  Bush  Peak,  Lyell,  and  the  Columbia 
group  were  capped  with  cloud ;  but  there  was  a 
charming  view  of  the  Middle  Fork  valley  and 
Glacier  Lake  nestling  among  the  purple  hills 
beyond. 

A  very  brief  examination  of  our  barometers 
showed  that  Mount  Murchison  would  have  to 
suffer  the  degradation  which,  sooner  or  later, 
is  the  lot  of  most  mountains  in  this  region ;  and 
to  be  classed  henceforth  among  the  fraudulent, 
or  semi-fabulous,  mountain  monsters  which  have 
so  long  imposed  upon  the  makers  of  maps.  So 
far  from  its  being  15,781  feet,  or  13,500  as 

255 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

Hector  imagined,  Collie's  Watkin  barometer,  lent 
him  by  the  Royal  Geographical  Society,  only 
made  it  11,300  feet  above  sea-level:  possibly 
some  future  mountain  explorer  will  bring  it  down 
further  still  until,  as  some  American  geographer 
predicted  would  one  day  be  the  fate  of  these 
mountains,  it  becomes  a  hole  in  the  ground. 

We  had  intended  to  descend  by  the  south- 
western arete,  in  order  to  make  a  more  detailed 
examination  of  the  remarkable  fossil  forest  we 
had  discovered  four  years  previously;  but  the 
evening  shadows  were  already  falling,  and  we 
had  no  wish  to  be  benighted  in  the  woods,  so 
we  kept  to  the  route  by  which  we  had  ascended. 
On  the  way  down  the  clouds  began  to  lift  from 
the  mountains  to  the  west,  and  by  the  time 
we  had  emerged  from  the  couloir  and  got  off 
the  final  rocks  Bush  Peak  and  Mount  Lyell 
were  quite  clear.  We  managed  to  strike  the 
trail  before  dark,  and  reached  camp  at  9.30, 
where  we  rejoiced  to  find  that  Bear  Creek  was 
considerably  lower;  the  bacon  was  thoroughly 
dried,  and  all  promised  well  for  a  start  on 
the  morrow. 

During  the  day  Woolley,  accompanied  by 
Fred  and  Dave,  had  visited  a  remarkable  gorge 
which  Bear  Creek  has  worn  for  itself  in  the 


GORGE   OF   BEAR   CREEK 

limestone  rock  about  a  mile  above  the  encamp- 
ment. "  In  some  places,"  Woolley  writes,  "  the 
chasm  is  but  six  to  eight  feet  wide  ;  in  others 
its  sides  contain  ancient  pot-holes  similar  to 
those  in  the  Glacier  Garden  at  Lucerne,  one  or 
two  of  these  rock-cauldrons  being  of  unusual 
size."  Pent  up  in  this  narrow  chasm  the  volu- 
minous waters  of  the  torrent  rush  boiling  and 
thundering  between  walls  of  rock  a  hundred  or 
a  hundred  and  fifty  feet  high.  The  gorge  was 
first  discovered  by  Ballard  and  Simpson  during 
their  winter  sojourn  at  the  shack ;  and  in  former 
days  it  appears  to  have  been  used  as  a  crossing- 
place  by  the  Indians — when  Bear  Creek  was  too 
high  to  be  safely  forded — by  means  of  tree-trunks 
felled  across  the  ravine. 

An  inspection  of  the  river  early  next  morn- 
ing showed  that  it  had  fallen  still  further  during 
the  night,  and  it  was  now  some  six  or  eight 
inches  lower  than  on  the  day  we  arrived.  The 
outfit  was  accordingly  packed  without  any  more 
delay,  and  we  started  on  our  journey  to  the  source 
of  the  Middle  Fork  of  the  Saskatchewan,  Mount 
Forbes,  and  the  Freshfield  group.  As  our 
stock  of  provisions  and  baggage  was  still  a 
good  deal  beyond  the  carrying  capacity  of  the 
horses  we  left  a  large  quantity  behind  in  the 

257  R 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

shack.  Bear  Creek  offered  no  terrors,  and  the 
crossing  was  effected  without  difficulty.  It  was 
Hans'  first  experience  of  fording  streams  on 
horseback;  and,  though  brave  as  a  lion  on  the 
mountains,  this  sort  of  thing  was  not  at  all  to 
his  taste :  which  was  not  surprising,  as  Bear 
Creek,  even  when  low,  is  always  more  or  less 
of  a  trial  to  the  inexperienced.  However,  he 
faced  the  ordeal  with  exemplary  fortitude  :  only, 
when  safe  on  the  further  shore,  he  shook  his 
head  gravely  and  in  his  broken  English  enigma- 
tically observed,  "  Several  times  you  cross  it ; 
but  once  is  the  last  time ! " 

Across  the  stream  we  proceeded  on  our  way 
up  the  Middle  Fork  along  the  south  bank.  The 
weather  was  very  fine,  and  the  scenery  round  this 
delightful  spot  seemed  more  beautiful  than  ever. 
In  front  the  silver  spear-head  of  Forbes  pierced 
a  sky  of  deepest  blue ;  on  the  left,  through  the 
glades  in  the  forest,  which  just  here  is  much  less 
dense  than  elsewhere,  we  had  peeps  of  the  noble 
obelisk  of  Pyramid,  by  far  the  most  striking 
object  in  the  panorama ;  while  northwards  was 
an  uninterrupted  view  up  the  valley  of  the 
North  Fork,  with  its  rugged  mountain  masses 
on  either  side.  The  landscape  in  the  nearer 
foreground  is  pleasantly  diversified  by  open 

258 


UP  THE   MIDDLE   FORK 

spaces  in  the  forest,  while  here  and  there  reedy 
muskegs  and  small  tarns  may  be  seen  hidden 
away  among  the  tangle  of  the  trees. 

Five  distinct  groups  of  lofty  mountains  are 
visible  from  the  neighbourhood  of  Bear  Creek : 
Mount  Forbes  and  its  satellites,  the  Waputehk 
range,  the  peaks  to  the  west  of  the  North  Fork, 
Mount  Wilson,  and  Mount  Murchison.  The 
two  last-named  peaks,  in  addition  to  their  strik- 
ing form,  are  geologically  interesting,  from  the 
fact  that  the  dip  of  their  limestone  strata  differs 
in  a  marked  manner  from  most  of  the  neigh- 
bouring peaks,  being  towards  the  east.  As  a 
result,  the  "  writing  -  desk "  is  reversed,  as  it 
were  ;  and  there  are  tremendous  precipices  on 
the  wrong,  that  is  to  say,  the  western  side.  In 
the  case  of  almost  every  other  mountain  in  this 
part  of  the  Canadian  Rockies,  it  is  the  eastern 
side  that  is  sheer,  the  face  towards  the  west 
and  south-west  being  gently  sloping. 

We  camped  on  the  river  bank  a  mile  or  so 
above  the  mouth  of  the  stream  which  comes 
in  from  Glacier  Lake  on  the  opposite  side  ;  and 
in  the  evening  Collie  and  Robson  forded  the 
Saskatchewan  and  rode  up  to  Mr.  Outram's 
camp,  near  the  lake,  to  acquaint  him  of  our 

arrival.     Here  they  found  Ballard  and  Simpson, 

259 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

who  said  that  Mr.  Outram  was  away  with 
Christian  Kaufmann  on  a  two  days'  moun- 
taineering expedition.  Returning  to  camp,  they 
missed  the  ford  in  the  milky  waters  of  the  river, 
and,  getting  into  a  deep  hole,  were  swept  down 
by  the  current  and  had  to  swim  for  it. 

On  the  afternoon  of  the  following  day,  Thurs- 
day, 31st  July,  we  pushed  on,  in  pelting  rain,  to 
Collie's  old  camping-ground  with  Baker,  on  the 
broad  wash-out  near  the  junction  of  the  two 
streams  descending  from  Mount  Forbes  and  the 
Freshfield  glacier  respectively.  The  tents  were 
pitched  on  the  exact  spot  which  they  had 
formerly  occupied ;  and  an  hour  later  a  line 
of  horses,  advancing  in  single  file  across  the 
shingle-flats,  announced  the  approach  of  Mr. 
Outram  and  his  outfit.  On  his  arrival  he  told 
us  that  he  and  Christian  had  passed  the  night 
on  the  northern  shore  of  Glacier  Lake,  near 
its  further  end,  on  their  return  from  the  ascent 
of  a  snow-peak  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Mount 
Forbes.  From  the  head  of  the  west  branch  of 
the  North  Fork  of  the  Saskatchewan  they  had 
ascended  Mount  Lyell  and  Mount  Columbia; 
and  they  described  the  latter  as  a  tremendously 
long  and  fatiguing  tramp  through  the  snow  of 

more  than  twenty  hours'  duration. 

260 


ASCENT   OF  MOUNT   FRESHFIELD 

Our  chief  ambition  on  this  trip  was  to  reach 
the  summit  of  Mount  Forbes,  the  finest  and 
most  commanding,  and  probably  the  most 
difficult,  of  the  high  peaks  in  the  Canadian 
Rockies.  As,  however,  there  was  still  a  great 
deal  of  snow  upon  it,  owing  to  the  bad  weather 
which  had  prevailed  all  through  the  early  sum- 
mer, we  thought  it  better  to  wait  a  few  days 
before  attempting  the  ascent.  It  was  therefore 
decided  that  the  next  move  of  the  combined 
outfits  should  be  up  to  the  foot  of  the  Fresh- 
field  glacier,  with  a  view  to  the  ascent  of  Mount 
Freshfield  ;  but,  as  the  weather  next  morning 
showed  little  sign  of  improving,  we  did  not 
move  camp.  Fred  and  Dave  sallied  forth  to 
investigate  and  cut  out  the  trail  which  Peyto 
had  made  in  1897 ;  while  Christian  and  Hans 
Kaufmann  took  their  rifles  up  the  mountain  in 
search  of  goat.  They  shot  two  small  ones  near 
the  snout  of  a  glacier  in  an  adjoining  canyon, 
and  had  to  carry  the  carcases  home  over  a 
mountain  spur  more  than  2000  feet  above  the 
level  of  the  valley.  Towards  evening  the  clouds 
began  to  lift ;  the  snowy  dome  of  Howse  Peak, 
emerging  from  the  mists,  seemed,  as  it  were, 
poised  in  mid-air;  and  Forbes  slowly  unveiled 

his  noble  outline  and  proportions  to  our  view. 

261 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

Standing  nearly  north-west  of  our  camping- 
ground  in  the  valley,  the  great  peak  was  admir- 
ably situated  for  striking  sunset  effects.  This 
evening  Nature  had  reserved  for  our  benefit 
some  of  her  finest  pyrotechnic  displays,  and 
the  mighty  pyramid  of  Forbes  was  a  fitting 
subject  for  so  splendid  an  illumination.  The 
eastern  face  of  the  mountain  falls  almost  sheer 
from  the  summit  in  a  tremendous  precipice 
3000  feet  in  depth ;  and,  as  the  huge  red  globe 
of  the  sun  sank  slowly  out  of  sight,  the  watery 
vapours  that  still  hovered  over  the  peak  glowed 
with  a  marvellously  variegated  radiance;  and 
the  terrific  black  crags,  surmounted  by  their 
tiny  diadem  of  snow,  stood  grimly  forth  in  a 
gorgeous  setting  of  rainbow-coloured  fires. 

The  clouds  had  almost  entirely  disappeared 
next  morning,  and,  turning  our  glasses  on  the 
mountain,  we  examined  it  from  a  severely  pro- 
fessional, that  is  to  say,  mountaineering  point 
of  view.  There  was  no  doubt  whatever  that 
it  would  afford  us  two  or  three  thousand  feet 
of  pretty  stiff  climbing  ;  but  the  lower  part 
of  the  arete,  which  was  nearly  all  rock,  did 
not  look  at  all  difficult.  As  a  matter  of  fact, 
it  proved  in  the  event  to  be  by  no  means  so 

easy  as  we  supposed.     About  three-quarters  of 

262 


ASCENT   OF  MOUNT   FRESHFIELD 

the  way  up  the  arete  was  a  rocky  pinnacle— 
a  counterpart  in  miniature  of  the  Pic  Tyndall 
on  the  Italian  side  of  the  Matterhorn  —  and 
beyond  it  a  very  ugly -looking  notch,  which 
would  certainly  be  troublesome,  though  we 
hoped  that  when  we  saw  it  from  the  other 
side  it  might  present  a  less  formidable  appear- 
ance. The  last  part  of  the  climb  would  be 
along  the  narrow  snow  arete,  fringed  with  most 
unpleasantly  large  cornices  overhanging  the  great 
precipices  of  the  eastern  face. 

Before  packing  the  outfits  for  our  journey  to 
the  Freshfield  glacier  we  despatched  Dave  and 
Clarence,  with  four  of  the  horses,  back  to  Lag- 
gan  to  pick  up  the  lost  baggage,  as  well  as 
certain  cases  of  whisky  and  provisions  which 
Fred  had  cached  along  the  Bow  trail.  Peyto's 
trail  through  the  woods  to  the  Freshfield  glacier, 
cut  in  1897,  was  still  in  a  tolerable  state  of 
repair ;  and  we  made  our  way  there  easily 
enough  in  the  afternoon.  The  tents  were 
pitched  in  a  cosy  nook  in  the  forest  a  few 
hundred  yards  from  the  snout  of  the  glacier, 
commanding  a  fine  view  of  Mount  Freshfield  at 
the  head  of  the  great  snow-field  ;  and  a  pleasant 
breeze  blowing  from  the  ice  cooled  our  fevered 

brows  and  mitigated  the  attacks  of  the  mosqui- 

263 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

toes  and  bulldogs.  It  rained  hard  that  night, 
and  next  day,  Sunday  August  3rd,  was  a  day  of 
rest.  It  was  all  new  ground  to  everybody  in 
the  party,  except  Collie :  so,  when  in  the  after- 
noon it  cleared  up  and  the  sun  came  out,  we 
took  a  walk  up  the  glacier  almost  to  the  foot  of 
Mount  Freshfield.  The  glacier  seemed  exactly 
the  same  as  when  Collie  and  Baker  had  visited 
it  five  years  previously,  except  that  the  huge 
blocks  of  stone,  mentioned  on  page  55,  had 
moved  somewhat  lower  down  the  ice. 

The  air  was  very  clear  after  the  rain  that 
had  fallen  in  the  night,  and  we  had  a  good  view 
over  the  immense  ice-field  stretching  away  for 
miles  on  either  side.  The  peaks  at  its  head 
seemed  to  us,  on  closer  acquaintance,  to  be 
somewhat  disappointing ;  and  it  was  evident  that 
Mount  Freshfield  was  not  so  high  as  we  had 
previously  supposed.  However,  it  is  the .  usual 
fate  of  newly-discovered  mountains,  unless  they 
have  been  scientifically  measured,  to  be  partially 
shorn  of  their  estimated  stature ;  and  the  peaks 
about  the  sources  of  the  Saskatchewan  and  the 
Athabasca  were  not  destined  to  form  exceptions 
to  the  general  rule.  The  persistent  smoke-haze 
in  1898,  the  clouds  and  bad  weather  of  our  Bush 

river  trip,  had  caused  us  somewhat  to  over-esti- 

264 


ASCENT   OF  MOUNT   FRESHFIELD 

mate  the  heights  of  the  mountains  that  we  had 
not  actually  climbed  or  seen  close  at  hand. 
Omne  tenebrosum  pro  magnifico :  looming  mys- 
teriously through  the  murky  atmosphere  they 
had  certainly  appeared  grander  and  larger  in 
bulk  than  when  seen  with  their  outlines  sharp- 
cut  against  a  clear  sky.  Fortunately,  in  their 
case  the  degradation  will  not  be  anything  like 
so  severe  as  in  the  cases  of  Mount  Brown, 
Mount  Hooker,  and  Mount  Murchison,  of 
whose  sad  fate  the  reader  has  learned  in  the 
foregoing  pages. 

Next  morning  being  quite  fine,  we  rose  at 
daybreak  and  started — a  party  of  seven  climbers, 
Collie,  Outram,  Stutfield,  Weed,  and  Woolley, 
and  the  two  Kaufmanns — for  the  ascent  of 
Mount  Freshfield.  Robson,  who  had  never 
been  on  a  glacier  and  was  anxious  to  see  some 
of  the  wonders  of  the  ice  world,  came  with  us 
as  far  as  the  foot  of  the  peak,  a  tramp  of  three 
hours  from  the  tents.  Here  the  caravan  halted 
for  a  little  light  refreshment ;  and  then  we  com- 
menced the  climb,  after  bidding  farewell  to 
Robson,  and  showering  upon  him  copious  advice 
and  instructions  as  to  how  not  to  fall  through 
the  treacherous  crusts  of  snow,  below  which 
lurked  dangerous  crevasses.  We  followed  a 

265 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

similar  route  to  that  taken  by  Collie,  Baker, 
and  Sarbach  in  1897 ;  but  found  an  easier  way  a 
little  to  the  right  up  the  band  of  rocks  that  runs 
along  the  base  of  the  peak.  We  then  made  our 
way  diagonally  up  a  steep  snow-slope  on  to  the 
higher  ice  plateau.  The  glacier  was  in  distinctly 
better  condition  than  on  the  former  occasion, 
and,  being  thickly  coated  with  snow,  much  less 
step-cutting  was  needed.  At  eleven  o'clock  a 
halt  was  called  on  the  eastern  arete,  at  the  place 
where  the  1897  party  had  stopped,  and  we 
enjoyed  a  good  rest  and  a  substantial  meal. 
The  weather  was  fine  and  time  was  not  par- 
ticularly pressing,  as  there  were  no  woods  to  go 
through,  or  difficult  glacier  to  get  off,  at  the  end 
of  the  day ;  and  we  felt  it  would  matter  little 
if  darkness  overtook  us  before  we  got  home. 

At  the  same  time  we  were  very  anxious  that 
the  day  should  remain  fine,  in  order  that  we 
might  see  the  country  on  the  west  side  of  the 
mountain,  which  was  a  blank  on  Collie's  map : 
also  the  complicated  geography  of  the  south 
fork  of  the  Bush  valley  would  be  capable  of 
being  followed  for  the  first  time;  and,  lastly, 
the  doubts  as  to  whether  a  low  pass  existed 
between  the  Lyell  and  Freshfield  ice-fields 

could  be  cleared  up.     However,  long  before  we 

266 


ASCENT   OF  MOUNT  FRESHFIELD 

arrived  on  the  final  arete  of  our  peak  this  last 
question  was  settled,  and  it  was  with  much 
satisfaction,  as  we  mounted  higher  and  higher, 
that  Collie  could  see  how  the  valley  on  the 
south  side  of  Forbes  took  a  bend  to  the  south- 
west, joining  a  similar  depression  that  ran  north- 
east from  the  south  fork  of  the  Bush. 

The  party  was  on  two  ropes,  the  first  con- 
sisting of  Hans,  Stutfield,  Woolley,  and  Collie, 
the  other  of  Christian,  Weed,  and  Outram. 
For  some  distance  above  the  breakfast-place 
the  climbing  was  easy  enough,  and  we  began 
to  fancy  we  might  reach  the  summit  without 
serious  difficulty.  Higher  up,  however,  the 
arete  was  broken  by  several  formidable  gen- 
darmes, or  buttresses  of  crag,  with  some  pretty 
difficult  rock-faces,  which  gave  a  good  deal  of 
trouble.  At  first  we  thought  of  traversing 
below  on  the  left;  but  the  rocks  were  too 
steep  and  insecure  to  render  the  operation  a 
safe  one,  even  supposing  it  had  been  prac- 
ticable. In  the  end  we  kept  to  the  crest 
of  the  arete  the  whole  way,  Hans  nego- 
tiating the  bad  places  with  much  skill.  As 
usual,  the  chief  difficulty  consisted  in  the 
abominably  rotten  and  splintered  character  of 

the    rock;    but   one   or  two   narrow  cracks,  or 

267 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

chimneys,  served  us  in  good  stead,  and  foot  by 
foot  we  gradually  made  our  way  till  we  sud- 
denly found  ourselves  on  the  snow  cornice 
within  a  few  yards  of  the  summit. 

Our  height,  as  previous  consultations  with 
the  barometers  had  led  us  to  anticipate,  was 
barely  11,000  feet;  but,  if  the  peak  was  lower 
than  we  had  previously  supposed  it  to  be,  it  had 
at  any  rate  afforded  us  an  excellent  climb.  The 
prospect  from  the  top,  owing  to  the  central 
position  occupied  by  the  mountain  between  the 
Laggan  and  Waputehk  groups  and  the  Lyell 
and  Columbia  ice-fields,  is  probably  unsurpassed 
in  the  Canadian  Rockies.  The  splendid  mass  of 
Bush  peak  seemed  quite  close,  with  Goat  Peak 
and  the  scene  of  our  labours  at  the  head  of  the 
Bush  valley  immediately  to  the  left.  The 
canyon  of  the  south  fork  of  the  Bush  was 
below  us  to  the  north-west,  with,  as  we  had 
imagined  must  be  the  case,  a  glacier  at  its  head 
discharging  its  water  into  the  river.  To  the 
north  were  all  our  old  friends  of  1898, — Colum- 
bia, and  Athabasca  peak,  Alberta,  with  the 
Twins  straight  in  front,  appearing  to  be  part 
of  it;  the  Dome,  Saskatchewan,  the  three- 
headed  Lyell,  and  many  more ;  some  standing 

out  clear,  others  with   their   heads  cut   off  by 

268 


ASCENT   OF  MOUNT   FRESHFIELD 

the  thin  lines  of  grey  cloud  that  so  often  mar 
the  views  in  these  mountains. 

Much  nearer,  and  quite  free  from  cloud,  by  far 
the  most  commanding  feature  in  the  view,  was 
the  stately  pyramid  of  Forbes  ;  and  we  scanned 
for  the  first  time,  and  with  critical  eyes,  the 
western  side  of  the  arete  by  which  we  hoped  to 
climb  it.  It  was  not  particularly  gratifying  to 
find  that  the  notch  looked  even  worse  from  this 
side  than  from  the  other,  as  the  cliffs  immedi- 
ately underneath  fell  perfectly  sheer ;  and  there 
was  evidently  no  chance  whatever  of  our  being 
able  to  traverse  below  on  either  side.  A  brief 
comparison  with  the  height  of  our  own  peak  was 
enough  to  show  that  Forbes  would  have  to 
come  down  in  the  world  at  least  as  much  as 
Freshfield. 

There  is  a  great,  if  undefinable,  pleasure  in 
standing  on  a  high  mountain  summit  in  a 
country  but  imperfectly  known;  so  many  un- 
certainties vanish  in  a  moment,  often  with  the 
comment  —  spoken  or  unspoken — "I  thought 
so ; "  while  a  host  of  new  possibilities  and  further 
queries  take  their  place.  One  of  those  queries 
which  could  not  be  answered  was  the  height  of 
the  splendid  pyramid  of  snow  gleaming  far  away 

in  the  Selkirks,  which  we  used  to  see  day  after 

269 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

day  from  the  Bush  valley.  Now,  from  a  still 
greater  distance,  its  height  seemed  even  greater ; 
but  what  that  height  may  be  must  be  left  to 
others  to  determine. 

A  keen  wind,  driving  a  light  scud  of  mist 
before  it,  was  blowing  from  the  west,  so  we  did 
not  linger  on  the  top  longer  than  was  necessary 
to  make  the  required  observations.  We  went 
down  by  a  different  route  on  the  southern  face ; 
slowly  and  carefully  for  the  first  six  or  eight 
hundred  feet,  as  the  slope  was  very  steep  and 
the  crust  of  snow  in  places  did  not  seem  alto- 
gether secure.  Lower  down  it  was  all  plain 
sailing;  and,  crossing  the  upper  ice-field  at  a 
good  smart  pace,  we  soon  found  ourselves  at  the 
foot  of  the  peak,  and  reached  camp  shortly  after 
seven. 

As  the  neighbouring  peaks  of  Pilkington  and 
Walker  did  not  look  particularly  attractive,  and 
we  were  anxious  to  attack  Mount  Forbes  as 
soon  as  possible,  we  returned  without  further 
delay  to  our  camping-ground  in  the  Saskat- 
chewan valley.  During  the  two  following  days, 
August  6th  and  7th,  Fred  and  Ballard  and 
Simpson  cut  trail  along  the  left  bank  of  the 
canyon  leading  up  to  the  base  of  Forbes.  The 

hot  sun  meanwhile  was  exerting  its  power  on 

270 


ASCENT   OF   MOUNT   FRESHFIELD 

the  snow;  and  we  could  hear  the  avalanches 
thundering  at  intervals  down  the  great  eastern 
precipices  of  our  peak.  On  the  6th  Collie, 
Outram,  Weed,  and  Woolley  spent  a  delightful 
summer's  day  climbing  on  to  a  broad  alp  that 
lies  to  the  east  and  north-east  of  the  mountain. 
This  alp  is  the  largest  we  know  of  south  of 
Wilcox  Pass.  In  the  early  summer  it  must  be 
carpeted  with  flowers :  even  in  August  there 
were  many  still  in  bloom,  whilst  the  remains  of 
numberless  others  could  be  seen.  It  seemed  to 
be  a  favourite  haunt  of  the  wild  goat,  and  a 
herd  of  over  fifty  was  found  browsing  peacefully 
on  the  hill-side.  Directly,  however,  they  caught 
sight  of  their  human  enemies  they  moved  off 
towards  the  precipices  that  overlook  the  valley 
of  the  Saskatchewan  on  the  east.  Having  seen 
the  last  of  the  goat,  Collie  and  Weed,  climbing 
to  the  north  side  of  the  alp,  ascended  a  small 
peak,  which  afforded  a  splendid  view  in  every 
direction  except  the  north.  Forbes  looked  very 
grand  across  an  intervening  dip  in  the  hills ;  and 
to  the  left  of  it  the  pass  leading  over  into  the 
Bush  valley,  which  we  have  since  named  Bush 
Pass,  was  plainly  visible. 

Next   morning  the   horses   got   lost   in   the 

woods,   but    were    tracked    and    recovered    by 

271 


CLIMBS   AND   EXPLORATION 

Robson  and  Collie;  and  in  the  afternoon  the 
latter  made  a  series  of  measurements  of  Mount 
Forbes  by  means  of  a  base  line,  a  Steward's 
surveying  telemeter,  and  a  clinometer.  As  the 
mean  of  two  observations  he  made  out  its  alti- 
tude to  be  about  12,250  feet,  or  more  than  a 
thousand  feet  less  than  Dr.  Hector  and  others 
had  supposed  it  to  be.  This  height  was  a  disap- 
pointment to  us  all,  even  though  we  had  made 
up  our  minds  that  it  would  have  to  be  consider- 
ably lowered ;  but,  as  has  already  been  pointed 
out,  such  degradation  is  the  common  lot  of  the 
higher  summits  in  the  Canadian  Rockies. 


272 


CHAPTER  XV 

MOUNT  FORBES  AND  HOWSE  PEAK 

As  soon  as  the  trail  was  cut  the  horses  were 
packed  and  the  two  outfits  moved  up  the  canyon 
to  make  a  base  camp  for  the  ascent  of  Mount 
Forbes.  The  Forbes  canyon  is  infinitely  finer 
than  the  valley  descending  from  the  Freshfield 
glacier :  indeed,  for  a  combination  of  peak, 
glacier,  gorge,  and  forest  scenery,  there  is 
nothing  to  surpass  it  in  the  Canadian  Rockies. 
If  the  trees  are  not  quite  so  tall  and  stately  as 
those  of  British  Columbia,  they  are  still  very 
grand,  and  their  grouping  in  places  is  most 
beautiful.  The  dampness  of  the  climate — for 
Forbes,  owing  to  its  height  and  solitary  pre- 
eminence, is,  like  Pyramid  and  Howse  Peak,  a 
great  compeller  of  clouds — causes  the  floor  of 
the  forest  to  be  covered  with  a  bright  carpet  of 
greenest  moss  ;  and  the  luxuriance  of  the  under- 
growth, the  ruin  and  tangle  of  fallen  trees,  were 
worthy  almost  of  the  Bush  or  Columbia  valleys. 
High  above  us  great  peaks  towered ;  and  from 

the  glaciers  overhanging   their  lower  cliffs  fell 

273  s 


CLIMBS  AND   EXPLORATION 

innumerable  cascades,  some  with  a  fair  body  of 
water,  others  mere  filmy  wisps  of  undulating 
spray  that  were  almost  dissipated  by  the  breeze 
before  they  reached  the  bottom.  The  trail, 
which  was  pretty  rough  and  broken  by  numer- 
ous water-courses,  took  us  at  first  some  distance 
up  into  the  woods,  as  the  torrent  has  worn  for 
itself  a  deep  and  most  picturesque  gorge  through 
the  rocks,  and  the  ground  near  it  is  quite  im- 
passable. Presently,  however,  the  valley  opened 
out  somewhat,  and  we  were  able  to  descend  to 
the  river  and  travel  along  the  bank.  The  tents 
were  pitched  near  the  foot  of  the  rocky  snow- 
clad  cone  of  Forbes,  about  half  a  mile  short  of 
the  former  site  in  1897,  in  a  small  clear  space 
that  had  been  denuded  of  trees  many  years  ago 
by  a  huge  avalanche  that,  falling  from  the  south 
side  of  the  valley,  had  crossed  the  stream  and 
swept  away  the  forest  for  perhaps  a  hundred 
yards  up  the  opposite  face. 

Next  morning  we  made  our  final  pre- 
parations for  the  ascent ;  and,  after  a  more 
than  usually  substantial  lunch,  we  shouldered 
our  packs  for  a  bivouac  above  the  pine-woods 
on  the  southern  slope  of  the  mountain.  On 
the  way  through  the  woods  the  party  got 

separated :    Outram,    Stutfield,    Woolley,    and 

274 


ASCENT  OF  MOUNT  FORBES 

Hans,  climbing  higher  up  into  the  forest 
than  the  main  body,  found  their  way  cut  off 
by  a  gorge  with  perpendicular  rock  walls, 
through  which  rushed  tumultuously  a  small 
branch  of  the  Saskatchewan.  After  some 
search  they  found  a  tree  -  trunk  that  had 
fallen  across  the  ravine ;  and  on  this  some- 
what precarious  bridge,  with  the  water  boil- 
ing and  foaming  many  feet  below,  they 
effected  a  crossing.  Christian,  who  had  gone 
on  his  own  account  still  higher  up  into  the 
woods,  found  at  the  head  of  the  gorge  a  very 
fine  waterfall,  and  got  over  the  stream  above 
it  without  much  difficulty.  The  rest  of  the 
party  had  no  trouble  with  the  river,  which  they 
crossed  near  its  mouth,  but  they  got  involved 
in  some  very  bad  timber,  and  reached  the 
bivouac  some  time  after  the  others. 

Above  the  trees  was  a  sort  of  miniature  alp, 
carpeted  with  a  profusion  of  crimson  painter's 
brush,  yellow  lilies,  and  other  wild  flowers  and 
heath ;  and  we  found  an  exceedingly  snug  and 
sheltered  sleeping-place  just  on  the  verge  of  the 
forest.  Heather  spread  thickly  on  the  soft  mossy 
ground  made  most  luxurious  beds,  while  the 
night  was  beautifully  fine  and  warm.  Forbes, 

grim  and  majestic,  stood  sentinel  over  us  ;  and, 

275 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

with  the  pine-branches  for  a  canopy,  the  steely- 
blue,  star-spangled  firmament  for  our  roof,  and 
a  neighbouring  brook  murmuring  a  not  too  loud 
lullaby,  everything  was  as  pleasant  and  com- 
fortable as  any  reasonable  person  could  desire. 

We  did  not  forget  that  to-day,  August  the 
9th,  was  Coronation  Day,  and  it  was  a  pity, 
perhaps,  that  we  could  not  have  celebrated  it 
on  the  top  of  Mount  Forbes.  Tea  and  a  little 
weak  whisky  and  water  were  the  most  generous 
fluids  we  possessed  wherein  to  drink  their 
Majesties'  health ;  but,  as  a  memento  of  the 
occasion,  we  named  a  fine  peak  to  the  south, 
with  a  drapery  of  whitest  snow,  and  a  singularly 
beautiful  glacier  clinging  to  its  northern  face 
— Coronation  Peak.  "Alexandra  Peak"  was 
another  name  suggested,  but  this  was  reserved 
for  some  grander  and  more  striking  summit. 

It  was  still  quite  dark  when  the  guides,  in 
orthodox  Alpine  fashion,  roused  us  from  our 
lairs ;  and  at  5  o'clock  (4  A.M.  by  British  Col- 
umbia time)  we,  were  off.  The  weather  was 
perfect,  with  a  light  but  cool  breeze  blowing. 
Grass  and  shale-slopes,  easy  rocks,  and  a  tramp 
up  a  small  snow-covered  glacier  brought  us  to 
the  arete ;  and  from  this  point  the  climbing 

was  pretty   stiff  and   continuous.      The   rocks, 

276 


ASCENT  OF  MOUNT  FORBES 

which  had  looked  easy  enough  from  below, 
proved  to  be  no  child's-play,  being  a  good  deal 
steeper  than  we  had  anticipated,  and  very  de- 
ficient in  handhold  or  foothold :  indeed,  one  or 
two  pitches,  forty  or  fifty  feet  high,  were  dis- 
tinctly difficult.  On  our  right  the  face  of  the 
mountain  was  hollowed  out  into  a  large  corrie, 
with  sides  of  brown  scaly  rock  suggestive  of 
rhinoceros  hide,  that  were  most  unprepossessing : 
in  fact,  it  must  be  admitted  that  Forbes  is  much 
more  beautiful  at  a  distance  than  when  you  are 
actually  standing  upon  him. 

Owing  to  the  steepness  of  the  rocks  some 
hours  elapsed  before  a  convenient  breakfast- 
place  presented  itself;  and  by  the  time  we 
found  one  we  were  all  pretty  hungry.  Above 
the  breakfasting -place  we  left  the  arete  and 
skirted  a  short  distance  to  the  right,  arriving 
on  the  summit  of  the  miniature  Pic  Tyndall 
soon  after  half-past  ten.  From  here  we  dropped 
down  into  the  dreaded  notch,  and  the  gymnase, 
or  sensational  part  of  the  climb,  began.  Beyond 
the  notch  was  a  smooth  upright  buttress  that 
was  decidedly  formidable,  and  the  arete  con- 
tracted to  a  narrow  knife-edge  of  rock  set  at 
a  very  steep  angle.  Very  slowly,  inch  by  inch, 

we    edged    our   way   upwards  —  now   a   cheval, 

277 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

astride  of  the  uncomfortably  sharp  crest  of  the 
ridge,  now  clinging  like  limpets  to  the  rocks 
at  the  side,  for  there  was  very  little  to  catch 
hold  of.  On  the  left  the  cliffs  fell  perfectly 
sheer  for  some  hundreds  of  feet,  with  mingled 
snow  and  rock  declivities  fifteen  hundred  feet 
or  so  below:  on  the  right  was  the  great  pre- 
cipice of  the  eastern  face.  The  climb  at  this 
point  resembled  that  on  the  Zinal  side  of  the 
Rothhorn  more  than  anything  else  with  which 
we  are  acquainted ;  but  the  rocks  were  not 
nearly  so  good. 

We  were  in  two  parties,  as  on  Mount  Fresh- 
field,  and  Christian  Kaufmann  led  up  admirably. 
The  second  party,  by  some  mistake,  had  only 
brought  an  eighty-foot  rope,  which  was  not  nearly 
long  enough  for  four  people  on  a  climb  of  this 
character ;  and  Collie,  recognising  that  the  short 
distance  between  each  climber  was  an  element 
of  considerable  danger,  unroped  and  remained 
behind  until  the  difficult  rocks  were  surmounted, 
when  he  followed  with  the  two  guides.  While 
Hans  Kaufmann,  with  Stutfield  and  Woolley, 
was  negotiating  an  exceptionally  nasty  bit,  a 
large  chunk  of  rock  gave  way  under  his  feet  and 
rolled  with  a  clatter  over  the  cliff  on  our  right. 

Luckily,  he  only  fell  a  couple  of  feet  or  so,  and 

278 


ASCENT  OF  MOUNT  FORBES 

managed  to  grab  the  edge  of  the  arete  with  his 
right  hand  in  time  to  avert  what  might  otherwise 
have  been  a  catastrophe. 

Towards  the  top  the  rocks  became  most  extra- 
ordinarily rotten,  alternating  with  intervals  of 
snow  cornice.  To  quote  from  Woolley's  paper l 
in  the  Alpine  Journal:  "  The  narrow  crest  of  the 
ridge  seemed  to  be  held  together  only  by  the  snow 
frozen  against  its  sides,  and  in  case  of  the  snow 
melting  it  appeared  that  the  first  westerly  gale 
might  easily  hurl  the  whole  structure  down  the 
great  eastern  precipice,  on  its  way  to  augment 
the  shingle-flats  of  the  Middle  Fork.  In  places 
the  piled-up  snow  certainly  favoured  us  by 
bridging  over  spaces  where  the  loose  rocks,  if 
bare,  would  have  been  a  source  of  danger."  At 
one  part  the  sensation  was  as  if  we  were  walking 
along  the  top  of  a  very  ill-constructed  Scotch 
dyke — only  with  a  big  precipice  below  on  either 
side — although,  doubtless,  having  withstood  the 
buffeting  of  the  tempests  that  beat  upon  the 
peak,  there  was  little  fear  of  its  proving  unequal 
to  supporting  our  puny  weight.  A  straddle  along 
a  most  insecure-looking  edge  of  wind-drifted 
snow — a  very  chilly  and  uncomfortable  sort  of 
saddle — was  the  last  of  our  acrobatic  perfor- 

1  Alpine  Journal,  Vol.  xxi.,  No.  160. 

279 


CLIMBS   AND   EXPLORATION 

mances ;  and  a  short  snow-slope  terminating  in 
a  cornice  overhanging  the  eastern  escarpment 
led  us,  soon  after  two  o'clock,  to  the  little  snow- 
cap  that  forms  the  summit. 

If  the  aneroids  were  to  be  believed,  the 
height  $f  our  mountain  was  even  less  than  Collie 
had  made  it  with  his  measurements  in  the  valley 
of  the  Saskatchewan,  being  only  about  12,000 
feet ;  but  the  exceptional  fineness  of  the  weather 
may  have  caused  the  barometer  to  give  too  low 
a  reading.  The  view  >  was  similar  to  that  from 
Mount  Freshfield,  minus  one  important  feature, 
namely,  the  peak  on  which  we  stood  ;  but,  the 
day  being  finer,  every  mountain  summit  was 
perfectly  free  from  cloud,  and  the  Columbia 
group  and  Athabasca  peak  were  quite  plain, 
with  the  Twins  more  than  usually  prominent. 
From  the  Columbia  valley,  north  of  Donald, 
a  dense  column  of  smoke,  rising  high  above  the 
trees,  betokened  the  starting  of  a  forest  fire, 
which  for  many  days  to  come  was  jdestined  to 
prove  a  sad  impediment  to  our  views  and  photo- 
graphing. Up  till  now  we  had  fortunately  been 
exceptionally  free  from  this  annoyance.  To 
Collie  the  view  from  Forbes  was  of  much  value, 
for  while  we  were  in  the  Bush  valley  we  had 

never  been  able  to  see  what  lay  between  Forbes 

280 


MOUNT  FORBES  FROM  THE  EAST 


VIEW  NORTHWARDS  FROM  SUMMIT  OF  MOUNT  FORBES 


ASCENT  OF  MOUNT  FORBES 

and  the  Bush  peak.  To-day  that  part  of  the 
country  lay  at  our  feet ;  also  we  could  see  the 
whole  of  the  great  Lyell  ice-field,  and  how  the 
west  branch  of  the  north  fork  of  the  Saskatche- 
wan bent  round  up  to  the  Columbia  snow-field 
and  Mount  Bryce. 

As  on  Mount  Freshfield,  we  varied  the 
route  on  the  descent ;  and,  on  the  suggestion 
of  Christian  Kaufmann,  who  had  seen  the  north- 
west face  of  Forbes  about  ten  days  before,  the 
whole  party  was  roped  together  and  went  down 
the  snow  slopes  on  the  north-western  side.  The 
slope  in  places  was  tremendously  steep,  but 
luckily  the  snow  was  in  perfect  order,  being  soft 
enough  to  make  step-cutting  easy,  while  the 
cold  wind  solidified  it  sufficiently  to  prevent 
its  giving  way  under  our  feet.  When  we  saw 
this  face  ten  days  later  from  the  Lyell  ice-field 
it  was  seamed  and  scarred  by  the  fall  of  large 
masses  of  the  snow  crust,  which  had  avalanched 
away  in  huge  flakes  from  the  surface  of  the 
mountain ;  and  we  thanked  our  lucky  stars  that 
it  had  been  in  such  excellent  condition  when 
we  had  to  go  down  it.  For  over  1500  feet 
Christian  had  to  cut  every  step  ;  but  at  last 
we  reached  a  small  col,  which  was  the  con- 
necting link  between  the  massif  of  Forbes  and 

281 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

the  mountains  on  the  west.  A  band  of  cliffs 
skirting  the  foot  of  the  peak  gave  us  some 
trouble,  and  we  had  to  make  a  considerable 
detour  before  we  could  find  a  gully  that  enabled 
us  to  descend.  From  the  col  we  glissaded 
rapidly  to  the  glacier  below ;  then,  skirting 
underneath  the  great  western  precipices  of 
Forbes,  we  came  to  the  foot  of  the  southern 
ridge,  up  which  we  had  climbed  in  the  morning. 
It  was  past  eight,  and  the  sun  had  just  set, 
when  we  got  back  to  the  bivouac.  There  was 
yet  another  hour  of  daylight,  but,  not  caring  to 
tackle  those  terrible  woods  with  our  heavy 
packs  in  the  dusk,  we  decided  to  spend  a  second 
night  on  the  mountain.  This  was  no  great 
hardship,  as  the  weather  still  remained  fine  and 
we  had  enough  food  to  last  us  ;  so,  lighting  a 
big  bonfire,  we  talked  over  the  climb,  and  then, 
ensconcing  ourselves  in  our  sleeping-bags,  once 
more  slept  comfortably  under  the  pines.  The 
night,  like  the  previous  one,  was  extraordinarily 
warm;  although  at  the  camp  far  beneath  us 
in  the  valley  the  temperature  was  below  freez- 
ing-point, and  every  morning,  when  we  emerged 
from  our  tents,  the  bushes  for  two  hundred 
yards  on  either  side  of  the  icy  waters  of  the 

stream   were  thickly   covered   with   rime.      At 

282 


ASCENT  OF  MOUNT  FORBES 

our  bivouac  high  up  among  the  great  fir-trees 
we  found  our  sleeping-bags  uncomfortably  hot, 
and  at  dawn  next  morning,  the  moment  the 
full  orb  of  the  sun  topped  the  shoulder  of  the 
hill  to  the  east,  the  air  was  full  of  mosquitoes. 
This  remarkable  warmth  may  perhaps  have 
been  due  to  the  dense  forest  becoming  much 
heated  during  the  daytime  by  the  sun;  then, 
owing  to  the  tendency  of  the  hot  air  to  rise, 
a  slow  but  continuous  current  of  air  filtered 
up  the  mountain  side  among  the  trees,  so 
keeping  us  warm  all  through  the  night. 

So  comfortable  were  we  that  it  was  late  before 
breakfast  was  finished  and  we  made  our  plans 
for  the  day.  Collie,  Outram,  and  Weed  started 
off  to  explore  the  newly  discovered  Bush  Pass, 
while  the  others  shouldered  our  somewhat 
bulky  impedimenta  and  tramped  down  through 
the  woods  to  the  camp.  At  the  tents  appeared 
Fred  and  Robson,  with  faces  as  long  as  their 
arms,  greatly  scared  at  our  late  arrival  and  the 
non-appearance  of  the  other  three  members 
of  the  party.  Fred,  armed  with  our  spare  ice- 
axe,  was  about  to  start  out  at  the  head  of 
a  search-party,  and  expressed  himself  strongly 
on  the  subject  of  climbing  mountains  for  mere 
amusement.  In  the  background  were  Dave 

283 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

and  Clarence,  apparently  less  concerned  for 
our  safety,  but — most  blessed  sight ! — with  the 
missing  baggage  which  they  had  found  at 
Laggan  on  their  arrival. 

Meanwhile  the  others,  after  a  fatiguing 
tramp  through  the  woods,  had  reached  the 
Bush  Pass.  Collie  had  hoped  to  find  it  prac- 
ticable for  horses,  but  there  was  a  short  but 
steep  snow-slope  on  the  eastern  side  up  which  it 
would  be  difficult  to  take  baggage-animals.  In 
any  case,  to  get  an  outfit  even  to  the  foot  of  the 
pass  would  mean  an  immense  amount  of  cutting 
for  the  first  few  miles,  though  higher  up  the 
valley  opens  out.  On  the  west  side  there 
seemed  to  be  no  snow  or  other  difficulty,  the 
valley  stretching  in  a  south-westerly  direction 
till  it  joins  the  south  fork  of  the  Bush  River, 
which  runs  at  right  angles  to  it.  All  the  rocks 
on  the  summit  are  heavily  glaciated,  and  at  one 
time  a  huge  glacier  must  have  poured  over 
it,  whether  in  a  northerly  or  southerly  direction 
it  is  impossible  to  say.  The  height  by  the 
aneroid  barometer  was  7800  feet,  or  well  above 
timber-line. 

Next  morning  the  partnership  between  the 
two  outfits,  having  accomplished  the  purpose 

for  which   it  had  been  formed,  was  dissolved. 

284 


LIFE   IN  CAMP 

Mr.  Outram  and  his  party  returned  post-haste 
to  their  former  quarters  in  the  west  branch, 
where,  in  company  with  Christian  Kaufmann, 
he  climbed  Mount  Bryce  and  another  peak 
on  the  Lyell  range.  We,  less  energetic,  pre- 
ferred to  take  a  brief  rest  after  our  labours, 
and  tasted  the  delights  of  a  lazy  day  in  camp. 
Yet  were  we  not  altogether  idle  ;  for  Woolley, 
who  seems  as  he  grows  older  to  get  more  enter- 
prising than  ever,  climbed  up  on  to  the  slopes 
of  Coronation  Peak  with  his  big  camera,  and 
took  some  admirable  photographs  of  Mount 
Forbes.  Collie,  Stutfield,  and  Weed  did  not 
stir  from  the  tents.  They  found  plenty  to  do, 
however ;  for  in  camp-life  there  need  never 
be  any  lack  of  occupation  for  an  off  day. 
Especially  had  we  found  this  to  be  the  case 
in  the  absence  of  Dave  and  Clarence,  which 
had  left  us  very  short-handed  ;  and  we  often 
had  to  give  a  helping  hand  in  unpacking  the 
horses,  putting  up  the  tents,  fetching  water,  or 
chopping  firewood.  Then,  when  the  camp  was 
fixed,  there  were  always  onions  to  be  peeled  and 
boiled,  clothes  to  be  mended  or  washed,  boots  to 
be  greased,  photographic  plates  and  films  to  be 
changed,  baggage  to  be  arranged  and  the  com- 
missariat to  be  examined,  dishes  and  cups  and 

285 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

plates  to  be  washed  up,  and  a  hundred  and  one 
other  odd  jobs  to  be  done — Collie  on  occasions 
practised  the  intricacies  of  the  "  diamond  hitch  " 
— which  together  go  to  make  up  life  in  the 
backwoods.  Doubtless  if  one  were  compelled 
to  do  these  things  they  would  be  less  agreeable  ; 
the  pleasure  consists  in  doing  them  because  you 
feel  so  disposed. 

On  the  13th  the  camp  was  moved  into  the 
adjoining  valley  leading  up  to  the  Howse  Pass, 
and  we  took  up  our  quarters  at  the  foot  of 
Howse  Peak  with  a  view  to  climbing  that  moun- 
tain. Next  morning,  emerging  from  the  woods 
after  a  tiring  climb  of  over  two  hours,  we  followed 
a  rocky  ridge  leading  straight  up  towards  our 
peak.  Presently,  however,  we  found  ourselves 
cut  off  by  a  couple  of  precipitous  rock  faces 
intersecting  the  ridge.  The  first  was  negotiated 
without  much  difficulty,  but  the  second  proved 
a  more  formidable  affair.  Hans  and  Woolley, 
after  expending  much  time  and  labour  and 
performing  some  really  remarkable  acrobatic 
feats,  succeeded  in  getting  down  a  perpendicular 
rock  chimney  about  fifty  feet  high :  the  rest 
of  the  party,  less  avid  of  glory  and  doubtful 
if  time  would  allow  us  all  to  follow  in  their 

wake,  preferred  the  safer  but  more  undignified 

286 


ASCENT   OF   HOWSE   PEAK 

course  of  descending  into  the  valley  and  re- 
mounting to  the  ridge  further  on.  The  remain- 
der of  the  climb  was  a  long  snow  grind,  with 
only  a  few  crevasses  here  and  there  that  required 
a  certain  amount  of  care ;  and  we  reached  the 
top  eight  hours  from  the  start.  Howse  Peak, 
by  aneroid  barometer,  is  apparently  the  same 
height  as  Mount  Freshfield,  and  it  shares  with 
Balfour  the  primacy  of  the  Waputehk  range. 

The  summit  is  formed  of  a  most  enormous 
snow  cornice  running  along  the  ridge  for  a 
great  distance,  and  overhanging  the  terrific 
precipices  which  line  the  western  side  of  Bear 
Creek  above  Waterfowl  Lake.  Crawling  on 
our  stomachs  one  by  one  to  the  edge,  while 
the  others  held  a  firm  grip  of  the  rope,  we 
looked  over.  The  rocks  fell  absolutely  sheer  for 
some  thousands  of  feet,  and  the  valley,  with  its 
rolling  pine-clad  hills,  and  the  river,  a  mere  ribbon 
of  pearly  grey,  winding  between  green  meadows 
and  dull  drab  shingle-flats,  lay  spread  out  imme- 
diately below  us.  The  rocky  pinnacle  of  Pyra- 
mid was  quite  close,  and  at  the  foot  of  its 
precipices,  5000  feet  in  depth,  a  sea-green  lake 
of  considerable  size,  that  we  had  not  seen  before, 
lay  amid  the  pines.  The  rest  of  the  view  was 
spoiled  by  the  smoke-haze,  our  ancient  enemy, 

287 


CLIMBS   AND   EXPLORATION 

recalling  memories  of  our  trip  in  1898.  The 
nearer  mountains  loomed  grimly  through  the 
fog;  and  a  fine  peak  on  the  eastern  side  of 
the  Freshfield  group  was  named  by  Collie  after 
Sir  Martin  Conway.  Forbes  could  just  be  seen 
lifting  its  head  high  above  all  its  neighbours, 
but  everything  beyond  a  radius  of  ten  or  twelve 
miles  was  quite  invisible.  The  forest  fires,  it 
was  evident,  were  beginning  in  real  earnest ; 
and  with  deep  disgust  we  saw  volumes  of 
smoke  issuing,  as  from  the  crater  of  a  volcano, 
from  the  lower  end  of  the  Glacier  Lake  valley, 
whither  we  had  intended  to  shift  our  camp 
on  the  following  day.  Clearly  we  were  in  for 
another  bad  time,  as  far  as  scenery  and  photo- 
graphy were  concerned;  but  when  we  were 
half-way  down  the  mountain  side  the  haze 
became  somewhat  less  dense,  and  we  had  a 
most  beautiful  view  that  embraced  many  of 
the  most  characteristic  features  of  Canadian 
Rocky  Mountain  landscape. 

The  sun  was  low  above  the  horizon ;  the 
lurid  brassy  glare,  which  is  the  inevitable 
accompaniment  of  smoke  in  the  atmosphere, 
overspread  the  sky,  and  the  graceful  forms  of 
the  mountains,  their  outlines  softened  by  the 

all-prevailing  vapour,  towered   high  above   the 

288 


VALLEY  OF  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 


FORDING  THE  SASKATCHEWAN 


ASCENT  OF  HOWSE   PEAK 

dark  mysterious  pine-woods  and  gleaming  glaciers. 
Beneath  us  were  the  broad  sandy  bars  and 
shingle-flats  at  the  head  of  the  west  fork  of 
the  Saskatchewan,  whose  numerous  winding 
rivulets  and  streams  flowed  glittering  in  the 
fading  sunlight,  like  a  tangled  skein  of  golden 
threads,  amid  rocky  knolls  and  pebbly  islands 
crowned  by  clumps  of  firs.  A  land  of  infinite 
beauty  and  strange  subtle  charm — melancholy, 
no  doubt,  even  gloomy,  in  certain  of  its  aspects ; 
especially  when  the  evening  shadows  rest  on 
the  sombre  and  monotonous  expanse  of  forest, 
and  the  departing  sun  leaves  the  mountains 
grey  and  cold ;  but,  however  cheerless  the  scene 
at  nightfall,  one  reflects  that  the  peaks  will  be 
gilded  anew  in  the  morning,  and  that  the  full 
light  of  day  will  lend  life  and  animation  even 
to  the  darkest  recesses  of  the  woods. 


289 


CHAPTER  XVI 

GLACIER  LAKE  AND  THE  LYELL  ICE-FIELD 

IT  had  been  our  intention  to  journey  straight 
from  Howse  Peak  to  Glacier  Lake,  but  the 
fire  that  was  evidently  raging  in  the  valley 
of  the  latter  made  a  preliminary  inspection 
desirable.  We  therefore  pitched  the  tents  on 
our  previous  camping-ground  nearly  opposite 
the  mouth  of  the  Glacier  Lake  stream,  and 
in  the  afternoon  Fred,  Stutfield,  and  Weed 
rode  across  the  Saskatchewan  to  the  lake.  The 
fire  was  burning  merrily  at  the  further  end,  and 
the  forest  at  the  water's  edge  was  belching 
forth  big  columns  of  dun-coloured  smoke,  while 
smaller  patches  of  brushwood  were  ablaze  higher 
up  the  mountain-side.  The  woods  at  the  nearer 
end  were  as  yet  quite  untouched  by  the  fire ; 
so  on  the  following  day  we  moved  the  outfit 
over  the  river  up  to  the  lake.  The  sand  on 
the  further  side  of  the  wash-out,  as  well  as 
some  high  banks  of  white  clay  lining  the  river, 
was  covered  with  goat  tracks,  and  we  found 

tufts  of  their  wool  clinging  to  the  bushes  all 

290 


GLACIER  LAKE 

over  the  place.  Curiously  enough,  the  Rocky 
Mountain  goat  has  a  white  woolly  pelt,  while 
his  neighbour  the  bighorn,  or  mountain  sheep, 
is  covered  with  a  coat  of  straight  tawny  hair. 
The  clay  bluffs  along  this  part  of  the  Saskat- 
chewan are  heavily  impregnated  with  salt,  and 
the  goats  come  down  to  the  licks  in  large 
numbers.  It  is  a  great  mistake  to  suppose,  as 
some  writers  on  American  sport  would  have 
us  believe,  that  mountain  sheep  or  goats  are 
only,  or  even  generally,  to  be  found  on  break- 
neck rocks  or  inaccessible  precipices.  The  sheep 
which  Stutfield  shot  near  Wilcox  Pass,  and 
most  of  the  goats  he  saw  elsewhere,  were  on 
quite  easy  ground ;  and  at  the  time  of  which 
we  are  writing  there  were  far  more  goats  in 
the  forests  than  on  the  high  peaks.  While  we 
were  mountaineering  at  the  head  of  the  Middle 
Fork  valley  our  men  saw  them  at  intervals  in 
bands  of  five,  ten,  or  even  twenty  crossing  the 
river  bottom  or  gambolling  about  on  the  shingle- 
flats  in  the  mid-day  sun. 

From  the  ford  over  the  Saskatchewan  to 
Glacier  Lake  is  a  ride  of  barely  two  miles, 
but  there  is  much  beautiful  scenery  on  the  way. 
A  few  hundred  yards  above  its  junction  with 

the  main  river  the  stream  issues  from  a  canyon 

291 


CLIMBS   AND   EXPLORATION 

into  a  good-sized  lake  of  a  brilliant  blue-green 
colour.  A  short  distance  higher  up  is  a  re- 
markable log  -  jam  completely  bridging  the 
stream,  so  that  men  and  animals  can  cross 
over  with  ease ;  and  it  is  a  favourite  passage 
of  the  wild  goats.  Even  in  Dr.  Hector's  time 
(1858)  this  spot  seems  to  have  been  a  usual 
crossing  -  place,  for  he  mentions  that  "  while 
halting  here  a  bighorn  sheep  came  down  the 
mountain  almost  close  to  us,  but,  seeing  us 
first,  made  off  without  our  getting  a  shot. 
Nimrod,  an  Indian  hunter  who  accompanied 
him,  says  this  is  the  only  place  where  these 
are  to  be  seen  so  far  in  the  mountains."  There 
are  certainly  none  in  the  vicinity  nowadays. 

Above  the  log-jam  the  trail  —  which  is  a 
good  and  well-worn  one,  Glacier  Lake  being  a 
favourite  hunting-ground  of  the  Stoney  Indians 
— climbs  over  a  high  clay  bluff,  and  from  the 
top  there  bursts  upon  the  traveller  a  most  ex- 
quisite view  of  the  lake,  hemmed  in  by  lofty 
mountains  descending  steeply  to  the  water's 
edge,  and  the  great  ice-fall  of  the  Lyell  Glacier 
at  its  head.  The  waters  of  the  lake  are  of  a 
most  beautiful  turquoise  blue ;  and  the  stream, 
half-choked  with  the  accumulation  of  logs,  flows 

out  from  it,  stealthily  at  first,  then  with  augment- 

292 


GLACIER  LAKE 

ing  speed,  until  it  plunges  into  the  canyon,  its 
banks  fringed  with  pine-trees,  and  half-fallen 
dead  or  decayed  trunks  projecting  at  various 
angles  over  the  water.  Our  camp  was  made 
on  the  hill-side  some  few  hundred  feet  above  the 
lake,  commanding  a  fine  prospect  southwards 
up  the  valley  we  had  just  left,  and  over  the 
Howse  Pass.  Our  intention  was  to  form  a  base- 
camp  beyond  the  further  end  of  the  lake,  from 
which  we  could  explore  the  great  ice-field  of 
the  Lyell  Glacier ;  but  it  would  have  been  mad- 
ness to  attempt  to  take  horses  through  the  burn- 
ing forest,  so  Fred  Stephens  said  he  would  make 
us  a  raft  on  which  we  could  ferry  ourselves  and 
part  of  the  outfit  to  our  destination,  leaving  the 
heavy  baggage  and  the  horses  to  look  after 
themselves. 

It  rained  hard  all  next  day,  Sunday  the  17th, 
and  we  passed  the  time  about  the  tents  in  con- 
versation of  a  varied  and  instructive  character. 
We  were  remarkably  fortunate  in  our  staff  of 
men,  most  of  whom  had  seen  life  in  very 
different,  but  equally  interesting,  aspects  in  out- 
of-the-way  parts  of  the  earth.  Robson  had 
been  through  the  Boer  War  with  Strathcona's 
Horse,  and  had  great  things  to  tell  of  the 
prowess  of  General  Buller,  and  the  ignorance 

293 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

of  those  who  knew  not  the  peculiarities  of 
horses  and  the  various  methods  of  "getting 
along "  on  the  open  veldt.  He  was  a  very 
good  talker  on  a  variety  of  other  subjects,  with 
a  vein  of  quiet  sarcasm,  which  was  vented  largely 
on  the  bedroom  mattress  and  the  degradation  of 
people  who  used  such  things.  Fred  told  of  his 
trapping  and  hunting  adventures;  and  Dave 
Tewksbury's  experiences  in  the  lumber  camps 
of  the  Far  West  were  well  worth  listening  to 
—of  the  life  men  led  there,  the  dangers  of  the 
trade,  and  how  single  logs  could  be  used  for 
the  purposes  of  navigation  instead  of  the 
ordinary  boat.  Clarence  was  great  on  farming  ; 
and  Hans,  though  his  limited  knowledge  of 
English  prevented  him  from  contributing  many 
ideas  to  the  general  stock,  was  nevertheless  a 
most  genial  companion  and  very  popular  with 
the  whole  outfit. 

On  the  Monday  Fred  and  Dave  set  to  work 
with  a  will  on  the  raft,  and  the  sound  of  their 
chopping  could  be  heard  all  day  through  the 
woods.  The  rest  of  us  spent  the  day  in  fishing 
and  hunting.  The  fish  obstinately  refused  to 
look  at  flies  and  other  lures  of  the  best  London 
make,  but  Collie,  using  a  pole  and  a  piece  of 

twine  and  a  hook  baited  with  a  lump  of  bacon 

294 


GLACIER  LAKE 

fat,  landed  a  bull  trout  of  about  6  Ibs.,  with 
a  most  gigantic  head  and  a  mouth  into  which 
Fred  could  insert  his  capacious  fist ;  and  we 
had  a  fish  supper  worthy  of  Greenwich.  Stut- 
field,  meanwhile,  explored  the  continuation  of 
the  ridge  of  Survey  Peak  in  search  of  goat. 
From  the  hill-side,  about  1000  feet  above  the 
tents,  he  had  a  splendid  view  of  Mount  Forbes, 
which  from  this  point  is  a  marvellously  slender 
and  gracefully  tapering  pyramid.  On  the  crest 
of  the  ridge  he  found  himself  within  a  few 
hundred  yards  of  where  he  and  Collie  had  been 
in  1898,  on  their  ascent  of  Survey  Peak  ;  and 
he  looked  down  once  more  into  the  "  happy 
valley,"  with  its  broad  carpet  of  turf  and  ring 
of  grim  black  precipices  —  a  sequestered  spot 
which  should  be  an  ideal  feeding-ground  for 
goat ;  but  not  one  was  to  be  seen  on  either  side 
of  the  ridge.  Probably  the  fire  had  scared  them 
all  out  of  this  part  of  the  country.  Continuing 
westwards  along  the  ridge  to  the  base  of  a  great 
square-topped  rock-tower  that  stands  guard  over 
the  northern  shore  of  the  lake,  he  found  himself 
right  above  the  forest  fire,  and  had  an  admirable 
opportunity  of  observing  how  these  conflagra- 
tions commence  their  devastating  careers. 

The    rain   of  the    previous   day  had   some- 

295 


CLIMBS   AND   EXPLORATION 

(f 

what  quenched  its  ardour,  but  with  a  renewal 
of  the  fine  weather  it  was  preparing  for  a  fresh 
start.  The  still  damp  underbrush  was  smoulder- 
ing, the  fire  now  dying  away,  now  suddenly 
rising  again.  Occasionally  great  tongues  and 
jets  of  flame  would  shoot  skywards,  as  some 
clump  of  extra  dry  timber  got  ablaze ;  and, 
with  a  mighty  crackling,  thousands  of  sparks 
and  red-hot  pieces  of  wood  flew  up,  followed 
by  immense  slowly-rising  pillars  of  smoke  that 
expanded,  umbrella-like,  towards  the  top ;  and, 
lit  by  the  rays  of  the  declining  sun,  gradually 
enveloped  the  surrounding  peaks  with  a  lurid 
haze.  The  fire  had  not,  as  yet,  embraced  any 
one  large  expanse  of  wood ;  but  it  was  slowly 
eating  its  way  like  a  pestilence  eastwards  in 
small  scattered  patches  which  gradually  united, 
and,  if  the  fine  weather  continued,  it  was  evi- 
dent that  wide  tracts  of  the  neighbouring  forests 
would  be  destroyed. 

An  hour  or  two's  work  next  morning  sufficed 
to  bring  the  raft  to  completion.  It  was  a  large 
and  very*  fine  specimen  of  naval  architecture, 
made  of  good-sized  logs  lashed  together  with 
cinches  (pack-ropes),  and  wooden  cross-pieces  and 
branches  laid  thereon  to  raise  our  goodly  pile 

of  baggage  above  the  water.     She  was  named 

296 


FIRE  AT  GLACIER  LAKE 


RAFTING  ON  GLACIER  LAKE 


GLACIER  LAKE 

"  The  Glacier  Belle,"  but  we  had  no  liquor  to 
waste  on  her  christening.  The  baggage  was 
brought  down  on  the  horses,  and  piled  up  and 
lashed  securely  on  the  raised  portions  of  the 
raft,  the  edifice  being  fitly  crowned  by  the 
colossal  form  of  the  mattress  amid  jeers  from 
the  packers.  Punting-poles  were  fashioned  out 
of  pine  saplings  ;  Fred  sang  out,  "  All  aboard  "  ; 
and,  with  everybody  pushing  and  shoving  with 
poles,  and  chattering  a  strange  medley  of  rail- 
way and  nautical  jargon,  we  committed  ourselves 
to  the  deep.  It  was  a  brilliant  morning ;  the 
sun  was  blazing  hot ;  not  a  breath  stirred,  and 
the  mountains  and  rocks  and  trees  were  reflected 
with  startling  clearness  in  the  placid  surface  of 
the  lake.  We  hugged  the  northern  shore  as 
closely  as  possible,  but  it  shelved  so  rapidly  into 
deep  water  that  punting  was  no  easy  matter. 
Raft,  freight,  and  passengers  must  have  weighed 
two  or  three  tons,  so  it  may  be  imagined  our 
speed  was  not  that  of  an  Atlantic  greyhound. 
Dave,  with  his  lumbering  experience,  was  natur- 
ally the  handy  man  of  the  party  at  this  sort  of 
job,  and  by  a  unanimous  vote  he  was  elected 
skipper.  Robson  also  showed  great  energy 
with  a  tow-rope  on  the  bank,  whenever  towing 

was   practicable ;    and   thus,   punting,   pushing, 

297 


CLIMBS  AND   EXPLORATION 

paddling,  and  hauling  for  some  hours,  we 
gradually  approached  the  further  end  of  the 
lake.  The  scenery  grew  grander  as  we  ad- 
vanced. Eastwards  Mount  Murchison  came 
into  view,  a  most  imposing  mass:  in  the 
opposite  direction  was  the  Lyell  glacier,  with 
its  attendant  peaks  and  magnificent  ice-fall 
brilliantly  mirrored  in  the  turquoise,  or  rather 
peacock-blue,  water. 

At  the  western  end  of  the  lake  a  wide 
swampy  valley  descends  four  or  five  miles  from 
the  Lyell  ice-field.  Probably  in  former  days 
the  lake,  which  is  gradually  being  filled  in 
by  alluvial  matter,  occupied  the  greater  part 
of  this  valley.  As  the  ground  was  very  wet 
and  the  river  was  overflowing  its  banks,  we 
put  up  our  tents  on  the  hillside  in  the  forest. 

Next  day  we  packed  our  sleeping-bags  and 
a  good  stock  of  provisions,  and  started  to 
bivouac  at  the  foot  of  the  ice-fall  for  a  journey 
of  exploration  over  the  Lyell  glacier.  The  dis- 
tance was  not  great,  but  the  logs  and  thickets 
of  willow  and  alder  evoked  sad  memories  of  the 
Bush  valley ;  and  we  got  exceedingly  wet  in 
the  muskegs  along  the  river  bank.  However, 
we  found  a  most  comfortable  place  for  a  bivouac, 

and  dawn  saw  us  off  for  the  upper  snows  along 

298 


THE   LYELL   ICE-FIELD 

the  moraine  running  parallel  to  the  ice-fall. 
Our  route  lay  due  north — at  first  it  was  very 
possibly  that  taken  by  Dr.  Hector  in  1858, 
when  he  climbed  the  small  peak  marked  on  the 
maps  as  Mount  Sullivan — and  we  had  a  long 
and  weary  tramp  before  we  reached  the  upper 
glacier,  which,  like  that  of  the  Columbia  ice- 
field, is  a  wide  snow- covered  plateau  more  like 
a  big  snow-field  than  a  glacier.  Behind  us, 
across  the  valley  where  we  had  passed  the  night, 
and  under  a  heavy  canopy  of  cloud,  was  Forbes 
— from  this  point  of  view  no  slender  elegant 
pyramid,  as  from  the  hill  above  Glacier  Lake, 
but  an  unshapely  monster,  grand  and  terrible 
under  the  rapidly  darkening  sky,  and  of  most 
forbidding  aspect.  Its  snow-slopes  seemed  to 
rise  an  immense  height  from  their  base ;  and  we 
noticed  that  they  were  scarred  with  avalanche 
tracks,  which  told  us  how  fortunate  we  had 
been  in  finding  a  firm  crust  upon  the  snow 
when  we  descended. 

Scrambling  to  the  top  of  a  rocky  summit 
on  the  right,  we  looked  down  into  a  somewhat 
remarkable  valley,  almost  perfectly  straight, 
with  steep  and  wooded  sides  topped  by  high 
mountains,  and  filled  with  innumerable  lakes. 

The   stream   flowing  down  it  discharges  itself 

299 


CLIMBS   AND   EXPLORATION 

into  the  north  fork  of  the  Saskatchewan  just 
under,  the  cliffs  of  Mount  Wilson,  and  at  the 
head  of  the  valley  is  Mount  Lyell.  We  have 
named  it  the  "Valley  of  Lakes."  Descending 
again  to  the  glacier  we  tramped  on  over  the 
soft  snow  towards  Mount  Lyell,  which  rose 
straight  in  front  of  us  —  three  low,  rounded, 
white  humps,  the  right-hand  one  falling  in  a 
rock -face  towards  the  east.  Starting,  as  it 
does,  from  an  elevated  snow-plateau,  Lyell,  for 
its  height,  is  a  singularly  uninteresting  and 
unimposing  mountain.  However,  some  of  the 
party,  Hans  and  Woolley  in  particular,  were 
anxious  to  make  the  ascent,  which  would  have 
been  merely  a  tiring  trudge  up  a  moderate 
slope  of  snow ;  but  bad  weather  was  coming  up 
from  the  west,  and  all  three  peaks  were  already 
in  mist,  so  the  project  was  overruled.  Hans 
was  greatly  shocked. 

"What,  not  climb  Mount  Lyell?"  he  ex- 
claimed in  horrified  tones :  "  you  will  regret 
it  very  much  ! " 

Hans  cared  nought  for  geography :  his  busi- 
ness was  to  climb  mountains,  not  to  admire  or 
map  them ;  and  he  would  much  rather  go  up  a 
high  peak  in  a  fog  than  get  the  finest  view  in 

the  world   from  a   lower   one.      We,  however, 

300 


FORBES  FROM  THE  LYELL  ICE-FIELD 


HOWSE  PEAK  FROM  THE  WEST  (see p.  287) 


THE   LYELL   ICE-FIELD 

who  wished  to  study  the  surrounding  country, 
thought  that  a  small  protuberance  of  snow  near 
the  centre  of  the  glacier,  and  below  the  level  of 
the  now  thickly  gathering  mists,  would  suit  us 
much  better;  and  the  lazy  ones  of  the  party 
had  their  way.  From  the  summit  of  our  little 
peak  we  could  see  well  the  Bush  peak  and  the 
valleys  round  it;  also  other  mountains  north- 
wards of  Bush  peak,  to  the  west  of  which  we  had 
been  in  1900.  Moreover,  Collie  observed  how 
the  ridge,  of  which  Lyell  is  a  part,  bent  away  to 
the  north-west  and  the  Thompson  pass. 

We  went  down  by  a  shorter  and  more  precipi- 
tous way,  having  some  rather  interesting  ice-work 
in  a  maze  of  crevasses  on  the  steep  slope,  and 
some  splendid  glissades  below.  On  the  longest 
of  these  glissades  Collie  knocked  his  pipe  out  of 
his  mouth  with  his  ice-axe,  and,  in  attempting 
to  save  it,  lost  his  balance  and  rolled  head  over 
heels  to  the  bottom  in  a  series  of  most  un- 
dignified positions.  Unluckily,  his  descent  was 
so  rapid  that  none  of  the  rest  of  the  party  were 
quick  enough  to  photograph  him. 

After  leaving  the  glacier  we  skirted  the  top 
of  the  woods  on  *the  hill-side  facing  the  great 
ice-fall;  and  for  the  first  time  had  an  oppor- 
tunity of  gauging,  from  higher  ground,  its  true 

301 


CLIMBS  AND  EXPLORATION 

dimensions  and  grandeur.  Incomparably  the 
finest  we  have  seen  in  the  Rockies,  it  is  on  a 
larger  scale  than  anything  of  the  kind  in  Swit- 
zerland. It  is  of  immense  width,  with  a  band 
of  cliffs,  surmounted  at  their  northern  end  by 
blue  ice-pinnacles,  dividing  the  upper  from  the 
lower  glacier  for  the  greater  part  of  the  distance. 
The  meltings  of  the  higher  snows  fall  over  these 
cliffs  in  a  series  of  waterfalls,  and  the  roar  of 
the  ice-avalanches  was  constant  and  deafening. 

Not  wishing  to  fight  our  way  again  through 
those  tiresome  woods,  we  picked  up  our  sleep- 
ing-bags and  other  chattels  that  we  had  left 
behind,  and,  crossing  the  snout  of  the  glacier, 
climbed  a  high  bluff  overhanging  a  gorge 
through  which  the  stream  made  its  exit,  and 
descended  the  right  bank  of  the  river.  The 
route,  though  longer,  was  a  good  deal  easier 
than  the  left  bank,  but  it  necessitated  our 
wading  through  the  river  in  order  to  get  back 
to  camp. 

We  had  now  explored  the  last  of  the  four 
great  plateaux  of  ice  and  snow  in  this  region  of 
the  Canadian  Rockies — the  others  being  the 
Columbia,  the  Freshfield,  and  the  Waputehk 

glaciers ;  and,  as  a  result  of  a  consultation  that 

302 


GLACIER  LAKE 

evening,  it  was  decided  that,  as  there  appeared 
to  be  no  more  mountaineering  of  an  interesting 
nature  to  be  done  in  the  neighbourhood,  we 
should  return  with  all  speed  to  Laggan,  and 
wind  up  the  season  with  some  climbing  in  the 
Valley  of  the  Ten  Peaks,  which  none  of  us, 
except  Weed,  had  visited.  We  should  have 
much  liked  to  revisit  our  old  haunts  to  the  north 
on  Wilcox  Pass,  but  we  had  not  nearly  enough 
time  ;  so  early  next  morning  Fred  and  Clarence 
started  on  foot  to  collect  the  horses  at  the  last 
camp,  while  the  rest  of  us  loaded  the  "  Glacier 
Belle"  with  the  baggage.  The  logs  of  which 
that  noble  vessel  was  constructed  had  become 
thoroughly  sodden  with  their  three  days'  im- 
mersion, and  she  was  an  inch  or  two  lower 
in  the  water  than  when  we  started.  However, 
by  heightening  the  platform  in  the  centre  we 
managed  to  keep  our  things  fairly  dry.  A 
stiff  breeze  was  blowing,  luckily  in  the  right 
direction,  so  we  set  up  a  canvas  pack-cover  on 
two  poles  as  a  sail ;  and,  with  Dave  at  the 
helm,  and  youth,  personified  by  Hans,  at  the 
prow,  we  were  slowly  wafted  into  the  port 
whence  we  had  started.  The  fire  was  still 
burning  as  we  passed ;  and  the  once  thickly 

303 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

wooded  hillside,  now  blackened  and  bereft  of 
its  beautiful  primeval  forest — an  unsightly  waste 
of  charred  tree-stumps,  shrivelled-up  bushes,  and 
calcined  earth — presented  a  most  melancholy 
spectacle.  It  will  be  a  long  while  before  these 
ravages  can  be  repaired ;  and  the  scenery  of 
this  beautiful  lake,  which  has  few  rivals  in  the 
Rockies,  is,  we  fear,  sadly  marred  for  many  a 
year  to  come. 

Luckily  for  us,  the  horses  had  not  strayed 
far;  and  Fred  and  Clarence  had  them  all 
ready  by  the  lake-side  when  we  disembarked. 
The  men  all  worked  with  a  will;  the  ponies 
were  quickly  packed ;  and  evening  saw  us  en- 
camped once  more,  and  for  the  last  time,  at 
Bear  Creek.  From  here,  dispensing  with  the 
customary  day's  halt,  we  pushed  on  to  the 
lower  Waterfowl  Lake.  The  weather  was 
showery,  but  in  the  evening  both  Pyramid  and 
Howse  Peak  unveiled  their  heads  for  once ; 
and  Dave  broke  forth  into  renewed  expressions 
of  rapture  at  the  grandeur  of  the  scene. 
Next  morning,  August  the  24th,  leaving  the 
packers  to  follow  with  the  outfit,  we  rode  ahead 
for  two  hours  along  the  trail ;  tethered 
the  horses,  and  ascended  a  rock  peak  on  the 

304 


HOWSE  PEAK  AND  WATERFOWL  LAKE 


THE   LYELL   ICE-FIELD 

eastern  side  of  the  valley  in  order  to  investi- 
gate the  country  lying  between  the  Siffleur 
and  Bear  Creek.  Climbing  up  a  steep  snow 
couloir  we  reached  the  arete,  whence  easy 
rocks  and  shale  took  us  on  to  the  summit. 
Our  elevation  was  greater  than  we  had  expected, 
being  over  10,000  feet  above  sea-level ;  and 
the  peak  proved  an  admirable  view  -  point. 
The  scenery,  looking  east,  was  singularly  un- 
lovely, barren  hills  covered  with  interminable 
slopes  of  drab  earth  and  shale  alternating  with 
small  glaciers  and  patches  of  snow.  However, 
we  learned  all  we  wanted  to  know  about  the 
lie  of  the  land;  and  a  portion  of  the  country 
lying  eastwards  of  Mount  Murchison  we  saw  for 
the  first  time.  There  appeared  to  be  only  two 
valleys  of  any  magnitude,  one  being  that  of  the 
Dolomite  stream,  up  which  Thompson,  Noyes, 
and  Weed  had  travelled  in  1898. 

From  this  summit,  which  we  named  after 
Mr.  Noyes,  we  recognised  the  splendid  isola- 
tion of  Murchison,  and  its  series  of  rugged 
peaks  stood  up  magnificently  against  the  white 
clouds.  Almost  due  north,  and  to  the  right 
of  the  most  easterly  point  of  Murchison,  could 
be  seen  the  highest  of  the  mountains  in  the 

group  lying   between   the   Cataract  River  and 

305  u 


CLIMBS   AND   EXPLORATION 

the  Saskatchewan.  This  mountain  overlooks 
the  historic  Kootenay  Plain,  and  Collie  named 
it  "  Cline  Peak,"  after  the  trader  who  in  by- 
gone days,  as  described  in  Hector's  "  Journals," l 
journeyed  yearly  through  that  part  of  the 
country  to  and  from  Jasper  House. 

1  See  page  82. 


306 


CHAPTER    XVII 

MORAINE   LAKE  AND  THE  TEN  PEAKS 

THE  following  day  we  crossed  the  Bow  Pass 
and  camped  on  the  shore  of  the  Upper  Bow 
Lake.  The  horses,  with  their  noses  set  home- 
wards, and  tormented  by  clouds  of  bull-dogs, 
became  quite  skittish  and  rattled  along  at  a 
grand  rate.  These  flies  persecuted  us  all  the 
way  back  to  Laggan,  their  numbers  being  ex- 
traordinary. Beyond  the  lake  we  encountered 
a  new  insect  plague  in  the  shape  of  swarms 
of  wasps  —  hornets,  or  "yellow-jackets,"  the 
men  called  them — which  afforded  an  additional 
stimulus  to  violent  exertion  on  the  part  of 
the  cayooses.  At  intervals  throughout  the  day 
one  or  another  of  the  latter  would  suddenly 
fling  his  heels  in  the  air,  or  gallop  madly  through 
the  woods  for  no  apparent  cause,  shedding  his 
pack  piecemeal  as  he  went;  when  we  at  once 
knew  that  he  had  disturbed  a  colony  of  "  yellow- 
jackets."  The  packers  had  a  busy  time  of  it.  In 
particular,  the  mattress  or  "  bedroom  suite,"  as 
Robson  preferred  to  call  it,  seemed  to  spend  half 

3°7 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

its  time  on  the  ground,  or  else  in  being  re- 
adjusted on  the  pony's  back  :  and  this,  somewhat 
unreasonably  as  we  thought,  provoked  much  bad 
feeling  and  worse  language  among  the  men,  who 
protested  that  nobody  could  possibly  make  a 
pack  of  it  that  would  stay  on  a  cayoose's  back 
for  any  length  of  time.  Much  heated  argu- 
ment ensued,  and  winged  words  were  flying 
round  as  thickly  as  the  wasps  and  the  bull-dogs. 
Finally,  so  bitter  and  cruel  became  the  taunts 
levelled  at  the  mattress  that  the  soul  of  the 
outfit's  Poet  Laureate  was  stirred  to  its  depths ; 
and,  taking  up  his  pen  on  behalf  of  this  most 
useful  piece  of  furniture,  he  composed  and 
recited  (at  his  own  request)  round  the  camp 
fire  that  evening  the  following  ode  :— 

TO  MY   MATTRESS 

THE  plague  of  the  packer,  the  tenderfoot's  joy, 

Though  mosquitoes  be  spiteful  and  bull-dogs  annoy ; 

My  bed  after  labour,  my  sofa  in  leisure, 

They  call  thee  a  nuisance — 7  deem  thee  a  treasure  ! 

They  growl  and  they  gird  at  thy  corpulent  form — 

I  deny  that  its  bulk  is  exceeding  the  norm ; 

A  trifle  unwieldy,  I  grant  you,  and  weighty, 

A  blending  of  otium  with  much  dignitate, 

'Tis  something  akin  to  an  Eastern  divan — 

Just  the  right  sort  of  thing  for  an  ease-loving  man  ! 

See  !  the  cayoose  in  fury  bounds  off  with  a  snort, 
For  his  pack,  mountain-high,  has  a  bad  list  to  port, 
308 


ODE   TO   THE   MATTRESS 

And  he's  quite  unaccustomed  to  loads  of  this  sort : 
He's  kicking  and  swishing  the  flies  with  his  tail, 
And — Lordy  !  there's  mattress  and  all  on  the  trail ! 

In  a  lively  refrain 

Of  language  profane, 

And  a  chorus  of  swear-words,  the  packers  complain  ; 
Maledictions  upon  thee  descend  like  the  rain  : 
But  a  fig  for  the  horrors  invoked  on  thy  head, 
The  ructions  of  Robson,  the  gibing  of  Fred ; 
These  slight  misadventures  that  Dave  gets  so  cross  over 
Shouldn't  ruffle  the  calm  of  our  backwoods  philosopher  ! 

Dost  thou  ever  flinch 

When  the  pitiless  cinch 

Screws  up  thy  fat  sides  to  the  very  last  inch  ? 
And  tighter  than  woman  was  ever  tight-laced 
Is  the  grip  of  the  diamond  hitch  on  thy  waist. 
Thy  cuticle's  sadly  abraded  and  worn  ; 
With  the  spears  of  the  pine-wood  thy  body  is  torn ; 
Yet,  mangled  and  battered  and  twisted  awry, 
Still  bulky,  disdainful,  inert  dost  thou  lie  ! 

When,  at  nightfall,  the  outfit  lies  under  the  stars, 
'Mid  the  perfume  of  pine-trees  and  five-cent  cigars — 
A  draggle-tailed  crew,  all  unshaven  and  hairy, 
Peak-climbers,  and  far-faring  folk  of  the  prairie — 
When  the  camp-fire  is  dying,  and  fitful  its  rays 
As  a  log  on  a  sudden  leaps  into  a  blaze  ; 

When  the  mists  on  the  hill 

Their  moisture  distil, 

Thy  armour  is  proof  against  dampness  and  chill  : 
That  my  bones  do  not  ache,  that  my  joints  can  work  free, 
My  blessing  and  thanks,  stout  old  Mattress,  to  thee  ! 
Thy  panoply  shields  me  from  stumps  and  from  stones 
When  the  earth's  like  a  brick,  and  in  dolorous  tones 
My  comrades  inform  me  they're  racked  to  the  bones  ; 
That  A  has  the  cramp,  B  a  cold  in  his  nose — 
It's  exceedingly  odd,  but  the  tale  of  their  woes 
Doesn't  seem  to  disturb  in  the  least  my  repose  ! 
309 


CLIMBS   AND   EXPLORATION 

Let  the  flies  on  my  top-knot  be  playing  ping-pong, 
While  mosquitoes  in  chorus  oblige  with  a  song ; 
Let  the  wind  in  the  spruces  be  wailing  and  soughing, 
As  their  stems  to  its  onset  are  gracefully  bowing  : 

The  tempest  may  vent 

Its  rage  on  our  tent, 

And  the  darkening  heavens  with  lightnings  be  rent ; 
The  thunder  may  rattle,  the  hurricane  roar — 
While  Woolley  keeps  dodging  the  draught  on  the  floor 
Because  Weed  has  forgotten  to  fasten  the  door, 
And  the  Doctor's  expounding  his  chemical  lore — 
Still  at  peace  on  thy  broad  ample  bosom  I  snore. 

L' EN  voi. 

Farewell — for  we  have  reached  our  journey's  ending — 
Poor  fluttering  rags,  poor  wisps  of  mouldering  hay ! 

Our  campaign's  o'er ;  my  Mattress  past  all  mending, 
The  first,  the  only,  victim  of  the  fray. 

Pile  on  the  logs  ;  heap  high  the  funeral  pyre : 

Who's  got  a  match  ?  myself  shall  light  the  fire. 

Our  trifling  troubles  were  nearing  their  end  ; 
and — all  too  soon — mattress,  kicking  cayooses, 
biting  bull-dogs,  mosquitoes,  and  wasps  would 
be  no  more  than  a  memory,  and  the  comforts 
and  the  dull  routine  of  civilised  existence  would 
be  ours  once  again. 

On  the  way  home  no  less  than  three  outfits 
were  met  on  their  way  north,  which  we  took  to 
be  a  sign  of  the  growing  popularity  of  the 
Canadian  Rockies.  Owing  to  the  trampling 

it  had  received,  the  trail  through  the  muskegs 

310 


LAGGAN  GROUP  OF  MOUNTAINS  FROM  THE  Bow  VALLEY 


HUNGABEE,  VICTORIA,  AND  LEFROY,  FROM  NEPTUAK 


MORAINE   LAKE 

was  in  a  shocking  state,  and  the  mud-holes 
were  worse  than  ever.  As  the  traffic  up  the 
valley  grows,  it  will  probably  be  found  ab- 
solutely necessary  to  carry  the  trail,  as  previously 
suggested,  along  the  hillside  above  the  swamps. 
Laggan  was  reached  aj  noon  on  Wednesday  the 
27th ;  and  the  tents  had  hardly  been  put  up 
when  a  storm  of  hail  and  sleet  set  in,  which  was 
the  precursor  of  ten  days'  bad  weather. 

Next  morning  we  started  along  the  carriage 
road  leading  to  the  Lake  Louise  chalet,  en  route 
for  Moraine  Lake  and  the  valley  of  the  Ten 
Peaks,  a  journey  of  about  fifteen  miles.  From 
the  chalet  we  found  an  excellent  trail  in  course 
of  construction  by  the  Canadian  Pacific  Railway, 
and  only  the  last  two  miles*  remained  to  be 
completed.  The  trail  follows  the  route  to 
Saddle  Mountain  at  first;  then,  after  crossing 
the  stream  which  flows  down  from  the  beautiful 
Paradise  Valley,  described  at  length  in  Mr. 
Wilcox's  book,  it  winds  along  a  shoulder  of 
Mount  Temple  at  timber-line.  Rounding  a 
corner  of  the  hill,  we  had  a  sudden  and  most 
striking  view  of  Moraine  Lake  and  the  magnifi- 
cent range  of  the  Ten  Peaks,  with  their  tre- 
mendous precipices,  rising  beyond.  Presently  we 
came  to  the  end  of  the  trail,  where  a  gang  of 


CLIMBS   AND   EXPLORATION 

men  were  hard  at  work  upon  it ;  and,  dropping 
down  through  the  woods  into  the  valley,  reached 
the  lake.  The  weather  continued  cold  and  dis- 
agreeable, so  we  camped  in  the  most  sheltered 
spot  we  could  find  in  the  adjoining  forest. 

Moraine  Lake,  so  named  by  Mr.  Wilcox 
in  1899,  from  a  curious  isolated  pile  of  debris 
at  its  eastern  end,  is  not  the  least  striking  of 
the  many  beautiful  mountain  tarns  of  the 
Canadian  Rockies.  Not  even  Lake  Louise 
can  boast  of  so  noble  a  galaxy  of  guardian 
mountains  as  is  furnished  by  the  range  of  the 
Ten  Peaks  and  the  craggy  and  imposing  pile 
of  Mount  Temple.  On  the  other  hand,  the 
lake  itself,  its  wooded  shores,  and  immediate 
surroundings,  are  distinctly  inferior  in  pictur- 
esqueness  of  form  and  composition  both  to  Louise 
and  Glacier  Lake,  though  the  turquoise  blue 
of  the  water,  in  spite  of  the  dull  weather  and 
lowering  skies,  struck  us  as  being  more  than 
ordinarily  brilliant.  The  lake  abounds  with 
rainbow  trout,  but  we  could  not  induce  them 
to  rise  at  the  fly. 

On  Saturday  the  30th  we  moved  the  outfit 
some  distance  up  the  valley  beyond  the  further 
end  of  the  lake,  hoping  to  find  a  more  con- 
venient base  for  mountaineering  in  the  event 

312 


THE   TEN   PEAKS 

of  the  weather  improving.  On  the  verge  of 
the  forest,  however,  we  were  overtaken  by  a 
violent  storm  of  wind  and  snow,  and  the  order 
was  given  to  camp  at  once.  The  site  was  a 
magnificent  one,  right  opposite  the  centre  of 
the  Ten  Peaks,  whose  precipices,  picked  out 
with  little  snow  patches  and  seamed  with  bands 
of  curiously  parti-coloured  rock,  rose  almost 
vertically  3000  feet  above  the  glacier.  The 
latter  is  of  a  dirty  brown  colour,  the  ice  being 
covered  with  piles  of  moraine  and  debris,  which 
suggested  the  alternative  name  of  Desolation 
Valley.  A  novel  feature  in  the  landscape  was 
the  number  of  mountain  larches  among  the 
surrounding  trees,  which  formed  quite  an  agree- 
able change  after  the  interminable  pines  and 
spruces  of  Bear  Creek  and  the  Saskatchewan 
valley.  The  woods,  moreover,  were  fairly  open, 
as  is  usually  the  case  where  the  larch  flourishes. 
It  is  a  hardy  tree,  being  found  mostly  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  timber-line  ;  yet,  in  spite  of 
its  penchant  for  the  rigours  of  an  Alpine  climate, 
we  never  saw  it  growing  north  of  the  railway. 

Showers  of  light  hail  and  sleet,  the  drippings 
from  the  clouds  that  hung  persistently  round 
the  higher  mountain  tops,  fell  continuously  for 
the  next  two  days  ;  and  climbing  was  not  to 

313 


CLIMBS   AND   EXPLORATION 

be  thought  of.  Taking  advantage  of  a  slight 
break  in  the  bad  weather,  Weed  conducted  us 
one  afternoon  to  the  summit  of  a  pass  leading 
over  into  Prospectors'  Valley,  which  he  had 
traversed  the  previous  year  with  Mr.  C.  Thomp- 
son and  Hans  on  an  unsuccessful  attempt  to 
reach  the  top  of  Mount  Hungabee.  We  had 
a  fine  view  of  that  majestic  peak  on  the 
way  up,  and  discussed  projects  of  an  assault 
on  its  formidable  precipices  as  soon  as  the 
weather  cleared.  On  the  moraine  of  the  glacier 
we  found  a  number  of  most  curious  and  appar- 
ently fossil  remains  in  the  Cambrian  quartzites.1 
The  pass,  which  crosses  the  range  forming  the 
continental  watershed  at  a  height  of  about 
8000  feet,  lies  between  Neptuak,  or  Number 
Nine — the  Ten  Peaks  are  so  called  after  the 
first  ten  numerals  of  the  Indian  language — and 
Hungabee  ("The  Chieftain")  which,  though 
belonging  to  an  entirely  separate  group  of 
mountains,  appears  to  have  been  reckoned  as 
one  of  the  ten  by  Mr.  S.  E.  S.  Allen  who 
named  them.  Of  the  other  nine  peaks  the 
highest  and  most  striking  is  Number  Eight, 
about  10,900  feet,  which  also  bears  the  name 

1  An  account  of  these  remarkable  rock  specimens,  by  Professor 
Bonney,  F.R.S.,  appears  in  the  Geographical  Journal  for  May,  1903, 
pp.  498,  500. 


ASCENT   OF  NEPTUAK 

of  Deltaform,  from  its  triangular  shape.  The 
ascent  of  both  Hungabee  and  Deltaform  must 
be  made  from  the  side  of  Prospectors'  Valley. 
Thursday,  September  2nd,  was  a  fine  day, 
so  we  got  up  early  to  do  a  climb  of  some 
description.  Deltaform  and  Hungabee  were 
voted  out  of  the  question  owing  to  the  quan- 
tities of  new  snow;  and  our  choice  eventually 
fell  on  Neptuak,  the  northernmost  summit  of 
the  range,  which,  viewed  from  the  summit  of 
the  pass,  seemed  to  offer  the  prospect  of  a  good 
climb.  Woolley  remarks  in  his  paper  that  the 
mountain,  as  seen  from  the  pass,  may  be  roughly 
compared  to  the  Eiger  from  the  Little  Schei- 
deck.  Turning  to  our  left,  we  traversed  a  small 
but  steep  snow-slope  and  got  on  to  the  arete. 
For  some  distance  the  going  was  easy  enough, 
but  presently  we  found  our  way  barred  by  some 
formidable-looking  walls  and  towers  of  rock. 
On  our  left  we  looked  down  the  tremendous 
sheer  precipice  facing  Desolation  Valley :  below 
on  the  right  were  shale-slopes  and  couloirs, 
now  sheeted  with  ice,  down  which  stones  and 
icicles  were  falling  with  unpleasant  frequency. 
We  therefore  decided  to  stick  to  the  arete; 
and  the  result  was  one  of  the  best  climbs  of 
the  trip.  It  was  good  hard  scrambling  nearly 


CLIMBS   AND   EXPLORATION 

the  whole  way,  the  rocks  being  almost  vertical 
in  places  and  the  hand-holds  not  over-abundant ; 
and,  being  a  party  of  five  on  one  rope,  we 
made  but  slow  progress.  "  During  the  ascent  " 
of  these  rocks,  to  quote  once  more  from 
Woolley's  paper,  "  we  made  a  closer  acquaintance 
with  the  variegated  strata  seen  in  the  cliffs  from 
below.  First  we  encountered  a  layer  of  light- 
coloured  limestone  very  much  shattered;  then 
came  a  bed  of  much  firmer  dark  brown  rock, 
then  more  pale  loose  limestone,  and  near  the 
top  almost  black  limestone  with  light  veins." 
Towards  the  summit  the  inevitable  cornice  was 
encountered,  and,  traversing  some  distance  be- 
low it,  we  climbed  a  narrow  ridge  of  rocks  over- 
hung with  snow  and  found  ourselves  on  the 
highest  point  at  3  P.M.  Our  height  appeared  to 
be  10,500  feet. 

The  view  was  an  entirely  new  one  to  all  of  us, 
except  Weed  and  Hans,  the  foreground  being 
filled  in  with  a  set  of  mountains  whose  heads 
were  only  dimly  discernible  from  the  peaks 
about  the  head-waters  of  the  Saskatchewan. 
Northwards  the  terraced  cliffs  of  Hungabee 
chiefly  attracted  our  gaze,  with  the  massive 
forms  of  Victoria  and  Lefroy  immediately 
to  the  right :  across  Prospectors'  Valley  rose 


ASCENT   OF  NEPTUAK 

Mount  Vaux  and  the  three  pinnacles  of  Good- 
sir,  the  most  imposing,  and  perhaps  the  loftiest, 
peak  in  this  region  of  the  Rockies,  with  Sir 
Donald  and  the  Selkirks  beyond,  and  a  sea  of 
mountains  rolling,  wave  upon  wave,  further  to 
the  west.  Quite  close  to  us  southwards,  across 
a  dip  in  the  ridge,  the  grim  precipices  of  the 
triangular  Deltaform  towered,  tier  upon  tier, 
some  hundreds  of  feet  above  our  heads ;  and 
from  this  point  of  view  they  did  not  look  at 
all  inviting.  After  half-an-hour  spent  in  taking 
our  bearings  and  photographing  we  began  the 
descent,  and  it  was  late  in  the  afternoon  before 
we  got  off  the  rocks.  We  had  a  couple 
of  merry  glissades  down  the  snow,  and  then 
tramped  homewards,  reaching  the  tents  soon 
after  sundown. 

Neptuak  proved  our  last  climb.  All  Wed- 
nesday and  Thursday  it  blew  and  sleeted  and 
snowed,  and  the  hillsides  once  more  donned 
their  winter  mantles ;  so,  having  only  two  more 
days  to  spend  in  the  mountains,  on  the  Friday 
we  struck  camp  and  returned  to  Laggan.  On 
the  way  down  we  stopped  a  few  hours  at  the 
chalet,  and  enjoyed  our  first  civilised  dinner 
beneath  Miss  Mollison's  hospitable  roof.  This 
over,  with  sorrow  we  bade  farewell  to  Hans, 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

who,  in  addition  to  being  a  first-rate  guide,  was 
an  excellent  fellow — very  keen  and  good-tem- 
pered, and  willing  to  do  all  sorts  of  things,  from 
hard  work  on  the  mountain-side  to  carrying 
gigantic  logs  on  his  back  for  the  camp-fire,  or 
mending  boots.  In  short,  he  w^as  everything 
that  the  British  climber  is  wont  to  write  (with 
more  or  less  truth)  in  his  guide's  "  Fiihrer  Buch" 
at  the  close  of  his  season  in  the  Alps — and  more 
besides. 

An  occasion  of  still  greater  regret  was  our 
parting,  on  the  cars  that  evening  towards  mid- 
night, with  Fred,  who  accompanied  us  aboard 
"Number  2  "  on  the  way  to  his  home  at  Lacombe. 
Much  of  the  success,  as  well  as  the  pleasure  and 
good-fellowship,  of  our  expeditions  in  1900  and 
1902  had  been  due  to  his  unfailing  tact,  good 
temper,  and  management :  and,  when  we  said 
good-bye  to  him  and  stepped  out  on  to  the  plat- 
form at  Banff,  we  felt  we  were  at  the  same  time 
bidding  farewell  to  the  Canadian  Rockies. 

We  were  well  content  with  the  results  of 
this  our  last  journey  among  the  mountains, 
which,  at  any  rate  as  regards  physical  comfort, 
had  been  much  the  most  agreeable  of  the  four. 
From  the  geographical  point  of  view  a  number 
of  questions  relating  to  the  peaks,  passes,  and 

318 


A   RETROSPECTIVE   VIEW 

glaciers  had  been  satisfactorily  solved.  Several 
high  mountains — chief  among  them  being  Mounts 
Forbes,  Murchison,  Freshfield,  and  Howse  Peak 
—had  been  ascended  for  the  first  time,  and  their 
heights  barometrically  determined.  We  had 
discovered  a  pass  across  the  main  range  between 
the  Freshfield  and  the  Lyell  groups;  explored 
the  Lyell  Glacier,  and  found  out  how  the 
watershed  ran  from  the  Freshfield  group  to 
the  peaks  about  the  Columbia  ice-field ;  and 
gained  a  much  more  detailed  topographical 
knowledge  of  various  outlying  portions  of  the 
mountains — for  instance,  the  portion  south  of  the 
Freshfield  group,  that  east  of  the  peaks  of  Mur- 
chison, and  that  north-east  of  Mount  Wilson. 

Our  climbs,  moreover,  and  the  continued 
fine  weather  with  which  we  had  been  favoured, 
had  enabled  us  better  to  appreciate  the  charm 
of  the  scenery  in  the  Rockies,  and  also,  at  the 
same  time,  to  gauge  more  correctly  their  merits 
and  possibilities  as  a  field  for  mountaineering. 
Regarded  as  a  whole,  and  from  the  severely 
"greased  pole"  point  of  view  that  Mr.  Ruskin 
used  to  deplore,  it  may  be  said  at  once  that 
they  can  hardly,  in  this  respect,  become  serious 
competitors  with  the  Alps.  Mount  Forbes 
and  a  few  other  high  peaks  will  always  afford 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

magnificent  climbs,  and  excellent  rock  scram- 
bling can  be  enjoyed  on  a  host  of  minor  summits  ; 
but  the  majority  of  the  loftier  mountains  will 
not  test  the  skill  of  the  modern  Alpine  gymnast 
very  severely.  The  climber's  chief  obstacles 
at  present  are  their  distance  from  his  base 
and  the  impenetrable  character  of  the  forests 
through  which  he  has  to  fight  his  way.  In 
future  days,  when  trails  are  cut  to  the  foot 
of  the  peaks,  when  the  easiest  routes  to  the 
summits  are  discovered,  and  the  contempt 
bred  of  familiarity  supervenes,  it  is  possible 
that  a  good  many  of  them  may  be  lightly 
esteemed  by  up-to-date  mountaineers.  People 
with  a  taste  for  capturing  virgin  peaks  will  be 
able,  by  going  a  little  further  afield  than  their 
predecessors,  to  gratify  their  ambition  in  that 
direction  for  many  years  to  come.  They  can 
climb  half-a-dozen  or  so  a  week,  if  they  have 
the  fancy ;  but  we  question  whether  the  results 
will  repay  the  trouble  expended. 

Nor,  perhaps,  from  an  aesthetic  standpoint, 
can  it  be  maintained  that  the  Alps  of  Canada 
possess  quite  the  grandeur  or  the  stateliness 
of  their  European  compeers.  It  is  doubtful, 
for  instance,  if  there  are  any  mountain  land- 
scapes in  the  Rockies  that  vie  in  sublimity  with 

the    view    of   the    Jungfrau   from   Interlachen, 

320 


THE   CANADIAN   ROCKIES 

the  Italian  sides  of  Mont  Blanc,  or  Monte 
Rosa,  or  the  Matterhorn.  On  the  other  hand, 
they  have  a  very  remarkable  individuality  and 
character,  in  addition  to  special  beauties  of 
their  own  which  Switzerland  cannot  rival.  The 
picturesque  landscapes  in  the  valleys ;  the  mag- 
nificence of  the  vast  forests,  with  their  inex- 
tricable tangle  of  luxuriant  undergrowth,  and 
the  wreck  and  ruin  of  the  fallen  tree-trunks ; 
the  size,  number,  and  exquisite  colouring  of 
the  mountain  lakes — in  these  things  the  New 
Switzerland  stands  pre-eminent.  In  the  Alps 
we  can  recall  only  one  lake  of  any  size  sur- 
rounded by  high  glacier- clad  mountains,  namely, 
the  (Eschinen  See ;  in  the  Rockies  they  may 
be  counted  by  the  score — gems  of  purest  tur- 
quoise blue,  in  matchless  settings  of  crag  and 
forest  scenery,  glacier  and  snow,  storm-riven 
peak,  and  gloomy  mysterious  canyon.  Last,  but 
by  no  means  least,  in  the  free  wild  life  of  the 
backwoods  can  be  found  absolute  freedom  from 
all  taint  of  the  vulgar  or  the  commonplace; 
and  the  sense  of  mystery  and  of  awe  at  the 
unknown — things  which  are  gone  for  ever  from 
the  high  mountain  ranges  of  Europe — yet  linger 
around  the  crests  of  the  Northern  Rockies. 

Gradually,  year   by   year,   these   things   are 

321  x 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

getting  appreciated  by  the  outside  world. 
Canada,  as  all  the  world  knows,  is  now  entering 
on  a  new  era  of  commercial,  agricultural,  and 
industrial  development.  Vast  tracts  of  country 
are  being  opened  up  in  the  great  North- West; 
settlers  are  pouring  in  from  the  States  and 
elsewhere,  and  the  whole  country  is  progress- 
ing in  wealth  and  material  prosperity  by  leaps 
and  bounds.  Coincidently  with  this  advance 
in  riches  there  is  growing  in  the  West  a  taste 
for  natural  beauties,  an  appreciation,  hitherto 
dormant,  of  the  fair  things  of  the  earth,  which 
in  its  turn  is  proving  a  new  source  of  wealth. 
People  have  ceased  to  scoff  at  the  mountains 
along  the  Divide  as  barren  profitless  things ; 
and  the  Canadian  Pacific  Railway  authorities, 
at  any  rate,  with  their  accustomed  shrewdness, 
have  learned  that  even  glaciers,  if  utilised  with 
skill,  may  have  a  commercial  value.  A  grow- 
ing horde  of  tourists  all  along  the  railway  is 
the  result;  while — most  happily  for  those  who 
shun  the  society  of  their  fellow  wayfarers,  and 
long  for  the  silent  solitude  of  the  forest,  the 
grandeur  and  the  keen  air  of  the  great  peaks— 
a  tent  and  an  outfit  always  afford  an  easy 
means  of  escape  from  that  over-civilisation 
which,  as  some  of  us  think,  is  already  sufficiently 

burdensome  in  our  home  surroundings. 

322 


CHAPTER  XVIII 

A  NOTE  ON  SPORT  AND  GAME  IN  THE  CANADIAN 
ROCKIES 

IN  the  course  of  our  expeditions  among  the 
mountains  the  shooting  and  hunting  were  always 
kept  quite  subordinate  to  the  climbing,  sur- 
veying, and  exploration  work ;  and  it  may  be 
imagined  that  a  large  outfit  of  men  and  horses, 
with  its  accompaniment  of  bells  tinkling  and 
people  talking  and  shouting,  is  not  conducive 
to  the  tranquillity  which  is  essential  for  the 
finding  of  game.  At  the  same  time  we  saw 
enough  in  the  course  of  our  travels  to  give 
us  a  pretty  fair  idea  of  the  country's  capacities 
as  a  field  for  sport — in  that  narrower  sense  of 
the  word  which  limits  its  meaning  to  the  pur- 
suit and  slaying  of  birds  and  beasts ;  and  a 
few  remarks,  by  way  of  conclusion,  on  this 
subject  may  not  be  out  of  place. 

Although  it  is  impossible  to  recommend 
the  Canadian  Rockies  as  a  really  first-rate 
hunting-ground — the  "game  hog,"  as  the  Ame- 
ricans call  the  man  avid  of  indiscriminate 

323 


CLIMBS   AND   EXPLORATION 

slaughter,  and  the  sportsman  who  wishes  to 
shoot  with  a  minimum  expenditure  of  time 
and  labour,  had  better  betake  themselves  else- 
where— enough  sport  may  be  obtained  to  add 
plenty  of  zest  to  a  camping  trip  among  the 
mountains.  The  only  big  game  which  the 
traveller  has  a  reasonable  chance  of  securing 
are  Rocky  Mountain  sheep,  or  bighorn,  wild 
goats,  and  bears.  We  saw  a  good  many  tracks 
of  deer,  and  occasionally  those  of  moose,  elk 
(or  wapiti),  and  cariboo,  but  these  latter  are 
so  seldom  met  with  that  they  are  hardly  worth 
taking  into  consideration. 

Bighorn,  in  the  early  part  of  the  last  cen- 
tury, must  have  been  plentiful  all  over  these 
mountains.  We  may  infer  this  from  the  works 
of  David  Thompson  and  other  travellers,  and 
also  from  the  old  game  trails  still  visible  along 
the  hillsides.  Now,  however,  in  common  with 
other  big  game  throughout  the  world,  they 
are  rapidly  decreasing  in  numbers ;  and,  unless 
effectual  measures  are  taken  to  preserve  them, 
the  fate  of  the  buffalo  must  eventually  be 
theirs.  Even  forty  or  fifty  years  ago  the  herds 
had  been  sadly  thinned,  and  part  of  Captain 
Palliser's  anxiety  for  the  safety  of  Dr.  Hector 
and  his  party  was  due  to  the.  fear  that  they 

324 


SPORT  AND   GAME 

might  be  starved  owing  to  the  difficulty  of 
finding  game  for  food.  The  scarcity  of  wild 
animals  in  those  days  was  attributed  to  a  suc- 
cession of  exceptionally  severe  winters,  during 
which  large  numbers  of  sheep  and  goats  had 
perished,  to  great  fires  through  the  woods  and 
mountains  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  main 
range,  and  also  to  a  mysterious  disease,  appa- 
rently a  kind  of  mange  or  scab,  which  attacked 
the  bighorn.  Still,  from  the  accounts  of  Dr. 
Hector  and  other  explorers  in  the  middle  of 
the  century,  it  is  evident  that  game  was  much 
more  abundant  then  than  now.  The  traveller 
by  the  Kootenay  Plains  in  these  days  is  not 
likely  to  be  startled,  like  Hector,  by  the 
apparition  of  a  hundred  rams  rushing  by  him 
so  close  as  to  enable  him  to  throw  stones  at 
them ;  although  Professor  Coleman,  on  his 
journey1  up  the  Cataract  River  to  the  head- 
waters of  the  Brazeau  in  1902,  saw  several 
bighorn  in  the  course  of  the  expedition.  They 
appear  to  frequent  this  part  of  the  country 
more  than  any  other  on  the  eastern  side  of 
the  chain.  Peyto  and  Stutfield  saw  a  good 
many  tracks  in  the  upper  valley  of  the  Brazeau ; 
and  the  animals  which  the  latter  so  rudely 

1  Geographical  Journal,  May,  1903. 

325 


CLIMBS   AND   EXPLORATION 

disturbed  on  the   slopes   of  Wild  Sheep  Hills 
had  evidently  come  there  from  the  east. 

The  sheep  in  the  mountains  at  the  head  of 
the  north  fork  of  the  Saskatchewan  were  very 
seldom  molested  till  quite  recent  years,  as  the 
Stoney  Indians  have  a  legend  that  certain  mem- 
bers of  their  tribe  were  spirited  away  in  this 
valley  by  some  supernatural  agency,  and  they 
are  consequently  afraid  to  go  up  it.  Bighorn  are 
more  plentiful  in  the  Lillooet  and  other  districts 
of  British  Columbia,  but  the  heads  are  not  nearly 
so  fine  as  those  of  the  Rockies. 

The  Rocky  Mountain  goat  is  much  com- 
moner and  more  widely  distributed  than  the 
bighorn,  and  anybody  who  goes  up  country 
after  the  former  should  be  tolerably  certain  of 
getting  one  or  two.  They  are  often  to  be  seen 
in  the  mountains  on  either  side  of  the  railway, 
where  sheep  seldom  come  nowadays,  except  in 
the  depth  of  winter.  They  are  pretty  numerous 
in  the  Selkirks,  which  are  too  wet  to  be  good 
ground  for  sheep  ;  and  we  saw  a  fair  number  in 
the  mountains  at  the  head  of  the  Bush  Valley. 
The  wild  goat  is  no  mean  quarry,  but  he  is  a 
stupid  beast,  and,  so  long  as  the  hunter  keeps 
above  him,  he  is  by  no  means  difficult  to  stalk. 

As   a  matter  of  fact,  there  is  little  of  the 
326 


SPORT  AND   GAME 

romantic  glamour  which  hangs  round  chamois- 
hunting  attaching  to  the  chase  of  either  Rocky 
Mountain  sheep  or  goat.  In  some  books  deal- 
ing with  sport  in  the  American  Rockies  one 
reads  of  perilous  adventures  and  hair-breadth 
escapes  of  bighorn  hunters,  who,  like  the  con- 
ventional gemsjdger  of  the  Alps,  appear  some- 
times to  have  been  very  desperate  characters 
and  to  have  faced  death  in  a  variety  of  terrible 
shapes.  In  Canada  and  British  Columbia,  on 
the  other  hand,  the  pursuit  of  the  bighorn  is 
seldom  attended  with  danger,  as,  although 
capable  of  surprising  feats  of  agility  on  difficult 
rocks  when  hard  pressed,  they  are  usually  to  be 
found  on  quite  easy  ground,  such  as  the  grassy 
knolls  and  benches  of  rock  above  timber-line. 
Wild  sheep  have  been  killed,  ere  now,  by  men 
on  horseback ;  and  on  our  last  return  journey 
along  the  Bow  trail  we  met  an  American  gentle- 
man and  his  daughter  who  were  setting  forth 
with  the  avowed  intention  of  shooting  bighorn 
from  the  saddle.  Their  efforts,  however,  we 
have  since  heard,  were  not  crowned  with 
success. 

The  wild  goats  of  the  Rockies  have  a  distinct 
penchant  for  the  summits  of  beetling  crags  and 
ledges  running  along  dizzy  precipices  ;  but  they 

327 


CLIMBS   AND  EXPLORATION 

too,  like  the  bighorn,  are  more  often  to  be  found 
in  easy  country  about  timber-level.  Comical, 
antediluvian -looking  creatures  are  these  old 
billies,  with  a  venerable  air  of  profound  wisdom, 
which,  however,  greatly  belies  their  true  char- 
acter. Like  the  chamois  in  certain  parts  of  the 
Alps  they  sometimes  frequent  the  lower  woods, 
and  we  often  saw  their  wool  on  the  bushes  by 
the  banks  of  rivers  and  along  the  bottoms  of  the 
larger  valleys.  When  alarmed  they  make  off  at 
a  sort  of  heavy  lumbering  canter  and  betake 
themselves  to  the  rocks,  which  they  negotiate 
with  perfect  ease,  but  always  with  great  caution. 
When  a  goat  arrives  at  a  difficult  place  he  stops 
and  surveys  the  ground  carefully,  slowly  moving 
his  head  from  side  to  side,  until  he  has  satisfied 
himself  of  the  best  route  to  take.  Though  a 
wondrously  skilful  climber,  he  has  none  of  the 
careless  dash  and  elan  of  the  chamois,  who  seems 
to  throw  himself  at  the  rocks  without  reflection, 
trusting,  as  it  would  appear,  to  chance  and  his 
own  marvellous  agility  to  carry  him  through. 

Bears,  black,  brown,  and  grizzly,  abound 
more  or  less  all  over  the  Rockies.  Traces  of 
them  are  often  to  be  seen  where  they  have  been 
grubbing  in  the  moss  at  the  roots  of  large  trees  ; 

and  their  footprints  may  be  followed  across  the 

328 


SPORT  AND   GAME 

sandy  bars  and  broad  shingly  flats  at  the  head  of 
the  larger  valleys,  or  on  the  muddy  banks  of  the 
smaller  mountain  tarns.  Hunting  them,  how- 
ever, is  an  extremely  difficult  matter ;  and  very 
few  bears  are  killed  by  visitors  to  the  country. 
Probably  not  one  is  shot  by  hunters  for  twenty 
that  are  caught  in  traps.  The  woods  are  so 
vast,  and  the  undergrowth  so  dense,  that  the 
sportsman,  unless  uncommonly  lucky,  must  be 
prepared  to  expend  much  time  and  trouble 
before  he  meets  with  success.  Indians  are  pro- 
bably the  best  hunters  for  this  sort  of  work. 
The  impenetrable  thickets  of  the  Blaeberry 
Creek  are  a  favourite  habitat  of  bears,  as  are  also 
the  immense  forests  on  the  slopes  of  the  Selkirks 
and  along  the  west  side  of  the  main  Rocky 
Mountain  chain,  but  the  traveller  may  journey 
for  months  together  without  Bruin  ever  putting 
in  an  appearance.  Occasionally  he  may  emerge 
into  the  open  to  feed  on  the  berries  which  grow 
thickly  on  the  sunny  hill-sides,  but  as  a  rule  he 
prefers  to  remain  concealed  in  the  mysterious 
recesses  of  the  forests.  In  the  winter  he  "  dens 
up "  in  some  dark  hole  under  a  rock,  sheltered 
from  the  piercing  wind  by  the  snow-laden 
bushes. 

Of  the  smaller  varieties  of  game  the  com- 
329 


CLIMBS   AND   EXPLORATION 

monest  are  the  willow  grouse,  or  "  fool-hen,"  the 
blue  grouse,  and  the  ptarmigan.  These  birds 
are  exceedingly  useful  for  the  purpose  of  replen- 
ishing the  larder,  but  shooting  them  can  hardly 
be  called  sport.  Ducks  of  various  kinds,  teal, 
and  widgeon  are  not  uncommon,  and  in  the 
Bush  Valley  we  saw  flocks  of  wild  geese  and  a 
few  swans ;  but  far  better  shooting  of  this  de- 
scription can  be  obtained  in  the  lower  lakes  of 
British  Columbia  and  on  the  prairies  east  of  the 
Rockies,  where  wildfowl  of  every  sort  exist  in 
myriads. 

Of  the  fishing  in  the  Rockies  it  is  difficult  to 
convey  an  accurate  impression.  Trout  of  vari- 
ous kinds  abound  in  many  of  the  lakes  and 
streams  ;  but  they  appear  to  be  singularly  capri- 
cious, and  the  fisherman  cannot  reckon  with  any 
certainty  on  getting  good  sport.  On  some  days 
and  in  certain  seasons  they  will  rise  greedily  at 
the  fly :  on  others  they  obstinately  refuse  to  be 
tempted  by  any  artificial  lure.  1902  was  dis- 
tinctly an  unfavourable  season,  and  we  fished 
rivers  and  lakes,  which  in  previous  years  had 
yielded  excellent  sport,  with  unvarying  ill-suc- 
cess. Very  large  bull-trout,  up  to  30  Ib.  or 
more,  are  to  be  caught  in  Lake  Minnewanka, 
near  Banff,  in  the  upper  and  lower  Bow  lakes, 

330 


THE  GOAT  HANGS  HIGH  '  (/.  204) 


PTARMIGAN 


SPORT   AND   GAME 

and  other  mountain  tarns — Collie,  as  already 
mentioned,  got  one  in  the  stream  flowing  out  of 
Glacier  Lake — but  they  will  not  take  a  fly.  On 
calm  days  they  may  sometimes  be  seen  in  the 
Bow  lakes  basking  in  shallow  water  near  the 
shore — ugly,  unattractive  monsters,  with  big 
heads  and  most  capacious  mouths.  More  satis- 
factory,' from  the  fly-fisher's  point  of  view,  are 
the  smaller  rainbow  trout,  which  are  very  sport- 
ing fish  and  excellent  eating ;  and  the  visitor, 
with  fair  luck  and  the  aid  of  local  information, 
should  have  no  difficulty  in  discovering  lakes 
and  streams  that  will  afford  him  plenty  of 
amusement. 

The  destruction,  and  consequent  diminution, 
of  large  game  in  the  Canadian  Rocky  Moun- 
tains has  for  some  years  past  engaged  the 
attention  of  the  Government  authorities  in  the 
North- West  Territories.  Following  the  suc- 
cessful example  of  the  United  States  in  their 
game  preserve  of  the  Yellowstone  Park,  they 
have  prohibited  sheep  and  goat  hunting  in  a 
large  tract  of  country  extending  northwards  of 
Banff  and  Laggan  as  far  as  the  main  valley  of 
the  Saskatchewan.  In  other  words,  they  have 
greatly  widened  the  boundaries  of  the  existing 
National  Park  at  Banff,  where  a  small  herd  of 


CLIMBS   AND   EXPLORATION 

buffalo,  a  few  elk,  moose,  goat,  and  deer  are 
confined  ;  and  it  is  hoped  that  in  course  of  time 
the  numbers  of  wild  animals  may  be  consider- 
ably increased.  The  analogous  system  of  mak- 
ing freiberge,  or  sanctuaries  for  chamois,  in  large 
districts  has  worked  well  in  the  Swiss  cantons  ; 
but  the  conditions  prevailing  in  the  Canadian 
Rockies  are  very  different  from  those  both  in 
the  Alps  and  the  Yellowstone  Park,  and  the 
system  of  enclosing  large  areas  of  wild  country, 
which  cannot  possibly  be  effectively  policed, 
seems  to  be  of  questionable  expediency.  It 
must  be  remembered  that  a  great  part  of  the 
ground  now  reserved  is  many  days'  journey 
from  civilisation — a  good  deal  of  it  until  quite 
recent  years  has  never  been  mapped  or  explored 
—and  it  is  difficult  to  see  how  the  killing  of 
game  there  by  Indians  and  professional  hunters 
is  to  be  prevented.  Probably  this  will  go  on 
pretty  much  as  before,  while  visitors  and  tourists, 
who  until  lately  were  able  to  enjoy  short 
hunting  trips  up  the  Bow  or  Pipestone  valleys — 
trips,  by  the  way,  which  seldom  resulted  in 
any  serious  destruction  of  game  ! — will  now  be 
unable  to  do  so  without  infringing  the  regula- 
tions. That  is  to  say,  law-respecting  strangers 
will  be  debarred  from  a  certain  amount  of  more 

332 


SPORT  AND   GAME 

or  less  harmless  enjoyment,  while  the  protection 
to  the  game  will  be  practically  nil.  It  would 
have  been  better,  perhaps,  if  the  authorities  had 
acted  more  on  the  principle  of  festina  lente,  and, 
contenting  themselves  with  a  less  ambitious 
project  at  first,  had  gradually  extended  the 
boundaries  of  the  enclosed  ground  year  by 
year. 

Closely  connected  with  the  problem  of  game 
preservation  in  the  Rockies  is  that  of  the 
Indians.  One  thing  is  certain  :  if  the  Stoneys 
are  allowed  to  hunt  indefinitely,  as  at  present, 
the  large  game,  already  sufficiently  scarce,  will 
be  exterminated  in  all  but  the  most  remote 
districts.  It  is  a  frequent  subject  of  complaint 
that  Indians  are  allowed  greater  facilities  for 
hunting  than  white  men.  In  theory  the  Red- 
skin is  only  allowed  to  leave  his  reservation 
for  the  pursuit  of  game  during  the  Fall ;  but,  as 
a  matter  of  fact,  he  can  nearly  always  obtain 
a  permit  at  any  season  of  the  year — nominally 
for  the  purpose  of  business,  visiting  a  relation, 
or  on  some  similar  pretext,  when  the  old  primi- 
tive instincts  assert  themselves  and  he  goes  off 
hunting. 

In  the  autumn  the  Stoneys  sally  forth  with 
their  squaws  and  papooses,  their  teepees  and 

333 


CLIMBS  AND   EXPLORATION 

other  household  gods,  and  scour  the  woods  and 
hill-sides  in  search  of  game.  They  hunt  in 
bands,  and  directly  a  herd  of  sheep  or  goats 
is  sighted  they  set  to  work  to  surround  it, 
and  if  they  can  wipe  out  the  whole  herd,  young 
and  old,  male  and  female,  they  do  not  hesitate 
to  do  so.  Needless  to  say,  the  Red  Man  is  not 
deterred  by  sportsmanlike  or  prudential  con- 
siderations, and  the  idea  of  leaving  a  sufficient 
breeding-stock  for  future  seasons  does  not  enter 
his  head.  Skins  and  heads  and  horns  are  so 
valuable  nowadays  that  the  pecuniary  induce- 
ments to  kill  game  of  all  sorts  are  very  great, 
quite  apart  from  the  love  of  the  chase  which  is 
inbred  in  every  Indian.  The  Stoneys  form 
probably  the  finest  type  of  Redskins  extant ; 
and,  as  Mr.  Wilcox,  an  admirer  of  the  tribe, 
says,  they  are  incomparable  hunters,  and  their 
boast  is  that  "  No  game  can  live  where  we 
hunt." 

The  question  of  what  is  to  be  done  with  these 
untamed,  and  apparently  untamable,  children 
of  Nature  ;  how  "  the  provisional  races,"  as  the 
"  Professor  at  the  Breakfast  Table  "  calls  them— 
"  the  red  crayon  sketches  of  humanity  laid  on 
the  canvas  before  the  colours  for  the  real 
humanity  are  ready  " — ought  to  be  treated,  is 

334 


SPORT  AND   GAME 

a  difficult  one.  The  abuses,  and  in  some  cases 
the  brutalities,  of  the  American  system  are  well 
known ;  and  the  principle  that  "  the  only  good 
Indian  is  a  dead  Indian  "  has  doubtless  found 
too  ready  acceptance  in  the  States.  On  the 
other  hand,  it  would  seem  that  in  Canada  the 
Redskin  is  allowed  too  free  a  hand,  at  any  rate 
as  regards  hunting  and  shooting.  No  doubt, 
as  is  sometimes  urged,  the  country  was  formerly 
his  to  hunt  and  roam  over  at  his  own  sweet 
will — so,  for  the  matter  of  that,  were  the  present 
sites  of  Montreal,  New  York,  and  Chicago — and 
it  may  readily  be  admitted  that  there  is  much 
that  is  pathetic  in  the  fate  of  the  Indian  in  these 
later  days,  as  in  that  of  all  savages  who  have 
become  enmeshed  in  civilisation's  net.  By 
nature  and  tradition  a  warrior,  a  hunter,  a  rover 
amid  wildernesses,  he  has  changed  his  airy  teepee 
for  a  mud  hut,  and  is  condemned  to  a  life  of 
enforced  inaction  in  the  comparatively  narrow 
confines  of  his  reserve.  On  the  other  hand,  it  is 
useless  to  shut  our  eyes  to  the  facts.  The 
Indians  could  not  in  these  days  live  by  the 
chase,  even  if  they  were  permitted  to  hunt  more 
freely,  for  there  is  not  enough  game  to  support 
a  tenth  of  their  number.  The  old  free,  wild  life 
of  the  prairie  and  the  backwoods  cannot  now,  in 

335 


CLIMBS   AND   EXPLORATION 

the  nature  of  things,  be  permanently  theirs  ;  and 
it  would  surely  be  wiser  to  train  and  habituate 
them,  as  far  as  possible,  to  the  changed  condi- 
tions of  life  under  which  they  and  their  descen- 
dants must  henceforth  dwell.  The  main  fact 
to  be  considered  in  this  relation  is  that  at  the 
present  rate  the  game  will  shortly  be  exter- 
minated, in  which  case  the  Red  Man  will  be  no 
better  off  than  if  he  were  now  debarred  from 
hunting  ;  and  then  the  whole  question  of  main- 
taining and  guarding  him  will  have  to  be  con- 
sidered afresh. 

Happily  for  the  hunter  whose  lot  is  cast  in 
these  times  when  large  game  is  growing  ever 
scarcer,  if  only  he  be  a  true  lover  of  Nature  in 
all  her  forms,  sport  in  the  mountains  offers  other 
joys  than  those  contained  in  the  mere  gunning 
part  of  the  business.  It  is  enough  for  such  an 
one,  even  if  a  stalk  be  out  of  the  question,  to 
sit  out  in  the  sunshine  on  some  ridge  or  hill-top 
and  watch  the  game,  whether  it  be  Rocky 
Mountain  sheep  or  goat,  or  Alpine  chamois  or 
ibex.  Again,  half  the  charm  of  mountain  sport, 
as  opposed  to  mountaineering  proper,  is  that  it 
gives  you  so  much  time  to  admire  the  scenery. 
As  you  lie  concealed  behind  some  knoll  or  rocky 
protuberance  you  can  watch  at  your  ease  the 

336 


SPORT  AND  GAME 

face  of  the  landscape  changing  with  each  change 
in  Nature's  moods,  the  great  glaciers  and  snows 
around  you,  while  above  them  the  tall  peaks 
thrust  their  heads  up  into  the  deep  blue  sky. 
Below,  on  the  grassy  hillside,  the  big-eyed, 
white-faced  ewes  keep  watch  and  ward  over  the 
lambs  frisking  and  gambolling  around  them, 
while  further  off,  on  some  jutting  promontory  of 
crag,  may  be  seen  the  curving  massive  horns  of 
an  old  sentinel  ram,  his  eyes  intently  fixed  on 
the  middle  distance,  alert  and  ready  to  give  the 
alarm  the  moment  that  danger  threatens.  Such 
a  sight  consoles  you  for  much  hard  work  or  long 
hours  of  waiting,  or  even  for  the  disappointments 
of  the  chase ;  and  you  feel  that,  kill  or  no  kill, 
after  all  your  labour  has  not  been  entirely  in 
vain,  and  that  life  is  worth  living — at  any  rate  in 
the  mountains. 


337 


INDEX 


ABBOT,  P.  S.,  killed  on  Mount 

Lefroy,  15,  22 
Abbott,  Mount,  215 
Aberdeen,  Mount,  14 
Alberta,  Mount,  108,  129,  154 
Alexandra,  Mount,  198,  276 
Allen,  S.  S.,  314 
Appalachian  Club,  12,  16 
Assiniboine,     Mount,     13,    21  ; 

ascent  of,  233 
Astoria,  4 

Asulkan  valley,  150,  217 
Athabasca  Glacier,  103,  117 
-  Pass,  68,  152,  157,  229 

—  Peak,  103,  105 

—  River,  ]  25  ;  source  of,  102 
Avalanche,  ice,  128 

BAKER,  G.  P.,  24,  39 

Pass,  64 

Balfour,  ascent  of  Mount,  34 

Ballard,  trapper,  247,  259 

Banff,  72,  237 

Bassett,  C.,  161 ;  accident  to,  162 

Bear  Creek,  42,  44,  242;  ford 
of,  45,  90,  258;  camping- 
ground,  88,  136,  245 

Bear-hunt,  144,  147 

Bears  in  Rockies,  148,  328 

Beaver,  166,  250 

Big  Bend,  on  Columbia  river, 
157,  169 

Bighorn,  82,  292,  324 

hunting,  112,  327 

Biltong,  dried  meat,  123,  135 


Birds,  in  Rockies,  94 
Black,  C.,  39,  161,  204 

flies,  187,  195 

Blackwater  Creek,  163,  212 
Blaeberry  Creek,  59,  159,  329 
' '  Blaze,"  on  trees,  26,  80 
Bluewater  Creek,  163,  198,  226 
Bonney,  Professor  T.  G.,  228, 

314 
Bow  Lake,  lower,  34 ;  upper,  42, 

141 

-  Pass,  42,  141,  244 

-  River,  73,  143 

-  trail,  25,  40,  145,  241 
Brazeau  valley,  102,  133,  325 
Brown,  Mount,  13,  54,  68,  122 ; 

height    determined    by    Pro- 
fessor Colemaii,  69,  153 

Bryce,  Mount,  108,  119,  198; 
ascended  by  Outram,  285 

Bulldog  flies,  76,  242,  307 

Bush  Pass,  284 

—  Peak,  172, 191, 198  ;  named 
by  Collie,  227 

-  River,  158,  168,  172 

-  valley,  depth  of,  191,  227 
Byers,  W.,  73,  96 

CACHE,   of  provisions,  90,  136, 

200 

Camp,  life  in,  285 
Canadian  Pacific  Railroad,  built, 

11 

Cariboo,  192,  324 
Road,  7 


339 


INDEX 


Cataract  River,  82,  325 

Cayooses,  Indian  ponies,  41,  46, 
95;  their  love  of  water,  85, 
176,  182 

Cheadle,  Dr.,  10,  185,  249 

Chipmunk  squirrel,  95 

Cinch  ropes,  296,  309 

Cline,  trader,  82,  306 

Peak,  306 

Coleman,  Professor,  13,  69,  229, 
325 

Columbia  ice-field,  2,  107,  119, 
199 

-  Mount,  108, 139, 194,  202  ; 
first  sight  of,  by  Collie,  54, 
69  ;  ascended  by  Outram,  260 
-  River,  2,  160,  163;  pro- 
bable former  source  of,  231 

trail,  163,  212 

Committee's  Punch  Bowl,  68, 
153,  229 

Conway,  Sir  Martin,  288 

Coronation  Peak,  276,  285 

Cross-bills,  166 

DAWSON,  Dr.  G.  M.,  11,  231 
Death  Trap,  the,  18 
Deltaform,  Mount,  315,  317 
Desolation  Valley,  313 
Devil's  club  creeper,  175,  189 
Diadem,  Mount,  111,  126;  ascent 

of,  128 

Diamond  hitch,  25,  286 
Dixon,  Professor  H.  B.,  18 
Dogs,  voracity  of,  104,  134,  141 
Dolomite  Valley,  79,  306 
Dome,  ascent  of  The,  121 
Donald,  157,  162 
Douglas,  David,  69,  151 

Peak,  121 

Roy,  73,  124 


|  FAY,  Professor  C.  E.,  15,  23 
Field,  65,  160 

Mount,  65 

Fires,  forest,  84,  133,  288;  at 

Glacier  Lake,  296,  304 
Fish  Lake,  212 

Fishing,  trout,  42, 143,  213,  330 
Fool-hen,  grouse,  99,  136 
Forbes,  Mount,  49,  57, 262, 299  ; 

ascent  of,  277 

Forest  scenery,  137,  149,  164 
Fortress  Lake,  229,  234 
Fossil  forest,  139 
Fossils,  in  Bush  valley,  228 ;  in 

Desolation  valley,  314 
Fraser  River,  explored,  6 
Freshfield  glacier,  51,  264 
Mount,  52,  264 ;  ascent  of, 

266 

GEESE,  wild,  180,  196 
Geological  Survey,  Canadian,  12 
Girlie,  packhorse,  96,  182 
Glacier  House,  146,  216 

Lake,  292,  298 

Goat-hunting,  203,  261,  327 

Goat  Peak,  197,  202 

Goats,  wild,  197,  253,  271,  291, 

328 

Golden,  160 
Goodsir,  Mount,  317 
Gophers,  123 

Gordon,  ascent  of  Mount,  28 
Gorge,  of  Bear  Creek,  256 ;  of 

Bush  river,  194 
Green,  Rev.  W.  S.,  222 
|  Greeiihow,  Robert,  70 
Grey  horse,  46,  95 
Grizzly  bears,   146,  245;   spoor 

of,  147 
Grouse,  99,  209,  329 


EAGLE  Peak,  150 
Edith,  Mount,  218 


HABEL,  Jean,  65,  234 


34° 


INDEX 


Hector,   Dr.,    8,    55,  82,   187, 
325 

—  Mount,  15,  241 
Henry,  Alexander,  5,  58 
Hooker,  Mount,  13,  54,  68,  122 
Howse  Pass,  8,  67,  229 

—  Peak,  140,  244  ;  ascent  of, 
287 

Huber  and  Sulzer,  ascend  Mount 

Sir  Donald,  223 
Hudson's  Bay  Company,  3 
Hungabee,  Mount,  21,  31,  314 

ILLECILLEWAET  Glacier,  148,  222 
Indians,  Red,  333,  335 

JAYS,  blue,  173 

Joe,  horse,  96,  161,  189 

KANGAROO  mouse,  190 
Kaufmann,  Christian,  247,  261, 
278 

-  Hans,  233,  238,  258,  267, 
317 

Kicking  Horse  Pass,  8,  236 

—  River,  65 
Kootenay  Plains,  82,  325 

-  River,  7,  230 

LAGGAN,  73,  145,  239 

Lang,    H.,    163,    177;     nearly 

drowned,  178 
Larches,  313 

Lefroy,  ascent  of  Mount,  17 
Log-jam,  near  Glacier  Lake,  292 
Loon,  duck,  167 
"Loops,"     the,     on     Canadian 

Pacific  Railway,  146,  225 
Louise,  Lake,  17 
Luggage,  loss  of,  237 
Lyell  glacier,  47,  227,  281  ;  ex- 


plored, 300 
ice-fall,  302 


Lyell,   Mount,   108,  198,   300; 
ascended  by  Outram,  260 

MACALPINE,  Alistair,  161,  204 
MacEvoy,  Mr.,  12 
Mackenzie,  Sir  Alexander,  4 
Marmots,  124 
Mathews,  W.  L.,  72,  238 
Mattress,  the  bedroom,  239,  307 

ode  to,  308 

Michael,  Professor  A.,  16,  23, 

215 
Middle  Fork  of  Saskatchewan, 

47,  91,  258 

Milton,  Viscount,  10,  185,  249 
Mink,  190,  250 
Mollison,  Miss,  65,  317 
Molly,  the  bell-mare,  80,  85,  95, 

161 

Moraine  Lake,  312 
Mosquitoes,   40,   77 ;    in    Bush 

valley,  169,  206 
Mummery,  Mount,  29,  62 
Murchison,  Mount,  29,  39,  74, 

92,  138,  305  ;  ascent  of,  252 
Murray,  Clarence,  241 
Muskeg,  26,  167 
Musk-rat,  190,  250 

NATIONAL  Park,  at  Banff,  331 
Neptuak,  ascent  of  Mount,  316 
North  Fork,  of  Bush  River,  192, 

195 
North   Fork    of  Saskatchewan, 

92,  134 

North  West  Fur  Company,  3,  57 
Noyes,  Rev.  C.  L.,  16,  79;  as- 
cends Mount  Balfour,  34 
Peak,  305 

OUTRAM,  Rev.  James,  233,  247, 
260;  ascends  Mount  Assini- 
boine  and  other  peaks,  233 


341 


INDEX 


PAINTER'S  brush,  78.  275 
Palliser,    Captain    J.,    8,    324; 

Journals  of,  49,  67 
Parker,  H.  C.,  16,  43 
Peace  River,  2 
Peyto,  W.,  25,  41,  73,  161 

-  Lake,  44 

Pilkington,  Mount,  52,  270 
Pinto,  the,  pack-horse,  96,  161 
Pipestone  Creek,  76 

—  Pass,  77 

Pisgah,  Mount,  171,  174 
Porcupine,  95 
Prospectors'  Valley,  314 
Ptarmigan,  105,  112 
Pyramid  Peak,  140,  244,  258 

RAFT,  on  Bush  River,  177 ;  on 

Glacier  Lake,  297 
Robson,  Jack,  239,  265,  293 

Peak,  12,  154 

Rock-fall,  immense,  126 

Ross,  Alexander,  6 

Ross  Cox,  4 

Rupert,  Prince,  charter  granted 

to,  3 

SABBACH,  ascent  of  Mount,  47 

Peter,  16,  52 

Saskatchewan   River,   83,   135; 

cataract  on,  102;   source  of, 

102 

Scattergood,  J.  H.,  233 
Selkirk    Mountains,    149,    167, 

215,  221 

Shack,  trapper's,  244,  247 
Sheep,  wild  (see  Bighorn) 
Siffleur  River,  78 
Simpson,  Sir  G. ,  7 
Pass,  7 

-  trapper,  247,  257 

Sir  Donald,  Mount,  146,  222; 
ascent  of,  224 


Slate  Range,  78,  143 
"  Smudge/'  77,  169 
Spencer,  Sydney,  159;  ascends 

Peak  Swanzy,  215 
Squirrels,  95,  124 
Starvation,  135,  143 
Stephens,  Fred,;65, 161, 183, 236 
Stoney  Indians,  292,  333 
Strata,  curious,  in  Bush  valley, 

209,  227 

Sunset,  magnificent,  207 
Sun  Wapta  river,  125,  234 
Survey  Peak,  91,  295 
Swans,  wild,  174,  193,  330 
Swanzy,  Peak,  215 

TEEPEE,  Indian  tent,  77 
Temple,  Mount,  14,  312 
Ten  Peaks,  the,  233,  313 
Tete  Jaune  Cache,  157 
Tewksbury,  Dave,  241,  244,  294 
Thompson,  C.   S.,  16,  79,  233, 
238  ;  falls  into  a  crevasse,  30 

-  David,  5,  70,  324 

—  Pass,  99,  229 

—  Peak,  ascent  of,  142 
Thunderstorm        on        Mount 

Diadem,  130 
Timber,  fallen,  26,  79,  145, 185, 

211 

Topham,  Harold,  222 
Trappers,  62,  247 

-  life  of,  249 
Twins,  The,  120,  198 

VAVASOUR,  Nigel,  73,  113 
Vermilion  Lakes,  the,  73 
Victoria,  ascent  of  Mount,  23 

WAITABIT  Creek,  163,  198,  226 
Walker,  Mount,  52,  270 
Waputehk  ice-field,  21,  29,  141 
Wash-out,  48,  260 


342 


INDEX 


Wasps,  plague  of,  307 
Waterfowl  Lakes,  44,  140,  304 
Weed,  G.  M. ,  79,  233,  238 
West  Branch  of  Saskatchewan, 
97  ;  explored  by  Thompson,  99 
Whymper,  Edward,  231 
Wilcox,  W.  D.,  13,  110,  311 

-  Pass,  110,  124 

-  Peak,  110,  123 

Wilson,  Tom,    39,  72 ;    crosses 

Howse  Pass,  59,  159 
Mount,  83,  94,  259 


|  Wild  Sheep  Hills,  113,  131 
Wolverine,  250 
Wood  River,  158,  226,  229 
Woolley,  H.,  72 
—  Mount,  126 

Writing-desk,   shape  of  peaks, 
78,  259 

YELLOWHEAD  Pass,  10,  12,  154, 

157 
Young,  Mrs.,  214 


THE   END 


Printed  by  BAI.LANTYNE,  HANSON  6s  Co. 
Edinburgh  &•=  London 


PLEASE  DO  NOT  REMOVE 
CARDS  OR  SLIPS  FROM  THIS  POCKET 

UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO  LIBRARY 


«  Stutfield,  Hugh  Edward 

;025  Millington 

R6S78  Climbs  &  exploration  in 

the  Canadian  Rockies.